Index SECTION H

PRODUCT Click on page numbers to go to page. PAGE

GENERAL: Warning and Safety Reminder ........................................................................................ H-2 Stock Material Handling Products ................................................................................... H-3

SCREW CONVEYORS: ................................................................................................H-4 H-123 Engineering Section I ...................................................................................................... H-4 Design and Layout Section II......................................................................................... H-36 Component Section III................................................................................................... H-50 Special Features Section IV ........................................................................................ H-107 Installation and Maintenance Section V ...................................................................... H-120 BUCKET ELEVATORS SECTION VI: .......................................................................H-123 H-141

DRAG CONVEYOR SECTION VII: ...........................................................................H-142 H-152

VERTICAL SCREW ELEVATOR SECTION VIII: ......................................................H-153 H-162

SHAFTLESS SCREW CONVEYOR SECTION X: ....................................................H-167 H-170 HEAVY DUTY CONVEYOR PULLEYS & COMPONENTS ......................................H-171 H-187 DATA SHEETS: .........................................................................................................H-188 H-192

H-1

CONVEYORS

MODULAR PLASTIC SCREW CONVEYORS SECTION IX: ...................................H-163 H-166

Safety
WARNING AND SAFETY REMINDERS FOR SCREW , DRAG , AND BUCKET ELEVATOR CONVEYORS
It is the responsibility of the contractor, installer, owner and user to install, maintain and operate the conveyor, components and, conveyor assemblies in such a manner as to comply with the Williams-Steiger Occupational Safety and Health Act and with all state and local laws and ordinances and the American National Standards Institute (ANSI) B20.1 Safety Code. In order to avoid an unsafe or hazardous condition, the assemblies or parts must be installed and operated in accordance with the following minimum provisions.

APPROVED FOR DISTRIBUTION BY THE SCREW CONVEYOR SECTION OF THE CONVEYOR EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (CEMA)
on the caution labels afxed to the equipment. 6. Do not place hands, feet, or any part of your body, in the conveyor. 8. Do not use conveyor for any purpose other than that for which it was intended.

7. Never walk on conveyor covers, grating or guards. 9. Do not poke or prod material into the conveyor with a bar or stick inserted through the openings. 10. Keep area around conveyor drive and control station free of debris and obstacles. 11. Eliminate all sources of stored energy (materials or devices that could cause conveyor components to move without power applied) before opening the conveyor 12. Do not attempt to clear a jammed conveyor until power has been LOCKED OUT.

bler as we have no information regarding plant wiring, plant environment, the interlocking of the screw conveyor with other equipment, extent of plant automation, etc. Other devices should not be used as a substitute for locking out the power prior to removing guards or covers. We caution that use of the secondary devices may cause employees to develop a false sense of security and fail to lock out power before removing covers or guards. This could result in a serious injury should the secondary device fail or malfunction.

1. Conveyors shall not be operated unless all covers and/or guards for the conveyor and drive unit are in place. If the conveyor is to be opened for inspection cleaning, maintenance or observation, the electric power to the motor driving the conveyor must be LOCKED OUT in such a manner that the conveyor cannot be restarted by anyone; however remote from the area, until conveyor cover or guards and drive guards have been properly replaced. 2. If the conveyor must have an open housing as a condition of its use and application, the entire conveyor is then to be guarded by a railing or fence in accordance with ANSI standard B20.1.(Request current edition and addenda)

There are many kinds of electrical devices for interlocking of conveyors and conveyor systems such that if one conveyor in a system or process is stopped other equipment feeding it, or following it can also be automatically stopped.

13. Do not attempt eld modication of conveyor or components.

3. Feed openings for shovel, front loaders or other manual or mechanical equipment shall be constructed in such a way that the conveyor opening is covered by a grating. If the nature of the material is such that a grating cannot be used, then the exposed section of the conveyor is to be guarded by a railing or fence and there shall be a warning sign posted.

4. Do not attempt any maintenance or repairs of the conveyor until power has been LOCKED OUT. 5. Always operate conveyor in accordance with these instructions and those contained

CEMA insists that disconnecting and locking out the power to the motor driving the unit provides the only real protection against injury. Secondary safety devices are available; however, the decision as to their need and the type required must be made by the owner-assem-

14. Conveyors are not normally manufactured or designed to handle materials that are hazardous to personnel. These materials which are hazardous include those that are explosive, ammable, toxic or otherwise dangerous to personnel. Conveyors may be designed to handle these materials. Conveyors are not manufactured or designed to comply with local, state or federal codes for unred pressure vessels. If hazardous materials are to be conveyed or if the conveyor is to be subjected to internal or external pressure, manufacturer should be consulted prior to any modications.

Electrical controls, machinery guards, railings, walkways, arrangement of installation, training of personnel, etc., are necessary ingredients for a safe working place. It is the responsibility of the contractor, installer, owner and user to supplement the materials and services furnished with these necessary items to make the conveyor installation comply with the law and accepted standards. Conveyor inlet and discharge openings are designed to connect to other equipment or machinery so that the ow of material into and out of the conveyor is completely enclosed.

One or more warning labels should be visible on conveyor housings, conveyor covers and elevator housings. If the labels attached to the equipment become illegible, please order replacement warning labels from the OEM or CEMA. The Conveyor Equipment Manufacturers Association (CEMA) has produced an audiovisual presentation entitled Safe Operation of Screw Conveyors, Drag Conveyors, and Bucket Elevators. CEMA encourages acquisition and use of this source of safety information to supplement your safety program.

CONVEYORS

PROMINENTLY DISPLAY THESE SAFETY LABELS ON INSTALLED EQUIPMENT

NOTICE: This document is provided by CEMA as a service to the industry in the interest of promoting safety. It is advisory only and it is not a substitute for a thorough safety program. Users should consult with qualied engineers and other safety professionals. CEMA makes no representations or warranties, either expressed or implied, and the users of this document assume full responsibility for the safe design and operation of equipment.

H-2

Stock & MTO Screw Conveyor Components

Screw Conveyor Components and Accessories

ANGLE FLANGED U TROUGH

FORM FLANGED U TROUGH

SECTIONAL SCREWS

SPECIALS

SECTIONAL FLIGHTS

COUPLING SHAFTS

ELEVATOR BUCKETS

TUBULAR HOUSING

FLAT RACK AND PINION DISCHARGE GATE

TROUGH ENDS WITH AND WITHOUT FEET

HANGER STYLE 220 THRUST ASSEMBLY TYPE E WITH DRIVE SHAFT INLETS AND DISCHARGE SPOUTS DISCHARGE

HANGER STYLE 226

HANGER STYLE 216

SPLIT GLAND

PACKING GLAND SHAFT SEAL COMPRESSION TYPE

WASTE PACK SHAFT SEAL

PLATE SHAFT SEAL

DROP-OUT SHAFT SEAL FLANGED PRODUCT

HANGER BEARINGS STYLE 220/226

HELICOID SCREWS

HELICOID FLIGHTING RIGHT HAND AND LEFT HAND

Martin HARD IRON Martin BRONZE

NYLATRON WHITE NYLON WOOD CERAMIC

SADDLES AND FEET

DRUM PULLEYS

WING PULLEYS

SCREW CONVEYOR DRIVE WITH ACCESSORIES

SPEED REDUCER SHAFT MOUNTED WITH ACCESSORIES.

FLANGED COVER WITH ACCESSORIES

Martin manufacturers the most complete line of stock

TAKE-UP FRAMES BOX ICER

components in the industry. We stock mild steel, stainless, galvanized, and many other items that are special order from the others in the industry.

H-3

CONVEYORS

HANGER STYLE 70

HANGER STYLE 19B

TROUGH END BEARINGS BALL AND ROLLER

Engineering
SECTION I
ENGINEERING SECTION I Introduction to Engineering Section ..................................................................... H-4 Screw Conveyor Design Procedure..................................................................... H-5 Material Classication Code Chart....................................................................... H-6 Material Characteristics Tables ............................................................................ H-7 Selection of Conveyor Size and Speed.............................................................. H-17 Capacity Factor Tables ...................................................................................... H-18 Capacity Table ................................................................................................... H-19 Lump Size Limitations and Table ....................................................................... H-20 Component Group Selection.............................................................................. H-21 Hanger Bearing Selection .................................................................................. H-23 Horsepower Calculation..................................................................................... H-24 Torsional Ratings of Conveyor Components...................................................... H-27 Horsepower Ratings of Conveyor Components................................................. H-28 Screw Conveyor End Thrust and Thermal Expansion ....................................... H-29 Screw Conveyor Deection................................................................................ H-30 Inclined and Vertical Screw Conveyors.............................................................. H-32 Screw Feeders................................................................................................... H-33 Appendix General Engineering Information .........................................................M-1

CONVEYORS

Introduction

The following section is designed to present the necessary engineering information to properly design and layout most conveyor applications. The information has been compiled from many years of experience in successful design and application and from industry standards. We hope that the information presented will be helpful to you in determining the type and size of screw conveyor that will best suit your needs. The Screw Conveyor Design Procedure on the following page gives ten step-by-step instructions for properly designing a screw conveyor. These steps, plus the many following tables and formulas throughout the engineering section will enable you to design and detail screw conveyor for most applications. If your requirements present any complications not covered in this section, we invite you to contact our Engineering Department for recommendations and suggestions.
H-4

Design
SCREW CONVEYOR DESIGN PROCEDURE 1. Type of material to be conveyed. 2. Maximum size of hard lumps. 3. Percentage of hard lumps by volume. 4. Capacity required, in cu.ft./hr. 5. Capacity required, in lbs./hr. 6. Distance material to be conveyed. 7. Any additional factors that may affect conveyor or operations. Classify the material according to the system shown in Table 1-1. Or, if the material is included in Table 1-2, use the classication shown in Table 1-2. Determine design capacity as described on pages H-17H-19. Using known capacity required in cu.ft./hr., material classication, and % trough loading (Table 1-2) determine diameter and speed from Table 1-6. Using known screw diameter and percentage of hard lumps, check minimum screw diameter from Table 1-7. From Table 1-2, determine hanger bearing group for the material to be conveyed. Locate this bearing group in Table 1-11 for the type of bearing recommended.

STEP 1

Establish Known Factors

STEP 2 STEP 3 STEP 4

Classify Material Determine Design Capacity

Determine Diameter and Speed

STEP 5

Check Minimum Screw Diameter for Lump Size Limitations Determine Type of Bearings

STEP 7

Determine Horsepower Check Torsional and/or Horsepower ratings of Standard Conveyor Components Select Components Conveyor Layouts

From Table 1-2, determine Horsepower Factor Fm for the material to be conveyed. Refer to page H-24 and calculate horsepower by the formula method. Using required horsepower from step 7 refer to pages H-26 and H-27 to check capacities of standard conveyor pipe, shafts and coupling bolts.

STEP 8

STEP 9 STEP 10

Select basic components from Tables 1-8, 1-9, and 1-10 in accordance with Component Group listed in Table 1-2 for the material to be conveyed. Select balance of components from the Components Section of catalogue. Refer to pages H-39 and H-40 for typical layout details.

H-5

CONVEYORS

STEP 6

Table 1-1 Material Classication Code Chart

Major Class Density Material Characteristics Included Bulk Density, Loose Very Fine Fine Size Granular Lumpy Irregular Flowability Abrasiveness No. 200 Sieve (.0029) And Under No. 100 Sieve (.0059) And Under No. 40 Sieve (.016) And Under 2 And Under (6 Sieve to 12) 3 And Under (12 to 3) 7 And Under (3 to 7)
1

Code Designation Actual Lbs/PC A 200 A 100 A 40 B6 C 12 D3 D7 DX E 1 2 3 4

No.

6 Sieve (.132) And Under

16 And Under (0 to 16) Over 16 To Be Specied X=Actual Maximum Size

D 16

Very Free Flowing Free Flowing Average Flowability Sluggish

Stringy, Fibrous, Cylindrical, Slabs, Etc.

Miscellaneous Properties Or Hazards

Builds Up and Hardens Generates Static Electricity Decomposes Deteriorates in Storage Flammability Becomes Plastic or Tends to Soften Very Dusty Aerates and Becomes a Fluid Explosiveness Stickiness Adhesion Contaminable, Affecting Use Degradable, Affecting Use Gives Off Harmful or Toxic Gas or Fumes Highly Corrosive Mildly Corrosive Hygroscopic Interlocks, Mats or Agglomerates Oils Present Packs Under Pressure Very Light and Fluffy May Be Windswept Elevated Temperature

Mildly Abrasive Moderately Abrasive Extremely Abrasive

5 6 7

CONVEYORS H-6

F G H J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z

Table 1-2 Material Characteristics

Material Characteristics
The material characteristics table (page H-8 or H-16) lists the following Design Data for many materials. B. The material code for each material is as described in Table 1-1, and as interpreted below. A. The weight per cubic foot data may be used to calculate the required capacity of the conveyor in cubic feet per hour. C. The Intermediate Bearing Selection Code is used to properly select the intermediate hanger bearing from Table 1-11 (Page H-23). D. The Component Series Code is used to determine the correct components to be used as shown on page H-22. E. The Material Factor Fm is used in determining horsepower as described on pages H-24 thru H-26. F. The Trough Loading column indicates the proper percent of cross section loading to use in determining diameter and speed of the conveyor.

For screw conveyor design purposes, conveyed materials are classied in accordance with the code system in Table 1-1, and listed in Table 1-2. Table 1-2 lists many materials that can be effectively conveyed by a screw conveyor. If a material is not listed in Table 1-2, it must be classied according to Table 1-1 or by referring to a listed material similar in weight, particle size and other characteristics.

FROM TABLE 1-2 Material: Brewers Grain Spent Wet

C12
Size Flowability

T
Other Characteristics Abrasiveness

H-7

CONVEYORS

HOW TO READ THE MATERIAL CODE

Table 1-2 Material Characteristics

Material Weight lbs. per cu. ft. Intermediate Material Code Bearing Selection Component Series Matl Factor Fm Trough Loading

Adipic Acid Alfalfa Meal Alfalfa Pellets Alfalfa Seed Almonds, Broken Almonds, Whole Shelled Alum, Fine Alum, Lumpy Alumina Alumina, Fine Alumina Sized Or Briquette Aluminate Gel (Aluminate Hydroxide) Aluminum Chips, Dry Aluminum Chips, Oily Aluminum Hydrate Aluminum Ore (See Bauxite) Aluminum Oxide Aluminum Silicate (Andalusite) Aluminum Sulfate Ammonium Chloride, Crystalline Ammonium Nitrate Ammonium Sulfate Antimony Powder Apple Pomace, Dry Arsenate Of Lead (See Lead Arsenate) Arsenic Oxide (Arsenolite) Arsenic Pulverized Asbestos Rock (Ore) Asbestos Shredded Ash, Black Ground Ashes, Coal, Dry 12 Ashes, Coal, Dry 3 Ashes, Coal, Wet 12 Ashes, Coal, Wet 3 Ashes, Fly (See Fly Ash) Asphalt, Crushed 12 Bagasse Bakelite, Fine Baking Powder Baking Soda (Sodium Bicarbonate) Barite (Barium Sulfate) + 12 3 Barite, Powder Barium Carbonate Bark, Wood, Refuse Barley, Fine, Ground Barley, Malted Barley, Meal Barley, Whole Basalt Bauxite, Dry, Ground Bauxite, Crushed 3 Beans,Castor, Meal Beans, Castor, Whole Shelled Beans, Navy, Dry Beans, Navy, Steeped

45 14-22 41-43 6 10-15 27-30 28-30 45-50 50-60 55-65 35 65 45 7-15 7-15 13-20 60-120 49 45-58 45-52 45-62 45-58 15 100-120 30 81 20-40 105 35-45 35-40 45-50 45-50 45 7-10 30-45 40-55 40-55 120-180 120-180 72 10-20 24-38 31 28 36-48 80-105 68 75-85 35-40 36 48 60

A 100-35 B6-45WY C12-25 B6-15N C12-35Q C12-35Q B6-35U B6-25 B6-27MY A100-27MY D3-37 B6-35 E-45V E-45V C12-35 A100-17M C12-35S C12-25 A100-45FRS A40-35NTU C12-35FOTU A100-35 C12-45Y A100-35R A100-25R D3-37R E-46XY B6-35 C12-46TY D3-46T C12-46T D3-46T C12-45 E-45RVXY B6-25 A100-35 A100-25 D3-36 A100-35X A100-45R E-45TVY B6-35 C12-35 C12-35 B6-25N B6-27 B6-25 D3-36 B6-35W C12-15W C12-15 C12-25

S H H L-S-B H H L-S-B L-S H H H H H H L-S-B H L-S L-S-B L-S H L-S H H L-S-B H H H L-S-B H H H H H L-S-B L-S-B S S H H H H L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B H H H L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B

2 2 2 1 2 2 1 2 3 3 3 2 2 2 1 3 3 1 3 3 1 2 2 2 3 2 1 3 3 3 3 2 2 1 1 1 3 2 2 3 1 1 1 1 3 2 3 1 1 1 1

.5 .6 .5 .4 .9 .9 .6 1.4 1.8 1.6 2.0 1.7 1.2 .8 1.4 1.8 .8 1.0 .7 1.3 1.0 1.6 1.0 .8 1.2 1.0 2.0 3.0 2.5 3.0 4.0 2.0 1.5 1.4 .6 .6 2.6 2.0 1.6 2.0 .4 .4 .4 .5 1.8 1.8 2.5 .8 .5 .5 .8

30A 30A 45 45 30A 30A 30A 45 15 15 15 30A 30A 30A 30A 15 30A 45 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 45 15 30B 30A 30B 30B 30B 30B 30A 30A 45 30A 45 30B 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 45 15 45 30B 30A 45 45 45

CONVEYORS

H-8

Table 1-2 Material Characteristics (Contd)

Material Weight lbs. per cu. ft. Intermediate Material Code Bearing Selection Component Series Matl Factor Fm Trough Loading

Bentonite, Crude Bentonite, 100 Mesh Benzene Hexachloride Bicarbonate of Soda (Baking Soda) Blood, Dried Blood, Ground, Dried Bone Ash (Tricalcium Phosphate) Boneblack Bonechar Bonemeal Bones, Whole* Bones, Crushed Bones, Ground Borate of Lime Borax, Fine Borax Screening 12

Borax, 112-2 Lump Borax, 2-3 Lump Boric Acid, Fine Boron Bran, Rice Rye Wheat Braunite (Manganese Oxide) Bread Crumbs Brewers Grain, Spent, Dry Brewers Grain, Spent, Wet Brick, Ground 18 Bronze Chips Buckwheat Calcine, Flour Calcium Carbide Calcium Carbonate (See Limestone) Calcium Fluoride (See Fluorspar) Calcium Hydrate (See Lime, Hydrated) Calcium Hydroxide (See Lime, Hydrated) Calcium Lactate Calcium Oxide (See Lime, Unslaked) Calcium Phosphate Calcium Sulfate (See Gypsum) Carbon, Activated, Dry Fine* Carbon Black, Pelleted* Carbon Black, Powder* Carborundum Casein Cashew Nuts Cast Iron, Chips Caustic Soda Caustic Soda, Flakes Celite (See Diatomaceous Earth) Cement, Clinker Cement, Mortar Cement, Portland Cement, Aerated (Portland) Cerrusite (See Lead Carbonate) Chalk, Crushed Chalk, Pulverized Charcoal, Ground

34-40 50-60 56 35-45 30 40-50 20-25 27-40 50-60 35-50 35-50 50 60 45-55 55-60

55-60 60-70 55 75 16-20 120 20-25 14-30 55-60 100-120 30-50 37-42 75-85 70-90 26-29 40-50 100 36 32-37 130-200 88 47 75-95 133 94 60-75 75-95 67-75 18-28

D3-45X A100-25MXY A100-45R D3-45U A100-35U A100-45 A100-25Y B6-35 B6-35 E-45V D3-45 B6-35 A100-35 B6-25T C12-35 D3-35 D3-35 B6-25T A100-37 B6-35NY A100-36 B6-35PQ C12-45 C12-45T B6-37 B6-45 B6-25N A100-35 D3-25N D3-45QTR A100-45 D3-27 B6-35 C12-45 C12-45 B6-35RSU C12-45RSUX D3-36 B6-35Q A100-26M A100-16M D3-25 A100-25MXY A100-45

H H L-S-B S H L-S L-S L-S L-S H H H H L-S-B H

H H H H H L-S-B H L-S-B L-S-B L-S H H L-S-B L-S-B H L-S L-S-B H H H H H L-S H H H H H H H

2 2 2 3 2 1 2 1 1 2 3 2 1 1 2 2 1 3 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2

2 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 1 3

1.2 .7 .6 .6 2.0 1.0 1.6 1.5 1.6 1.7 3.0 2.0 1.7 .6 .7 1.5 1.8 2.0 .8 1.0 .5 2.0 .6 .5 .8 2.2 2.0 .4 .7 2.0 .6 1.6 3.0 1.6 .7 4.0 1.8 1.5 1.8 3.0 1.4 1.4 1.9 1.4 1.2

30A 45 30A 30A 30A 30A 45 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30B 30A 30A 30A 30A 30B 30A 30B 30A 30A 30A 15 30A 45 30A 30A 30A 30A 15 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30B 30A 30B 30B 30A 45 30A

H-9

CONVEYORS

Table 1-2 Material Characteristics (Contd)

Material Weight lbs. per cu. ft. Intermediate Material Code Bearing Selection Component Series Matl Factor Fm Trough Loading

H-10

Charcoal, Lumps Chocolate, Cake Pressed Chrome Ore Cinders, Blast Furnace Cinders, Coal Clay (See Bentonite, Diatomaceous Earth, Fullers Earth, Kaolin & Marl) Clay, Ceramic, Dry, Fines Clay, Calcined Clay, Brick, Dry, Fines Clay, Dry, Lumpy Clinker, Cement (See Cement Clinker) Clover Seed Coal, Anthracite (River & Culm) Coal, Anthracite, Sized-12 Coal, Bituminous, Mined Coal, Bituminous, Mined, Sized Coal, Bituminous, Mined, Slack Coal, Lignite Cocoa Beans Cocoa, Nibs Cocoa, Powdered Cocoanut, Shredded Coffee, Chaff Coffee, Green Bean Coffee, Ground, Dry Coffee, Ground, Wet Coffee, Roasted Bean Coffee, Soluble Coke, Breeze Coke, Loose Coke, Petrol, Calcined Compost Concrete, Pre-Mix Dry Copper Ore Copper Ore, Crushed Copper Sulphate, (Bluestone) Copperas (See Ferrous Sulphate) Copra, Cake Ground Copra, Cake, Lumpy Copra, Lumpy Copra, Meal Cork, Fine Ground Cork, Granulated Corn, Cracked Corn Cobs, Ground Corn Cobs, Whole* Corn Ear* Corn Germ Corn Grits Cornmeal Corn Oil, Cake Corn Seed Corn Shelled Corn Sugar Cottonseed, Cake, Crushed

60-80 80-100 100-120 60-75 45-48 55-61 49-61 40-60 45-50 43-50 37-45 30-45 35 30-35 20-22 20 25-32 25 35-45 20-30 19 25-35 23-35 35-45 30-50 85-120 120-150 100-150 75-95 40-45 25-30 22 40-45 5-15 12-15 40-50 17 12-15 56 21 40-45 32-40 25 45 45 30-35 40-45

18-28 40-45 125-140 57 40

A100-35P B6-36 C12-36 D3-35 B6-25N B6-35TY C12-25 D3-35LNXY D3-35QV C12-45T D3-35T C12-25Q C12-25 A100-45XY E-45 B6-25MY C12-25PQ A40-35P A40-45X C12-25PQ A40-35PUY C12-37 D7-37 D7-37 D7-45TV C12-36U DX-36 D3-36 C12-35S B6-45HW D3-35HW E-35HW B6-35HW B6-35JNY C12-35JY B6-25P C12-25Y E-35 E-35 B6-35PY B6-35P B6-35P D7-45HW C12-25PQ C12-25 B6-35PU C12-45HW

D3-45Q D3-25 D3-36 D3-36T D3-36T

L-S-B H H H L-S-B L-S L-S L-S L-S L-S H L-S H S S L-S L-S L-S L-S S S H H H L-S H H H L-S L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B H L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S L-S L-S-B L-S-B L-S L-S L-S-B L-S-B S L-S

H S H H H

1 3 3 2 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 1 2 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

2 2 3 3 3

1.5 2.4 2.0 1.8 .4 1.0 1.0 .9 1.0 .9 1.0 .5 .5 .9 1.5 1.0 .5 .6 .6 .4 .4 1.2 1.2 1.3 1.0 3.0 4.0 4.0 1.0 .7 .8 1.0 .7 .5 .5 .7 .6 .4 .5 .5 .6 .4 .4 1.0 1.0

1.4 1.5 2.5 1.9 1.8

30A 30B 30B 30A 45 30A 45 30A 30A 30A 30A 45 45 30A 30A 45 45 30A 30A 45 45 15 15 15 30A 30B 30B 30B 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 45 45 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 45 45 30A 30A

30A 30A 30B 30B 30B

CONVEYORS

Table 1-2 Material Characteristics (Contd)

Material Weight lbs. per cu. ft. Intermediate Material Code Bearing Selection Component Series Matl Factor Fm Trough Loading

Cottonseed, Cake, Lumpy Cottonseed, Dry, Delinted Cottonseed, Dry, Not Delinted Cottonseed, Flakes Cottonseed, Hulls Cottonseed, Meal, Expeller Cottonseed, Meal, Extracted Cottonseed, Meats, Dry Cottonseed, Meats, Rolled Cracklings, Crushed Cryolite, Dust Cryolite, Lumpy Cullet, Fine Cullet, Lump Culm, (See Coal, Anthracite) Cupric Sulphate (Copper Sulfate) Detergent (See Soap Detergent) Diatomaceous Earth Dicalcium Phosphate Disodium Phosphate Distillers Grain, Spent Dry Distillers Grain, Spent Wet Dolomite, Crushed Dolomite, Lumpy Earth, Loam, Dry, Loose Ebonite, Crushed Egg Powder Epsom Salts (Magnesium Sulfate) Feldspar, Ground Feldspar, Lumps Feldspar, Powder Feldspar, Screenings Ferrous Sulde 12 Ferrous Sulde 100M Ferrous Sulphate Fish Meal Fish Scrap Flaxseed Flaxseed Cake (Linseed Cake) Flaxseed Meal (Linseed Meal) Flour Wheat Flue Dust, Basic Oxygen Furnace Flue Dust, Blast Furnace Flue Dust, Boiler H. Dry Fluorspar, Fine (Calcium Fluoride) Fluorspar, Lumps Fly Ash Foundry Sand, Dry (See Sand) Fullers Earth, Dry, Raw Fullers Earth, Oily, Spent Fullers Earth, Calcined Galena (See Lead Sulde) Gelatine, Granulated Gilsonite Glass, Batch Glue, Ground

40-45 22-40 18-25 20-25 12 25-30 35-40 40 35-40 40-50 75-90 90-110 80-120 80-120 11-17 40-50 25-31 30 40-60 80-100 90-100 76 63-70 16 40-50 65-80 90-100 100 75-80 120-135 105-120 50-75 35-40 40-50 43-45 48-50 25-45 33-40 45-60 110-125 30-45 80-100 90-110 30-45 30-40 60-65 40 32 37 80-100 40

D7-45HW C12-25X C12-45XY C12-35HWY B6-35Y B6-45HW B6-45HW B6-35HW C12-45HW D3-45HW A100-36L D16-36 C12-37 D16-37 A40-36Y A40-35 A40-35 B6-35 C12-45V C12-36 DX-36 C12-36 C12-35 A40-35MPY A40-35U A100-37 D7-37 A200-36 C12-37 C12-26 A100-36 C12-35U C12-45HP D7-45H B6-35X D7-45W B6-45W A40-45LP A40-36LM A40-36 A40-36LM B6-36 D7-36 A40-36M A40-25 C12-450W A100-25 B6-35PU C12-35 C12-37 B6-45U

L-S L-S L-S L-S L-S L-S L-S L-S L-S L-S-B H H H H H L-S-B H H L-S H H H L-S-B S L-S-B H H H H H H H L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S L-S S H H H H H H H H H S H H H

2 1 1 1 1 3 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 3 1 3 2 3 2 2 2 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 1 2 1 1 3 3 3 2 2 3 2 3 3 1 3 3 2

1.0 .6 .9 .8 .9 .5 .5 .6 .6 1.3 2.0 2.1 2.0 2.5 1.6 1.6 .5 .5 .8 2.0 2.0 1.2 .8 1.0 .8 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 1.0 1.0 1.5 .4 .7 .4 .6 3.5 3.5 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 .8 1.5 2.5 1.7

30A 45 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30B 30B 15 15 30B 30A 30A 30A 30A 30B 30B 30B 30A 30A 30A 15 15 30B 15 30B 30B 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30B 30B 30B 30B 30B 30B 15 30A 15 30A 30A 15 30A

H-11

CONVEYORS

Table 1-2 Material Characteristics (Contd)

Material Weight lbs. per cu. ft. Intermediate Material Code Bearing Selection Component Series Matl Factor Fm Trough Loading

Glue, Pearl Glue, Veg. Powdered Gluten, Meal Granite, Fine Grape Pomace Graphite Flake Graphite Flour Graphite Ore Guano Dry* Gypsum, Calcined Gypsum, Calcined, Powdered Gypsum, Raw 1 Hay, Chopped* Hexanedioic Acid (See Adipic Acid) Hominy, Dry Hops, Spent, Dry Hops, Spent, Wet Ice, Crushed Ice, Flaked* Ice, Cubes Ice, Shell Ilmenite Ore Iron Ore Concentrate Iron Oxide Pigment Iron Oxide, Millscale Iron Pyrites (See Ferrous Sulde) Iron Sulphate (See Ferrous Sulfate) Iron Sulde (See Ferrous Sulde) Iron Vitriol (See Ferrous Sulfate) Kar (Corn) Kaolin Clay Kaolin Clay-Talc Kryalith (See Cryolite) Lactose Lamp Black (See Carbon Black) Lead Arsenate Lead Arsenite Lead Carbonate Lead Ore 18

H-12

Lead Ore 12 Lead Oxide (Red Lead) 100 Mesh Lead Oxide (Red Lead) 200 Mesh Lead Sulphide 100 Mesh Lignite (See Coal Lignite) Limanite, Ore, Brown Lime, Ground, Unslaked Lime Hydrated Lime, Hydrated, Pulverized Lime, Pebble Limestone, Agricultural Limestone, Crushed Limestone, Dust Lindane (Benzene Hexachloride) Linseed (See Flaxseed) Litharge (Lead Oxide) Lithopone

40 40 40 80-90 15-20 40 28 65-75 70 55-60 60-80 70-80 8-12 35-50 35 50-55 35-45 40-45 33-35 33-35 140-160 120-180 25 75 40-45 63 32-56 32 72 72 240-260 200-270 180-230 30-150 30-180 240-260 120 60-65 40 32-40 53-56 68 85-90 55-95 45-50

C12-35U A40-45U B6-35P C12-27 D3-45U B6-25LP A100-35LMP DX-35L C12-35 B6-35U A100-35U D3-25 C12-35JY C12-25 D3-35 D3-45V D3-35Q C12-35Q D3-35Q D3-45Q D3-37 A40-37 A100-36LMP C12-36 C12-25 D3-25 A40-35LMP A40-35PU A40-35R A40-35R A40-35R B6-35 C12-36 A100-35P A200-35LP A100-35R C12-47 B6-35U B6-35LM A40-35LM C12-25HU B6-35 DX-36 A40-46MY A325-35MR

L-S-B L-S-B L-S H H L-S-B L-S-B H L-S H H H L-S L-S-B L-S-B L-S L-S S S S H H H H H H H S L-S-B L-S-B H H H H H H H L-S-B H L-S L-S H H H L-S

1 1 1 3 2 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 3 3 2 2 3 2 2 1 1 1 2 3 3 2 2 2 3 1 2 1 2 2 2 2 1

.5 .6 .6 2.5 1.4 .5 .5 1.0 2.0 1.6 2.0 2.0 1.6 .4 1.0 1.5 .4 .6 .4 .4 2.0 2.2 1.0 1.6 .5 2.0 2.0 .6 1.4 1.4 1.0 1.4 1.4 1.2 1.2 1.0 1.7 .6 .8 .6 2.0 2.0 2.0 1.6-2.0 1.0

30A 30A 30A 15 30A 45 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 45 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 15 15 30B 30B 45 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30B 30A 30A 30A 15 30A 30A 30A 45 30A 30B 30B 30A

CONVEYORS

Table 1-2 Material Characteristics (Contd)

Material Weight lbs. per cu. ft. Intermediate Material Code Bearing Selection Component Series Matl Factor Fm Trough Loading

Maize (See Milo) Malt, Dry, Ground Malt, Meal Malt, Dry Whole Malt, Sprouts Magnesium Chloride (Magnesite) Manganese Dioxide* Manganese Ore Manganese Oxide Manganese Sulfate Marble, Crushed Marl, (Clay) Meat, Ground Meat, Scrap (W\bone) Mica, Flakes Mica, Ground Mica, Pulverized Milk, Dried, Flake Milk, Malted Milk, Powdered Milk Sugar Milk, Whole, Powdered Mill Scale (Steel) Milo, Ground Milo Maize (Kar) Molybdenite Powder Monosodium Phosphate Mortar, Wet* Mustard Seed Naphthalene Flakes Niacin (Nicotinic Acid) Oats Oats, Crimped Oats, Crushed Oats, Flour Oat Hulls Oats, Rolled Oleo Margarine (Margarine) Orange Peel, Dry Oxalic Acid Crystals Ethane Diacid Crystals Oyster Shells, Ground Oyster Shells, Whole Paper Pulp (4% or less) Paper Pulp (6% to 15%) Parafn Cake 12 Peanuts, Clean, in shell Peanut Meal Peanuts, Raw, Uncleaned (unshelled) Peanuts, Shelled Peas, Dried Perlite Expanded Phosphate Acid Fertillizer Phosphate Disodium (See Sodium Phosphate) Phosphate Rock, Broken Phosphate Rock, Pulverized

20-30 36-40 20-30 13-15 33 70-85 125-140 120 70 80-95 80 50-55 40 17-22 13-15 13-15 5-6 27-30 20-45 32 20-36 120-125 32-36 40-45 107 50 150 45 45 35 26 19-26 22 35 8-12 19-24 59 15 60 50-60 80 62 60-62 45 15-20 30 15-20 35-45 45-50 8-12 60 75-85 60

B6-35NP B6-25P C12-35N C12-35P C12-45 A100-35NRT DX-37 A100-36 C12-37 B6-37 DX-36 E-45HQTX E-46H B6-16MY B6-36 A100-36M B6-35PUY A40-45PX B6-25PM A100-35PX B6-35PUX E-46T B6-25 B6-15N B6-26 B6-36 E-46T B6-15N B6-35 A40-35P C12-25MN C12-35 B6-45NY A100-35 B6-35NY C12-35NY E-45HKPWX E-45 B6-35QS C12-36T D3-36TV E-45 E-45 C12-45K D3-35Q B6-35P D3-36Q C12-35Q C12-15NQ C12-36 B6-25T DX-36 B6-36

L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S L-S H H H H H L-S H H H H S S S S S H L-S-B L-S-B H H H L-S-B L-S-B H L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S L-S L-S H H L-S L-S L-S L-S S H S L-S-B H L-S H H

2 2

1 1 1 1 1 2 3 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 3 1 1 2 2 3 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 3 3 2 2 1 2 1 3 1 1 2 2

.5 .4 .5 .4 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.0 2.4 2.0 1.6 1.5 1.5 1.0 .9 1.0 .4 .9 .5 .6 .5 3.0 .5 .4 1.5 .6 3.0 .4 .7 2.5 .4 .5 .6 .5 .5 .6 .4 1.5 1.0 1.6-2.0 2.1-2.5 1.5 1.5 .6 .6 .6 .7 .4 .5 .6 1.4 2.1 1.7

30A 45 30A 30A 30A 30A 15 30B 15 15 30B 30A 30B 30B 30B 30B 30A 30A 45 30A 30A 30B 45 45 30B 30B 30B 45 30A 30A 45 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30B 30B 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30B 30A 45 30B 45 30B 30B

H-13

CONVEYORS

Table 1-2 Material Characteristics (Contd)

Material Weight lbs. per cu. ft. Intermediate Material Code Bearing Selection Component Series Matl Factor Fm Trough Loading

H-14

Phosphate Sand Plaster of Paris (See Gypsum) Plumbago (See Graphite) Polystyrene Beads Polyvinyl, Chloride Powder Polyvinyl, Chloride Pellets Polyethylene, Resin Pellets Potash (Muriate) Dry Potash (Muriate) Mine Run Potassium Carbonate Potassium Chloride Pellets Potassium Nitrate 12 Potassium Nitrate 18 Potassium Sulfate Potato Flour Pumice 18 Pyrite, Pellets Quartz 100 Mesh Quartz 12 Rice, Bran Rice, Grits Rice, Polished Rice, Hulled Rice, Hulls Rice, Rough Rosin 12 Rubber, Reclaimed Ground Rubber, Pelleted Rye Rye Bran Rye Feed Rye Meal Rye Middlings Rye, Shorts Safower, Cake Safower, Meal Safower Seed Saffron (See Safower) Sal Ammoniac (Ammonium Chloride) Salt Cake, Dry Coarse Salt Cake, Dry Pulverized Salicylic Acid Salt, Dry Coarse Salt, Dry Fine Saltpeter (See Potassium Nitrate) Sand Dry Bank (Damp) Sand Dry Bank (Dry) Sand Dry Silica Sand Foundry (Shake Out) Sand (Resin Coated) Silica Sand (Resin Coated) Zircon Sawdust, Dry Sea Coal Sesame Seed Shale, Crushed Shellac, Powdered or Granulated

90-100 40 20-30 20-30 30-35 70 75 51 120-130 76 80 42-48 48 42-48 120-130 70-80 80-90 20 42-45 30 45-49 20-21 32-36 65-68 23-50 50-55 42-48 15-20 33 35-40 42 32-33 50 50 45 85 65-85 29 45-60 70-80 110-130 90-110 90-100 90-100 104 115 10-13 65 27-41 85-90 31

B6-37 B6-35PQ A100-45KT E-45KPQT C12-45Q B6-37 DX-37 B6-36 C12-25TU C12-16NT B6-26NT B6-46X A200-35MNP B6-46 C12-26 A100-27 C12-27 B6-35NY B6-35P C12-15P C12-25P B6-35NY C12-35N C12-45Q C12-45 D3-45 B6-15N B6-35Y B6-35N B6-35 B6-35 C12-35 D3-26 B6-35 B6-15N B6-36TU B6-36TU B6-37U C12-36TU B6-36TU B6-47 B6-37 B6-27 D3-37Z B6-27 A100-27 B6-45UX B6-36 B6-26 C12-36 B6-35P

H S S S L-S H H H H H H H L-S H H H H L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S L-S H L-S-B L-S-B H H H H H H H H H H H L-S-B H H H S

3 1 2 1 1 3 3 2 3 3 3 2 1 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 2 2 2 1

2.0 .4 1.0 .6 .4 2.0 2.2 1.0 1.6 1.2 1.2 1.0 .5 1.6 2.0 1.7 2.0 .4 .4 .4 .4 .4 .6 1.5 .8 1.5 .4 .4 .5 .5 .5 .5 .6 .6 .4 2.1 1.7 .6 1.0 1.7 2.8 1.7 2.0 2.6 2.0 2.3 1.4 1.0 .6 2.0 .6

15 30A 30A 30A 30A 15 15 30B 45 30B 30B 30B 30A 30B 30B 15 15 30A 30A 45 45 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 45 45 30A 30A 30A 30A 30B 30A 45 30B 30B 15 30B 30B 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 30B 30B 30B 30A

CONVEYORS

Table 1-2 Material Characteristics (Contd)

Material Weight lbs. per cu. ft. Material Code Intermediate Bearing Selection Component Series Matl Factor Fm Trough Loading

Silicon Dioxide (See Quartz) Silica, Flour Silica Gel + 12 - 3 Slag, Blast Furnace Crushed Slag, Furnace Granular, Dry Slate, Crushed, 12 Slate, Ground, 18 Sludge, Sewage, Dried Sludge, Sewage, Dry Ground Soap, Beads or Granules Soap, Chips Soap Detergent Soap, Flakes Soap, Powder Soapstone, Talc, Fine Soda Ash, Heavy Soda Ash, Light Sodium Aluminate, Ground Sodium Aluminum Fluoride (See Kryolite) Sodium Aluminum Sulphate* Sodium Bentonite (See Bentonite) Sodium Bicarbonate (See Baking Soda) Sodium Chloride (See Salt) Sodium Carbonate (See Soda Ash) Sodium Hydrate (See Caustic Soda) Sodium Hydroxide (See Caustic Soda) Sodium Borate (See Borax) Sodium Nitrate Sodium Phosphate Sodium Sulfate (See Salt Cake) Sodium Sulte Sorghum, Seed (See Kar or Milo) Soybean, Cake Soybean, Cracked Soybean, Flake, Raw Soybean, Flour Soybean Meal, Cold Soybean Meal Hot Soybeans, Whole Starch Steel Turnings, Crushed Sugar Beet, Pulp, Dry Sugar Beet, Pulp, Wet Sugar, Rened, Granulated Dry Sugar, Rened, Granulated Wet Sugar, Powdered Sugar, Raw Sulphur, Crushed 12 Sulphur, Lumpy, 3 Sulphur, Powdered Sunower Seed Talcum, 12 Talcum Powder Tanbark, Ground* Timothy Seed Titanium Dioxide (See Ilmenite Ore)

80 45 130-180 60-65 80-90 82-85 40-50 45-55 15-35 15-25 15-50 5-15 20-25 40-50 55-65 20-35 72 75 70-80 50-60 96 40-43 30-40 18-25 27-30 40 40 45-50 25-50 100-150 12-15 25-45 50-55 55-65 50-60 55-65 50-60 80-85 50-60 19-38 80-90 50-60 55 36

A40-46 D3-37HKQU D3-37Y C12-37 C12-36 B6-36 E-47TW B-46S B6-35Q C12-35Q B6-35FQ B6-35QXY B6-25X A200-45XY B6-36 A40-36Y B6-36 A100-36 D3-25NS A-35 B6-46X D3-35W C12-36NW C12-35Y A40-35MN B6-35 B6-35T C12-26NW A40-15M D3-46WV C12-26 C12-35X B6-35PU C12-35X A100-35PX B6-35PX C12-35N D3-35N A40-35MN C12-15 C12-36 A200-36M B6-45 B6-35NY

H H H H H H H H L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B H H H H L-S L-S H L-S-B H L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B L-S H L-S-B H H L-S-B S S S S L-S L-S L-S L-S-B H H L-S-B L-S-B

2 3 3 3 2 2 3 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 2 2 1 3 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 2 2 1 1

1.5 2.0 2.4 2.2 2.0 1.6 .8 .8 .6 .6 .8 .6 .9 2.0 2.0 1.6 1.0 1.0 1.2 .9 1.5 1.0 .5 .8 .8 .5 .5 1.0 1.0 3.0 .9 1.2 1.0-1.2 1.4-2.0 .8 1.5 .8 .8 .6 .5 .9 .8 .7 .6

30B 15 15 15 30B 30B 15 30B 30A 30A 30A 30A 45 30A 30B 30B 30B 30B 30A 30A 30B 30A 30B 30A 30A 30A 30A 30B 45 30B 30B 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 45 30B 30B 30A 30A

H-15

CONVEYORS

Table 1-2 Material Characteristics (Contd)

Material Weight lbs. per cu. ft. Material Code Intermediate Bearing Selection Component Series Matl Factor Fm Trough Loading

Tobacco, Scraps Tobacco, Snuff Tricalcium Phosphate Triple Super Phosphate Trisodium Phosphate Trisodium Phosphate Granular Trisodium Phosphate, Pulverized Tung Nut Meats, Crushed Tung Nuts Urea Prills, Coated Vermiculite, Expanded Vermiculite, Ore Vetch Walnut Shells, Crushed Wheat Wheat, Cracked Wheat, Germ White Lead, Dry Wood Chips, Screened Wood Flour Wood Shavings Zinc, Concentrate Residue Zinc Oxide, Heavy Zinc Oxide, Light *Consult Factory

15-25 30 40-50 50-55 60 60 50 28 25-30 43-46 16 80 48 35-45 45-48 40-45 18-28 75-100 10-30 16-36 8-16 75-80 30-35 10-15

D3-45Y B6-45MQ A40-45 B6-36RS C12-36 B6-36 A40-36 D3-25W D3-15 B6-25 C12-35Y D3-36 B6-16N B6-36 C12-25N B6-25N B6-25 A40-36MR D3-45VY B6-35N E-45VY B6-37 A100-45X A100-45XY

L-S L-S-B L-S H H H H L-S L-S L-S-B L-S H L-S-B H L-S-B L-S-B L-S-B H L-S L-S L-S H L-S L-S

2 1 1 3 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 2 1 2 1 1 1 2 2 1 2 3 1 1

.8 .9 1.6 2.0 1.7 1.7 1.6 .8 .7 1.2 .5 1.0 .4 1.0 .4 .4 .4 1.0 .6 .4 1.5 1.0 1.0 1.0

30A 30A 30A 30B 30B 30B 30B 30A 30A 45 30A 30B 30B 30B 45 45 45 30B 30A 30A 30A 15 30A 30A

CONVEYORS H-16

Selection of Conveyor Size and Speed

In order to determine the size and speed of a screw conveyor, it is necessary rst to establish the material code number. It will be seen from what follows that this code number controls the cross-sectional loading that should be used. The various cross-sectional loadings shown in the Capacity Table (Table 1-6) are for use with the standard screw conveyor components indicated in the Component Group Selection Guide on page H-22 and are for use where the conveying operation is controlled with volumetric feeders and where the material is uniformly fed into the conveyor housing and discharged from it. Check lump size limitations before choosing conveyor diameter. See Table 1-7.

Capacity Table
The capacity table, (Table 1-6), gives the capacities in cubic feet per hour at one revolution per minute for various size screw conveyors for four cross-sectional loadings. Also shown are capacities in cubic feet per hour at the maximum recommended revolutions per minute. The capacity values given in the table will be found satisfactory for most applications. Where the capacity of a screw conveyor is very critical, especially when handling a material not listed in Table 1-2, it is best to consult our Engineering Department. The maximum capacity of any size screw conveyor for a wide range of materials, and various conditions of loading, may be obtained from Table 1-6 by noting the values of cubic feet per hour at maximum recommended speed.

Conveyor Speed
For screw conveyors with screws having standard pitch helical ights the conveyor speed may be calculated by the formula: N= N= Required capacity, cubic feet per hour

For the calculation of conveyor speeds where special types of screws are used, such as short pitch screws, cut ights, cut and folded ights and ribbon ights, an equivalent required capacity must be used, based on factors in the Tables 1-3, 4, 5. Factor CF1 relates to the pitch of the screw. Factor CF2 relates to the type of the ight. Factor CF3 relates to the use of mixing paddles within the ight pitches. The equivalent capacity then is found by multiplying the required capacity by the capacity factors. See Tables 1-3, 4, 5 for capacity factors. Equiv. Capacity Required Capacity = (CF ) (CF ) (CF ) (Cubic Feet Per Hour) (Cubic Feet Per Hour)
1 2 3

revolutions per minute of screw, (but not greater than the maximum recommended speed.)

H-17

CONVEYORS

Cubic feet per hour at 1 revolution per minute

Capacity Factors
Table 1-3
Pitch Special Conveyor Pitch Capacity Factor CF1 Pitch = Diameter of Screw Pitch =23 Diameter of Screw Pitch =12 Diameter of Screw Pitch = 112 Diameter of Screw Description CF1

Standard Short Half Long

1.00 1.50 2.00 0.67

Table 1-4
Type of Flight Special Conveyor Flight Capacity Factor CF2 15% Conveyor Loading 30% 1.57 3.75 1.37 45% 1.43 2.54 1.62

*Not recommended If none of the above ight modications are used: CF2 = 1.0

Cut Flight Cut & Folded Flight Ribbon Flight

1.95 N.R.* 1.04

Table 1-5
Standard Paddles at 45 Reverse Pitch Factor CF3 Special Conveyor Mixing Paddle Capacity CF3 None 1.00 1 Paddles Per Pitch 1.16 2 3 4

1.08

1.24

1.32

CONVEYORS H-18

Capacity Table Horizontal Screw Conveyors

(Consult Factory for Inclined Conveyors)

Table 1-6
Trough Loading Screw Dia. Inch Capacity Cubic Feet Per Hour (Full Pitch) At One RPM Max. RPM At Max RPM

0.62

45%

18 30 4 6 24 20

16

14

12

10

2.23

114

323.00 0.41

164.00

93.70

67.60

46.70

31.20

19.40

11.40

8.20

6060 16400 53 10300 8120

4370

2820

1710

1270

368

184

165 155

150 140 130 100 130 90 110 120 145

29070

30% A

10 12 14 16 18 20 30 4 6 24

1.49

5.45

180

12.90 20.80 31.20 45.00 216.00 0.41 62.80

7.57

545

120

1160 1770 2500 3380 4370 12960 29 7100

720

100 95 90 85 80 75 70 60 65

109.00

30% B

10 12 14 16 18 20 30 4 6 24

12.90 20.80 31.20 45.00 216.00 109.00 0.21 62.80

7.60

418 1040 1400 2025 2500 7560 15 4360 645

55 50 50 45 45 40 35 40

10

0.75

2.72 3.80 6.40

150 210 325 520 1010 1250 2180 3780 700

45

72

60 55 55 50 50 45 45 40 40 35

15%

12 14 16 18 20 24 30

10.40 15.60 22.50 31.20 108.00 54.60

H-19

CONVEYORS

1.49

5.45

300

90

72

60 55

Lump Size Limitations

The size of a screw conveyor not only depends on the capacity required, but also on the size and proportion of lumps in the material to be handled. The size of a lump is the maximum dimension it has. If a lump has one dimension much longer than its transverse cross-section, the long dimension or length would determine the lump size. The character of the lump also is involved. Some materials have hard lumps that wont break up in transit through a screw conveyor. In that case, provision must be made to handle these lumps. Other materials may have lumps that are fairly hard, but degradable in transit through the screw conveyor, thus reducing the lump size to be handled. Still other materials have lumps that are easily broken in a screw conveyor and lumps of these materials impose no limitations. Three classes of lump sizes are shown in TABLE 1-7 and as follows

Class 1 A mixture of lumps and nes in which not more than 10% are lumps ranging from maximum size to one half of the maximum; and 90% are lumps smaller than one half of the maximum size. Class 2 A mixture of lumps and nes in which not more than 25% are lumps ranging from the maximum size to one half of the maximum; and 75% are lumps smaller than one half of the maximum size.

Class 3 A mixture of lumps only in which 95% or more are lumps ranging from maximum size to one half of the maximum size; and 5% or less are lumps less than one tenth of the maximum size.

Maximum Lump Size Table

Screw Diameter Inches

Table 1-7

12 12 12 14 14 16 16 18 18

6 9 9

Pipe *O.D. Inches

278 312 4 312 4 4 412 4 412

238 238 278

Radial Clearance Inches

2516 3316 3916 5116 434 412 534 512 612 614 712 712

Class I 10% Lumps Max. Lump, Inch

114 214 214 234 234 234 314 212 334 334 414 414 434 434 6 8

Class II 25% Lumps Max. Lump, Inch

3 4 112 112

Class III 95% Lumps Max. Lump, Inch

212 114 234 234 312 312 334 5 3 3

2 2 2

2 4 3 4
3 1

114 114 112 112 2 2 212 3 134 134

1 1 1

CONVEYORS H-20

*For special pipe sizes, consult factory. Radial clearance is the distance between the bottom of the trough and the bottom of the conveyor pipe.

20 20 24 30

4 412 412 412

812 814 1014 1314

EXAMPLE: Lump Size Limitations

To illustrate the selection of a conveyor size from the Maximum Lump Size Table, Table 1-7, consider crushed ice as the conveyed material. Refer to the material charts Table 1-2 and nd crushed ice and its material code D3-35Q and weight of 35-45 lbs./C.F. D3 means that the lump size is 12 to 3, this is noted by referring to the material classication code chart on page H-6. From actual specications regarding crushed ice it is known that crushed ice has a maximum lump size of 112 and only 25% of the lumps are 112. With this information refer to Table 1-7, Maximum Lump Size Table. Under the column Class II and 112 Max. lump size read across to the minimum screw diameter which will be 9.

Component Selection

To facilitate the selection of proper specications for a screw conveyor for a particular duty, screw conveyors are broken down into three Component Groups. These groups relate both to the Material Classication Code and also to screw size, pipe size, type of bearings and trough thickness. Referring to Table 1-2, nd the component series designation of the material to be conveyed. Having made the Component Series selection, refer to Tables 1-8, 9, 10 which give the specications of the various sizes of conveyor screws. (The tabulated screw numbers in this table refer to standard specications for screws found on pages H-78 - H-82 Component Section.) These standards give complete data on the screws such as the length of standard sections, minimum edge thickness of screw ight, bushing data, bolt size, bolt spacing, etc. EXAMPLE: For a screw conveyor to handle brewers grain, spent wet, refer to the material characteristics Table 1-2. Note that the component series column refers to series 2. Refer now to page H-22, component selection, Table 1-9, component group 2. The standard shaft sizes, screw ight designations, trough gauges and cover gauges are listed for each screw diameter.

H-21

CONVEYORS

Component Groups

Component Selection
Table 1-8
Component Group 1
Screw Number Helicoid Flights

Screw Diameter Inches

12 12 14

6 9 9

Coupling Diameter Inches

Thickness, U.S. Standard Gauge or Inches

16 18 20 24 30

2 2716 2716 3 3 3 3716 3716

112 112 2

12H408 12H508 14H508

6H304 9H306 9H406

Sectional Flights

16H610

16S612 18S612 20S612 24S712 30S712

12S409 12S509 14S509

6S307 9S307 9S409

16 Ga. 14 Ga. 14 Ga.

Trough

12 Ga. 10 Ga. 10 Ga. 10 Ga. 10 Ga.

12 Ga. 12 Ga. 12 Ga.

16 Ga. 14 Ga. 14 Ga.

Cover

14 Ga. 12 Ga. 12 Ga. 12 Ga. 12 Ga.

14 Ga. 14 Ga. 14 Ga.

Screw Diameter Inches

12 12 12 14 14 16 18 20 24 30

6 9 9

Coupling Diameter Inches

Component Group 2
Screw Number Helicoid Flights

Table 1-9

Thickness, U.S. Standard Gauge or Inches

2 2716 3 2716 3 3 3 3 3716 3716

1 2 112 2
1

12H412 12H512 12H614 14H614 16H614

6H308 9H312 9H412

Sectional Flights

12S412 12S512 12S616 14S512 14S616 16S616 18S616 20S616 24S716 30S716

6S309 9S309 9S412

14 Ga.. 10 Ga. 10 Ga. 16 In. 16 In. 16 In. 3 16 In. 3 16 In.

3 3 3

Trough

16 Ga.. 14 Ga. 14 Ga. 14 Ga. 14 Ga. 14 Ga. 14 Ga. 14 Ga. 14 Ga. 12 Ga. 12 Ga. 12 Ga. 12 Ga.

Cover

16 In. 16 In. 16 In. 3 16 In. 3 16 In.

3 3 3

Screw Diameter Inches

12 12 12 14 16 18 20 24 30

6 9 9

Coupling Diameter Inches

Component Group 3
Screw Number Helicoid Flights

Table 1-10

CONVEYORS

2 2716 3 3 3 3 3 3716 3716

112 112 2

12H412 12H512 12H614

6H312 9H312 9H414

Sectional Flights

16S624 18S624 20S624 24S724 30S724

12S412 12S512 12S616 14S624

6S312 9S312 9S416

10 Ga. 3 16 In. 3 16 In. 4 In. 4 In. 4 In. 1 4 In.

1 1 1 1 1 1

Thickness, U.S. Standard Gauge or Inches Trough Cover

16 Ga. 14 Ga. 14 Ga. 14 Ga. 14 Ga. 14 Ga. 14 Ga. 14 Ga. 12 Ga. 12 Ga. 12 Ga. 12 Ga.

4 In. 4 In. 4 In. 1 4 In. 1 4 In.

H-22

Bearing Selection
The selection of bearing material for intermediate hangers is based on experience together with a knowledge of the characteristics of the material to be conveyed. By referring to the material characteristic tables, page H-8 thru H-16 the intermediate hanger bearing selection can be made by viewing the Bearing Selection column. The bearing selection will be made from one of the following types: B, L, S, H. The various bearing types available in the above categories can be selected from the following table.

Table 1-11
Hanger Bearing Selection
Bearing Component Groups Bearing Typos Recommended Coupling Shaft Material Max. Recommended Operating Temperature Fb

B L

Ball

Bronze* Graphite Bronze Oil Impreg. Bronze Oil Impreg. Wood Nylatron Nylon Teon UHMW Melamine (MCB) Ertalyte Urethane

Bronze

Standard

Martin

*Sintered Metal. Self-lubricating.

OTHER TYPES OF COUPLING SHAFT MATERIALS Various alloys, stainless steel, and other types of shafting can be furnished as required. Ertalyte is a registered Trademark of Quadrant.

H-23

CONVEYORS

Stellite Ceramic

Hard Iron Hard Surfaced

Martin Hard Iron*

Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard

Standard

180F

Hardened Hardened or Special Special Special

Hardened

850F 500F 200F 160F 250F 160F 250F 225F 250F 200F 200F 500F 500F 500F

300F

1.0

2.0

3.4 4.4

500F 1,000F

Horsepower Requirements
Horizontal Screw Conveyors
The horsepower required to operate a horizontal screw conveyor is based on proper installation, uniform and regular feed rate to the conveyor and other design criteria as determined in this book. The horsepower requirement is the total of the horsepower to overcome friction (HPf ) and the horsepower to transport the material at the specied rate (HPm ) multiplied by the overload factor Fo and divided by the total drive efciency e, or: HPf = 1,000,000 LN F d fb CLW F f Fm Fp 1,000,000 = (Horsepower to run an empty conveyor) = (Horsepower to move the material)

*Consult Factory for Inclined Conveyors or Screw Feeders

HPm = Total HP

The following factors determine the horsepower requirement of a screw conveyor operating under the foregoing conditions. L = Total length of conveyor, feet N = Operating speed, RPM (revolutions per minute) Fd = Conveyor diameter factor (See Table 1-12) Fb = Hanger bearing factor (See Table 1-13) C = Capacity in cubic feet per hour W = Weight of material, lbs. per cubic foot Ff = Flight factor (See Table 1-14) Fm = Material factor (See Table 1-2) F p = Paddle factor, when required. (See Table 1-15) Fo = Overload factor (See Table 1-16) e = Drive efciency (See Table 1-17)

(HPf +HP m )Fo e

CONVEYORS

Table 1-12
Conveyor Diameter Factor, Fd Screw Diameter Inches Factor Fd Screw Diameter Inches Factor Fd Bearing Type

Table 1-13
Hanger Bearing Factor Fb Hanger Bearing Factor Fb

4 6 9 10 12

12.0 18.0 31.0 37.0 55.0

14 16 18 20 24 30

78.0 106.0 135.0 165.0 235.0 300

B L

Ball

*Graphite Bronze *Melamine *Oil Impreg. Bronze *Oil Impreg. Wood *Nylatron *Nylon *Teon *UHMW *Ertalyte *Urethane *Hard Surfaced *Stellite * Ceramic *Martin Hard Iron

Martin Bronze

1.0

2.0

2.0

3.4 4.4

*Non lubricated bearings, or bearings not additionally lubricated.

H-24

Ertalyte is a registered Trademark of Quadrant.

Horsepower Factor Tables

Table 1-14
Flight Factor, Ff
Flight Type Ff Factor for Percent Conveyor Loading 15%

Standard Cut Flight Cut & Folded Flight Ribbon Flight

*Not Recommended

1.0 1.10 N.R.* 1.05

1.0 1.15 1.50 1.14

30%

1.0 1.20 1.70 1.20

45%

1.0 1.3 2.20

95%

Table 1-15
Paddle Factor Fp Standard Paddles per Pitch, Paddles Set at 45 Reverse Pitch Number of Paddles per Pitch 0 1 2 3 4

Paddle Factor F p

1.0

1.29

1.58

1.87

2.16

Table 1-16
Fo Overload Factor

Trace the value of (HP f + HP m ) vertically to the diagonal line, then across to the left where the F o value is listed.

Horsepower HP f + HP m For values of HP f + HP m greater than 5.2, F o is 1.0

Table 1-17
e Drive Efciency Factor Screw Drive or Shaft Mount w/ V-Belt Drive V-Belt to Helical Gear and Coupling Gearmotor w/ Coupling Gearmotor w/ Chain Drive Worm Gear

.88

.87

.95

.87

Consult Manufacturer

H-25

CONVEYORS

Horsepower
PROBLEM: Convey 1,000 cubic feet per hour Brewers grain, spent wet, in a 25-0 long conveyor driven by a screw conveyor drive with V-belts. SOLUTION: 1. Refer to material characteristic table 1-2 for Brewers grain, spent wet and nd: A. wt/cf: 55 - 60 B. material code: C12 - 45T Refer to Table 1-1, material classication code chart where: C12 = Fine 12 and under 4 = Sluggish 5 = Mildly abrasive T = Mildly corrosive C. Intermediate bearing selection: L or S Refer to Table 1-11 Bearing Selection, Find: L = Bronze S = Nylatron, Nylon, Teon, UHMW Melamine, Graphite Bronze, Oil-impreg. Bronze, and oil-impreg. wood and Urethane. D. Material Factor: Fm = .8 E. Trough Loading: 30%A Refer to Table 1-6 capacity table and nd 30%A which shows the various capacities per RPM of the standard size screw conveyors and the maximum RPMs for those sizes. 2. From Table 1-6, Capacity table under 30%A note that a 12 screw will convey 1,160 cubic feet per hour at 90 RPM maximum, therefore at 1 RPM a 12 screw will convey 12.9 cubic feet. For 1,000 CFH capacity at 12.9 CFH per RPM, the conveyor must therefore run 78 RPM (1000 12.9 = 77.52). 3. With the above information and factors from Tables 1-12 through 1-17 refer to the horsepower formulas on H-24 and calculate the required horsepower to convey 1000 CF/H for 25 feet in a 12 conveyor. Using the known factors nd that: L = 25 N = 78 RPM from step 2 above Fd = 55 see Table 1-12, for 12 Fb = 2.0 see Table 1-13 for L C = 1000 CFH W = 60#/CF from step 1A Ff = 1 see Table 1-14, standard 30% Fp = 1 see Table 1-15 e = .88 see Table 1-17 EXAMPLE: Horsepower Calculation (See page H-207 for sample worksheet)

CONVEYORS

4. Solve the following horsepower equations: 1,000,000 1,000,000

A. HPf = L N Fd Fb = 2578552.0 = 0.215

B. HPm = C L W Ff Fm Fp = 100025601.81 = 1.2 1,000,000 1,000,000 C. HPf = (HPf + HP m) (F o ) = (1.414) (1.9) = 3.05 e .88

Find the F o factor from 1-16; by adding HP f and HP m and matching this sum to the values on the chart.

SOLUTION: 3.05 Horsepower is required to convey 1,000 CFH Brewers grain, spent wet in a 12 conveyor for 25 feet. A 5 H.P. motor should be used.

H-26

Torsional Ratings of Conveyor Screw Parts

Screw conveyors are limited in overall design by the amount of torque that can be safely transmitted through the pipes, couplings, and coupling bolts. The table below combines the various torsional ratings of bolts, couplings and pipes so that it is easy to compare the torsional ratings of all the stressed parts of standard conveyor screws.

Table 1-18
Coupling Pipe Sch. 40 Torque in Lbs.* Shaft Dia. In. Size In. Torque In. Lbs. Bolt Dia. In. Couplings Bolts in Shear in Lbs. L No. of Bolts Used Bolts Bolts in Bearing in Lbs. No. of Bolts Used 3

CEMA Std. (C-1018)

Martin Std.
(C-1045)

112 3 2

2716 3
7

2 3 4

L Values shown are for A307-64, Grade 2 Bolts. Values for Grade 5 Bolts are above 2.5 *Values are for unheattreated shafts. ** Underlined values are limiting factors.

3 16

312 4

212

112

23,100 43,300

14,250 32,100 43,000

3,140

7,500

00,820 ** 03,070 ** 07,600 ** 15,090 42,550 28,370 28,370

18,247 51,568

3,727 9,233

999

3 1 5 5 3 3 7

8 2 8 8 4 4 8

1,380 09,270 ** 16,400 25,600 16,400 ** 3,660 7,600

34,427

34,427

13,900 24,600

11,400

2,070 5,490

1,970 11,640 25,000 5,000 7,860

24,600 38,400

15,540 ** 21,800 **

23,310 32,700

17,460 37,500

11,790

2,955 7,500

Thus it can be seen that the shaft itself is the limiting factor on 1, 112 and 2 couplings. The bolts in shear are the limiting factors on the 2716 coupling and on the 3 coupling used in conjunction with 4 pipe. The bolts in bearing are the limiting factors for the 3 coupling used in conjunction with 312 pipe, and for the 3716 coupling.

The lowest torsional rating gure for any given component will be the one that governs how much torque may be safely transmitted. For example, using standard unhardened two bolt coupling shafts, the limiting torsional strength of each part is indicated by the underlined gures in Table 1-18.

EXAMPLE: 12 Screw, 78 RPM, 5 Horsepower From the table above 2 shafts with 2 bolt drilling and 212 std. pipe are adequate (4,040 < 7600). 63,025ii5 = 4,040 In. Lbs. 78

If the torque is greater than the values in the above table, such as in 2 couplings (torque > 7600), then hardened shafts can be used as long as the torque is less than the value for hardened couplings (torque < 9500). If the torque is greater than the 2 bolt in shear value but less than the 3 bolt in shear value then 3 bolt coupling can be used. The same applies with bolts in bearing. When the transmitted torque is greater than the pipe size value, then larger pipe or heavier wall pipe may be used. Other solutions include: high torque bolts to increase bolt in shear rating, external collars, or bolt pads welded to pipe to increase bolt in bearing transmission. For solutions other than those outlined in the above table please consult our Engineering Department.

H-27

CONVEYORS

Formula: Horsepower To Torque (In. Lbs.) 63,025iiHP = Torque (In. Lbs.) RPM

Horsepower Ratings of Conveyor Screw Parts

Screw conveyors are limited in overall design by the amount of horsepower that can be safely transmitted through the pipes, couplings, and coupling bolts. The table below combines the various horsepower ratings of bolts, couplings and pipes so that it is easy to compare the ratings of all the stressed parts of standard conveyor screws.

Table 1-19
Coupling Pipe Couplings Bolts in Shear H.P. per R.P.M. L No. of Bolts Used Bolts Bolts in Bearing H.P. per R.P.M. No. of Bolts Used 3

H.P. per R.P.M. Shaft Dia. In. Size In. H.P. per R.P.M. CEMA Std. (C-1018) Bolt Dia. In.

Martin Std.
(C-1045)

112 2 2716

2 3 4

114 212

.049 .226 .509

.119 .366 .682 .682

.013 ** .120 ** .450 .239 .675 .450 .048 **

.058 .546 .289 .818 .146 .546

016

3 1 5 5 3 3 7

8 2 8 8 4 4 8

.021 .058 .120 .260 .406 .147 ** .260 **

.032 .087 .220 .390 .180 .390 .609

.031 .079 .184 .396 .124 .246 ** .345 **

.046 .119 .369 .518 .277 .595 .187

L Values shown are for A307-64, Grade 2 Bolts. ** Underlined values are limiting factors.

3716

312

The lowest horsepower rating gure for any given component will be the one that governs how much horsepower may be safely transmitted. The limiting strength of each part is indicated by the underlined gures in the table above. Formula: Horsepower To Horsepower @ 1 RPM EXAMPLE: 12 Screw, 78 RPM, 5 Horsepower 78 RPM 5 HP = 0.06 HP at 1 RPM

From the table above .038 is less than the lowest limiting factor for 2 couplings, so 2 standard couplings with 2 bolts may be used. Solutions to limitations are the same as shown on H-27.

CONVEYORS

H-28

Screw Conveyor End Thrust Thermal Expansion

End thrust in a Screw Conveyor is created as a reaction to the forces required to move the material along the axis of the conveyor trough. Such a force is opposite in direction to the ow of material. A thrust bearing and sometimes reinforcement of the conveyor trough is required to resist thrust forces. Best performance can be expected if the conveyor end thrust bearing is placed so that the rotating members are in tension; therefore, an end thrust bearing should be placed at the discharge end of a conveyor. Placing an end thrust bearing assembly at the feed end of a conveyor places rotating members in compression which may have undesirable effects, but this is sometimes necessary in locating equipment. There are several methods of absorbing thrust forces, the most popular methods are: 1. Thrust washer assembly installed on the shaft between the pipe end and the trough end plate, or on the outside of the end bearing. 2. Type E end thrust assembly, which is a Double Roller Bearing and shaft assembly. 3. Screw Conveyor Drive Unit, equipped with double roller bearing thrust bearings, to carry both thrust and radial loads. Past experience has established that component selection to withstand end thrust is rarely a critical factor and thrust is not normally calculated for design purposes. Standard conveyor thrust components will absorb thrust without resorting to special design in most applications. Screw conveyors often are employed to convey hot materials. It is therefore necessary to recognize that the conveyor will increase in length as the temperature of the trough and screw increases when the hot material begins to be conveyed. The recommended general practice is to provide supports for the trough which will allow movement of the trough end feet during the trough expansion, and during the subsequent contraction when handling of the hot material ceases. The drive end of the conveyor usually is xed, allowing the remainder of the trough to expand or contract. In the event there are intermediate inlets or discharge spouts that cannot move, the expansion type troughs are required. Furthermore, the conveyor screw may expand or contract in length at different rates than the trough. Therefore, expansion hangers are generally recommended. The trough end opposite the drive should incorporate an expansion type ball or roller bearing or sleeve bearing which will safely provide sufcient movement. The change in screw conveyor length may be determined from the following formula: L = L (t1 - t2) C Where: L = increment of change in length, inch L = overall conveyor length in inches t1 = upper limit of temperature, degrees Fahrenheit t2 = limit of temperature, degrees Fahrenheit, (or lowest ambient temperature expected) C = coefcient of linear expansion, inches per inch per degree Fahrenheit. This coefcient has the following values for various metals: (a) Hot rolled carbon steel, 6.5106, (.0000065) (b) Stainless steel, 9.9106, (.0000099) (c) Aluminum, 12.8106, (.0000128) EXAMPLE: A carbon steel screw conveyor 30 feet overall length is subject to a rise in temperature of 200F, reaching a hot metal temperature of 260F from an original metal temperature of 60F. t1 = 260 t1 - t2 = 200 t2 = 60 L = (30) (12) = 360 L = (360) (200) (6.5106) = 0.468 inches, or about 1532 inches.

Expansion of Screw Conveyors Handling Hot Materials

H-29

CONVEYORS

Conveyor Screw Deection

When using conveyor screws of standard length, deection is seldom a problem. However, if longer than standard sections of screw are to be used, without intermediate hanger bearings, care should be taken to prevent the screw ights from contacting the trough because of excessive deection. The deection at mid span may be calculated from the following formula. D= 0000005WL3000000 384 (29,000,000) (I)

Where: D = Deection at mid span in inches L = Screw length in inches l

W = Total screw weight in pounds, see pages H-80 to H-83 = Movement of inertia of pipe or shaft, see table 1-20 or 1-21 below

Table 1-20 Schedule 40 Pipe

Pipe Size

.666

1.53

212

3.02

4.79

312

7.23

15.2

28.1

72.5

161

10

Table 1-21 Schedule 80 Pipe

Pipe Size

.868

1.92

212

3.89

6.28

312

9.61

20.7

40.5

106

212

10

EXAMPLE: Determine the deection of a 12H512 screw conveyor section mounted on 3 sch 40 pipe, overall length is 16-0. W = 272# L = 192 I = 3.02 (From chart above) D= 0005 (272#) (1923)0000 384 (29,000,000) (3.02) = .29 inches

CONVEYORS

Applications where the calculated deection of the screw exceeds .25 inches ( 14 ) should be referred to our Engineering Department for recommendations. Very often the problem of deection can be solved by using a conveyor screw section with a larger diameter pipe or a heavier wall pipe. Usually, larger pipe sizes tend to reduce deection more effectively than heavier wall pipe.

H-30

Conveyor Screw Deection

Length of Unsupported Span Feet Dummy Scale Deection Inches Total Wt. Pounds
sch 40

Pipe Size

0.67

1.0 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 .1 12 .06 10.0 8 6 4 3 2 1500 4.0 1.0 .6 .4 .3 .2 700 600 500 12 400 .02 10 .01 9 250 300 20 1000 900 800 6.0 4000 3500 3000 2.0 2500

2/

2000

3.0

3/

5.0

7.0

9.0 10

11

15

200

The above Nomograph can be used for a quick reference to check deection of most conveyors.

I = Moment of inertia of pipe or shaft, see Table 1-20 or 1-21

25 30

H-31

CONVEYORS

8.0

Inclined and Vertical Screw Conveyors

Inclined screw conveyors have a greater horsepower requirement and a lower capacity rating than horizontal conveyors. The amounts of horsepower increase and capacity loss depend upon the angle of incline and the characteristics of the material conveyed.

Inclined conveyors operate most efciently when they are of tubular or shrouded cover design, and a minimum number of intermediate hanger bearings. Where possible, they should be operated at relatively high speeds to help prevent fallback of the conveyed material. Inclined Screw Conveyors Consult our Engineering Department for design recommendations and horsepower requirements for your particular application.

Vertical screw conveyors provide an efcient method of elevating most materials that can be conveyed in horizontal screw conveyors. Since vertical conveyors must be uniformly loaded in order to prevent choking, they are usually designed with integral feeders. As with horizontal conveyors, vertical screw conveyors are available with many special features and accessories, including components of stainless steel or other alloys.

CONVEYORS
Vertical Screw Conveyors

Consult our Engineering Department for design recommendations and horsepower requirements for your particular application. SEE VERTICAL SCREW CONVEYOR SECTION OF CATALOG FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.

H-32

Screw Feeders
Screw Feeders are designed to regulate the rate of material ow from a hopper or bin. The inlet is usually ooded with material (95% loaded). One or more tapered or variable pitch screws convey the material at the required rate. Screw feeders are regularly provided with shrouded or curved cover plates for a short distance beyond the end of the inlet opening, to obtain feed regulation. As the pitch or diameter increases beyond the shroud the level of the material in the conveyor drops to normal loading levels. Longer shrouds, extra short pitch screws and other modications are occasionally required to reduce ushing of very free owing material along the feeder screw. Feeders are made in two general types: Type 1 with regular pitch ighting and Type 2 with short pitch ighting. Both types are also available with uniform diameter and tapering diameter screws. The various combinations are shown on pages H-34H-35. Screw feeders with uniform screws, Types 1B, 1D, 2B, 2D are regularly used for handling ne free owing materials. Since the diameter of the screw is uniform, the feed of the material will be from the foreport of the inlet and not across the entire length. Where hoppers, bins, tanks, etc. are to be completely emptied, or dead areas of material over the inlet are not objectionable, this type of feeder is entirely satisfactory, as well as economical. Screw feeders with tapering diameter screws will readily handle materials containing a fair percentage of lumps. In addition, they are used extensively where it is necessary or desirable to draw the material uniformly across the entire length of the inlet opening to eliminate inert or dead areas of material at the forepart of the opening. Types 1A, 1C, 2A, and 2C fall into this category. Variable pitch screws can be used in place of tapering diameter screws for some applications. They consist of screws with succeeding sectional ights increasing progressively in pitch. The portion of the screw with the smaller pitch is located under the inlet opening.

Screw feeders with extended screw conveyors are necessary when intermediate hangers are required, or when it is necessary to convey the material for some distance. A screw conveyor of larger diameter than the feeder screw is combined with the feeder to make the extension. See types 1C, 1D, 2C, 2D. Multiple screw feeders are usually in at bottom bins for discharging material which have a tendency to pack or bridge under pressure. Frequently, the entire bin bottom is provided with these feeders which convey the material to collecting conveyors. Such arrangements are commonly used for handling hogged fuel, wood shavings, etc. Screw feeders are available in a variety of types to suit specic materials and applications. We recommend that you contact our Engineering Department for design information.

H-33

CONVEYORS

Screw Feeders
(For Inclined Applications Consult Factory)

Typical Type 1
Feeder Type Inlet Opening

SF1A SF1B SF1C SF1D

Standard Standard Standard Standard

Forepart Only of Inlet Opening

Uniform Full Length of Inlet Opening

Material Removal

Pitch

Feeder Screw Diameter

Extended Screw

Standard Standard Standard Standard

Tapered Uniform Tapered Uniform

None None As Required As Required

Uniform Full Length of Inlet Opening Forepart Only of Inlet Opening

SF1A

SF1B

SF1C

CONVEYORS
14 16 18 20 24 6 9 12

SF1D

Feeder Diameter A

Maximum Lump Size

3 4 112 2

Maximum Speed RPM

Capacity Cubic Feet per Hour B At One RPM At Maximum RPM C D E 15

Extended Screw Diameter F Trough Loading % 30 45

*Consult factory if inlet exceeds these lengths.

212 3 3 312 4

55 50 45 40 30

70 65 60

68 104 150 208 340

4.8 17 44

3740 5200 6750 8320 10200

336 1105 2640

54 56 58 60 64

36 42 48

28 32 36 40 48

12 18 24

11 1112 1218 1312 1612

7 9 10

14 18 22

24 28 31 34 40

12 18 24

9 14 18

20 24

9 12 16

18 20 24

H-34

Screw Feeders
(For Inclined Applications Consult Factory)

Typical Type 2
Feeder Type Inlet Opening

SF2A SF2B SF2C SF2D

Long Long Long Long

Uniform Full Length of Inlet Opening Forepart Only of Inlet Opening

Material Removal

Pitch

Feeder Screw Diameter

Extended Screw

Short (23) Short (23) Short (23) Short (23)

Tapered Uniform Tapered Uniform

None None As Required As Required

Uniform Full Length of Inlet Opening Forepart Only of Inlet Opening

SF2A

SF2B

SF2D

Feeder Diameter A

Maximum Lump Size

Maximum Speed RPM

Capacity Cubic Feet per Hour B At One RPM At Maximum RPM C D E 15

Extended Screw Diameter F Trough Loading % 30 45

14 16 18 20 24

6 9 12

1 3

114 112 134 2 212

2 4 1

70 65 60 55 50 45 40 30

44 68 99 137 224

3.1 11 29

217 715 1740 2420 3400 4455 5480 6720

60 66 72 76 78 80 82 86

18 26 36 42 48 54 60 72

7 9 10

11 1112 1218 1312 1612

14 18 22

24 28 31 34 40

10 14 20 24

9 12 16

18 20 24

9 10 14

16 18 20 24

H-35

CONVEYORS

SF2C

Design and Layout

SECTION II
DESIGN AND LAYOUT SECTION II Classication of Enclosure Types .............................................................................................H-36 Hand of Conveyors ...................................................................................................................H-38 Classication of Special Continuous Weld Finishes .................................................................H-39 Detailing of U Trough..............................................................................................................H-40 Detailing of Tubular Trough.......................................................................................................H-41 Detailing of Trough and Discharge Flanges..............................................................................H-42 Bolt Tables ................................................................................................................................H-44 Pipe Sizes and Weights ............................................................................................................H-46 Screw Conveyor Drive Arrangements.......................................................................................H-47 Standards Helicoid Screw.........................................................................................................H-48 Standards Buttweld Screw........................................................................................................H-49 Screw Conveyor Sample Horsepower Worksheet ..................................................................H-207

Classes of Enclosures

Conveyors can be designed to protect the material being handled from a hazardous surrounding or to protect the surroundings from a hazardous material being conveyed. This section establishes recommended classes of construction for conveyor enclosures without regard to their end use or application. These several classes call for specic things to be done to a standard conveyor housing to provide several degrees of enclosure protection.

CONVEYORS

Enclosure Classications

Class IE Class IE enclosures are those provided primarily for the protection of operating personnel or equipment, or where the enclosure forms an integral or functional part of the conveyor or structure. They are generally used where dust control is not a factor or where protection for, or against, the material being handled is not necessary although as conveyor enclosures a certain amount or protection is afforded. Class IIE Class IIE enclosures employ constructions which provide some measure of protection against dust or for, or against, the material being handled. Class IIIE Class IIIE enclosures employ constructions which provide a higher degree of protection in these classes against dust, and for or against the material being handled. When more than one method of fabrication is shown, either is acceptable.

Class IVE Class IVE enclosures are for outdoor applications and under normal circumstances provide for the exclusion of water from the inside of the casing. They are not to be construed as being water-tight, as this may not always be the case.

H-36

Enclosures
Enclosure Construction
Enclosure Classications

Component Classication
IE II E III E IV E

A. TROUGH CONSTRUCTION Formed & Angle Top Flange 1. Plate type end ange a. Continuous arc weld . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . b. Continuous arc weld on top of end ange and trough top rail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2. Trough Top Rail Angles (Angle Top trough only) a. Staggered intermittent arc and spot weld . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . b. Continuous arc weld on top leg of angle on inside of trough and intermittent arc weld on lower leg of angle to outside of trough . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . c. Staggered intermittent arc weld on top leg of angle on inside of trough and intermittent arc weld on lower leg of angle to outside of trough, or spot weld when mastic is used between leg of angle and trough sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

X X X

X X X X

X X X X

X X X X

B. COVER CONSTRUCTION 1. Plain at a. Only butted when hanger is at cover joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . b. Lapped when hanger is not at cover joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2. Semi-Flanged a. Only butted when hanger is at cover joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . b. Lapped when hanger is not at cover joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . c. With buttstrap when hanger is not at cover joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3. Flanged a. Only butted when hanger is at cover joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . b. Buttstrap when hanger is not at cover joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4. Hip Roof a. Ends with a buttstrap connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

X X

X X

X X X

X X X

X X X

C. COVER FASTENERS FOR STANDARD GA. COVERS 1. Spring, screw or toggle clamp fasteners or bolted construction* a. Max. spacing plain at covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . b. Max. spacing semi-anged covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . c. Max. spacing anged and hip-roof covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

60 60

D. GASKETS 1. Covers a. Red rubber or felt up to 230 F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . b. Neoprene rubber, when contamination is a problem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . c. Closed cell foam type elastic material to suit temperature rating of gasket . . . . . . . . . . . 2. Trough End anges a. Mastic type compounds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . b. Red rubber up to 230 F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . c. Neoprene rubber, when contamination is a problem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . d. Closed cell foam type elastic material to suit temperature rating of gasket . . . . . . . . . . . E. TROUGH END SHAFT SEALS* 1. When handling non-abrasive materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2. When handling abrasive materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . *Lip type seals for non-abrasive materials Felt type for mildly abrasive materials Waste type for highly abrasive materials Waste type for moderately abrassive Air purged Martin Super Pac for extremely abrasive Bulk Heads may be required for abrasive & hot materials NOTE: CHECK MATERIAL TEMPERATURE. X

30 40 X X X

18 24 X X X

18 24

X X X X X

X X X X X X

X X X X X

H-37

CONVEYORS

Hand Conveyors

Left Hand

Right Hand

A conveyor screw is either right hand or left hand depending on the form of the helix. The hand of the screw is easily determined by looking at the end of the screw. The screw pictured to the left has the ight helix wrapped around the pipe in a counter-clockwise direction, or to your left. Same as left hand threads on a bolt. This is arbitrarily termed a LEFT hand screw. The screw pictured to the right has the ight helix wrapped around the pipe in a clockwise direction, or to your right. Same as right hand threads on a bolt. This is termed a RIGHT hand screw.

Right and Left Hand Screws

A conveyor screw viewed from either end will show the same conguration. If the end of the conveyor screw is not readily visible, then by merely imagining that the ighting has been cut, with the cut end exposed, the hand of the screw may be easily determined.

CONVEYORS

Flow

Conveyor Screw Rotation

Flow

C.W. Rotation Left Hand Right Hand

C.C.W. Rotation

The above diagrams are a simple means of determining screw rotation. When the material ow is in the direction away from the end being viewed, a R.H. screw will turn counter clockwise and a L.H. screw will turn clockwise rotation as shown by the arrows.

H-38

Conveyor Screw Rotation

RIGHT HAND LEFT HAND

RIGHT

HAND

RIGHT

HAND

LEFT

HAND

LEFT

HAND

RIGHT

HAND

LEFT

HAND

The above diagram indicates the hand of conveyor screw to use when direction of rotation and material ow are known.

Special Screw Conveyor Continuous Weld Finishes

CONVEYORS
Specications on screw conveyor occasionally include the term grind smooth when referring to the nish on continuous welds. This specication is usually used for stainless steel, but occasionally it will appear in carbon steel specications as well. Grind smooth is a general term and subject to various interpretations. This Table establishes recommended classes of nishes, which should be used to help nd the class required for an application.

Weld Finishes Operation

Weld spatter and slag removed

Rough grind welds to remove heavy weld ripple or unusual roughness (Equivalent to a 40-50 grit nish) Medium grind welds leaving some pits and crevices (Equivalent to a 80-100 grit nish) Fine grind welds no pits or crevices permissible (Equivalent to a 140-150 grit nish)

II

III

X X

IV

* Martin IV Finish: CEMA IV welds, polish pipe & ights to 140-150 grit nish. * Martin IV Polish: Same as above plus Scotch-Brite Finish.

H-39

Layout
Trough
(Min.) Hanger Bearing Centers

Std. Length Conveyor Screw

Standard Housing Length

G (Min.)
H
7

A Screw Diameter

4 6 9

B Coupling Diameter

10 12 14 16 18

112 2 2 2716 3 3 112 2

1 2
1

9-1012 9-10 9-10

C Length

D Length

F
3

9-10

10

10

10

112 2 2

3 1 1

8 8 2 2 8 8 8 8 4 4

G (Min.)

412 6 8 9

2716 3 3716 3 16 3716

7

11-9

11-9

11-10 11-9 11-9

10 12 12 12 12

1516 1916 138 138 134 134 2

13

16

358 4 2 618 638 734 10 58 1218 914

1

458 7 78 878 958 10 78 1338 15 12 5 8

5

334 718 5

3 3

2 3 3

7 78 878 1118 1238 1018

10 11 13 15 17 19 21 25

534 938 912 1214 1312 1478 16 8 8

1

1716 112 158 134 2 212 212 2

1 112 134 158 158 2 2 214 212 1

1012 1112 1312 1412 1512 1712

5 5 5

20 24

11-8 11-9 11-8 11-8

11-9

Screw clearance at trough end is one half of dimension E

12

12

4 3 4 4

3 3

214

1612

1312

1818

1338 1538

1914 20

212 212

CONVEYORS

Typical Method of Detailing

9 2 25-0 Conveyor
(Typ.) Total Cover Length Cover Lengths

9CH2264 Hangers (Typ.) CC4H Couplings

9TCP16 Covers

Hanger Spacings

Conveyor Lengths Bare Pipe Tail Shaft Seal

9S412-R Screws

Ball Bearing

Thrust Bearing Drive Shaft Seal Spout Spacing Total Length

9CTF10 Troughs

Housing Lengths

H-40

Layout
Tubular Housing
(Min.) Std. Length Conveyor Screw Hanger Bearing Centers (Bare Pipe)

Standard Housing Length

A Screw Dia. B Coupling Dia. C Length D Length E F
3

(Min.)
K L M N P R

4 6 9

10 12 14 16 18

112 2 2 2716 3 3 112 2

1 2
1

9-1012 9-10 9-10

9-10

10

10

10

112 2 2

3 1 1

8 8 2 2 8 8 8 8 4 4

G (Min.)

H
7

412 6 8 9

2716 3 3716 3 16 3716

7

11-9

11-9

11-10 11-9 11-9

10 12 12 12 12

1516 1916 138 138 134 134 2

13

16

358 4 2 618 638 734 10 58 1218 914

1

458 7 78 878 958 10 78 1338 15 12 5 8

5

334 718 5

3 3

2 3 3

7 78 878 1118 1238 1018

10 11 13 15 17 19 21 25

534 938 912 1214 1312 1478 16 8 8

1

1716 112 158 134 2 212 212 2

1 112 134 158 158 2 2 214 212 1

1012 1112 1312 1412 1512 1712

5 5 5

20 24

11-8 11-9 11-8 11-8

11-9

Typical Method of Detailing

9 2 15-0 Conveyor

9CH2264 Hanger
Hanger Spacings

Conveyor Lengths Bare Pipe

9S412-R Screws
Tail Shaft Seal Ball Bearing

Thrust Bearing Drive Shaft Seal Spout Spacing Total Length

9CHT10 Troughs

Housing Lengths

H-41

CONVEYORS

Screw clearance at trough end is one half of dimension E

12

12

4 3 4 4

3 3

214

1612

1312

1818

1338 1538

1914 20

212 212

Bolt Patterns
U-Trough End Flanges

6 Bolts 8 Bolts 10 Bolts

12 Bolts

Screw Diameter

Bolts Number

4 6 9

6 6 8

Diameter
3 3 3 3 1 1 5 5 5 5

8 8 8 8 2 2 8 8 8 8

10 12 14 16 24 18 20

8 8 8 8

12 2 1314 1578 1778 2438 2812 20 22

1

878

358 412 6 8 638 1058 1218 1312 1612 734 914

1

1132 1 16 21732 22332 22532 22532 258 214 112

3

118

318 418 5516 51516 614 618 558 638 4 8 312

1

4116 4316 4116 658 578 658 3 4

3

318

4116 5116 734 712 578 658 6 518

318

12

10 10

51516 61116

51516 61116 658 658 578

5316

418 418

X X

X X X X X

X X

X X X X X X X

X X

61116

61116 658

578

658

Flared Trough End Flanges

CONVEYORS
C/L Screw C/L Screw C/L Screw C/L Screw C/L Screw

C/L Screw

C/L Screw

C/L Screw

6 Bolts
Screw Diameter Inches Bolts Diameter Number
3 3 1 1 5 5 5 5

8 Bolts
A Holes B C E F

10 Bolts
G Inches H J

12 Bolts
K L

12 14 16 18 20 24

6 9

8 8 2 2 8 8 8 8

6 8 8

10 10 10 10 12

71516 81516 10 11

4716 6 4
1

12316 1414

11 2 1218 1312 1612

1

10 11

7 9

111316 124964 14 16 206164 1778 16

11

9 32
21

7316

12732 1 64 11316 2 64 2932 2516 258

15 43

514 534 6316 678 7 518 5 2

1

2116

514 534 6316 678 7 518 5 2

1

2916 378 3 4
3

2132 3

31132 3516

21516

6316 678 7

518 5 2
1

534

6316 678 7

518 512

678

H-42

Bolt Patterns
Tubular Housing Flanges

6 bolts

10 bolts

8 bolts

12 bolts

Intake & Discharge Flanges

12 bolts

20 bolts

Screw Size

Flange Bolts Tubular X Discharge Y A E Q R S T

3

4 6 10 9 12 14 16 18 20 24

6--38 8-- 8 8--38 8--38 8-- 2 8--12 10--58 10--58 12--58 8--58
1 3

12--14 12-- 8 12--38 12--38 12-- 8 20--38 20--38 20--12 20--12 20--12
3 3

5 10 11 13 15 17 19 21 25 7

1178 1314 15 17 22

8 8
7

214 4
13

2 16 4516
1

214 3 438 5 4 4 312 438 434 512

1

11

16
1 5 7 7

8 2 8 8 8 8

10 13

712

5 8 312 334 478 558

1414 1714 1914 2114 2414 2614 3014

1912 2438 2812

312 438 434 558

4716

118 118 118

H-43

CONVEYORS

Flange, Trough 6-38 1 6-38 1 6-14 34 6-38 1 2-38 1 6-38 1 2-12 2 4- 8 1 4 4-38 114 4-38 1 4- 8 1 10 - 16 4
5 3

Part Name

Flange, Tubular Housing 8-38 1 6-516 34 2-516 34 6- 16 4 6-38 1 4-38 1 8-38 1 4-38 114 4- 8 1 4 4-38 114 4-38 1 4- 2 1 2
1 5 5 3

6-38 1 8-38 1 8-38 1 4-38 1 8- 8 1 8-38 1 4-38 1 8-12 114 4-12 112 4- 2 1 2 4-12 112 4-12 114 4-12 114
1 1 3

Bolt Requirements

Ends, Trough 2-14 34 2-38 1 8-38 1 4-38 114 4-38 1 4-12 112 4-12 112 4- 2 1 4 10- 16 4
3 1 3 1

Inside 5- 4 4 8-38 1 4-38 1 4-38 1

3 3 1 1 3

Inside Discharge 8- 8 1 8-38 1 4-12 114 8-12 114 2-12 212 4-12 112 4- 2 1 2 4-12 112
1 1 1 3

Inside Rectangular 8-12 114 4-12 114 8-58 112 2-58 234 4-12 112 4- 2 1 2 4-12 112 4-12 112 4-12 112 4- 2 1 4 4-12 114 2-12 112 2-12 114 8-38 112 12-38 1 10- 8 1
3 1 1 1 1

Ends, Tubular Housing 2-12 2 4-12 114

1 1

Outside Type 4-58 112 10-58 112 2-58 234 4-12 134 4- 8 1 4 4-58 134 4-58 134 4-12 114 10- 16 4
5 3 5 3

Outside Discharge 2-12 2 2-12 212

Hanger, Trough 4- 8 1 4
3 1

Style 60 4-14 1 4-14 1 4- 4 1 10- 16 4

5 3 5 3 5 3 5 3

Style 70 4-38 114 4- 8 1 10- 16 4 2-38 114 2-38 1 8-38 112 2-38 1 8-38 112 12-38 1 10- 8 1
3

Style 216 4-38 1 4- 8 1 10- 16 4 2-38 114 2-12 112 4-38 1

3

Style 220
1

Style 226 4-14 1 10- 16 4 2-38 114 2-14 1 8-38 112 12-38 1 10- 8 1
3

Style 230 4-38 1

3

Style 316 4-38 1

Covers, Trough (Std. 10 ft.) 2-38 114 2-14 1 8-38 112 12-38 1 10- 8 1
3

Style 326

4-38 1

Saddle Feet

Flanged Feet

Spouts, Discharge

Saddle

Attaching Bolts

Flange

All bolts hex head cap screws with hex nuts and lock washers.

Flange w/Slide

CONVEYORS
Bolt Requirements Related to Conveyor Trough Sizes

H-44
8-38 1 8-38 1 8-38 1 4-38 1 10- 2 1 8-12 114 4-58 112
1 1

8-38 1 8-12 114 8-12 1 11- 2 1 4 8-58 112

5 1

10

8-12 114 8-12 114 8-12 114 12- 8 1 4 10-58 112

5 1

12

8-12 114 8-58 112 8-58 114 12- 8 1 4 4-58 112

5

14

8-58 112 10-58 112 10-58 114 10-58 112 12- 8 1 2 10-58 112 10-58 112 2-58 234 4-58 2 4-58 134 4-58 134 4- 8 1 2 10 - 16 4
5 3 5 1 1

16

10-58 112 10-58 112 4-58 112 4-58 112

18

10-58 112

20

12-58 112 12-58 112 12-58 112 12-58 112 12-58 112 12-58 112 6-58 112 6-58 112

24

4-12 1

4-12 114

4-58 114

4-58 2 4-58 134 5-58 112 2-58 134 2-58 134 4-58 2 4- 8 1 2 4-58 112 10 - 16 4
5 3 5 1

4-58 212 4-58 212 4-58 134 4-58 112 10-516 34 4-58 112 2-58 134 2-58 134 4-58 134

2-12 114 12-38 1 10- 8 1

3

2-12 114 12-38 112 20-38 1 16- 8 1

3

2-58 114 12-38 112 20-38 1 16- 8 1

3

2-58 114 12-12 112 20-12 1 16- 2 1 4

1 1

2-58 114 12-12 112 20-12 1 16- 2 1 4

1 1

12-12 112

16-12 114

20-12 1

Bolt Requirements Related to Shaft Coupling Sizes

Bearings, End 3-38 114 3-38 114 4- 8 1 4 4-38 114 2-38 112 2- 8 1 4
3 3 3 1

Part Name

1 3-12 112 3-12 112 4- 2 1 2 4-12 112 2-12 134 2- 2 2 4 2-12 214 4-12 234
3 1 1 1 1

112 3-58 134 3-58 112 4- 8 1 4 4-58 112 4- 2 2 4 2-58 214 2- 8 3 2

7 5 1 5 3 1 1

2 3-58 134 3-58 134 4- 8 1 4 4-58 134 4- 8 2 2 2- 8 2 4

5 3 5 3

2716 3-34 2 3-34 2 4- 4 2 4- 4 2 4

3 1 3

3 3-34 214 3-34 214 4-34 214 4-34 314 2-78 234 2-34 3 4-34 312 2-78 334 2-78 312 4-34 334
3

3716

Discharge Bronze

Discharge Ball 4-34 2

Flanged Bronze 4- 2 2 2- 8 2 2 2-58 212 4-12 234

5 5 1 1 3

Flanged Ball 2-58 2 2-58 234 4-58 314

5

Flanged Roller 2-34 212

4-34 214

Pillow Block Bronze

Pillow Block Ball

Bearings, Thrust

Pillow Block, Roller

Type E Roller 8 2116

1

Coupling Bolts 2 3 8 358

8 438

4 5-312 Pipe

Seals, Shafts 4-12 112 4- 2 2 2

1 5

4 512-4 Pipe 4-58 112 4-58 214 4- 8 3

5

8 512

Flanged Gland 4-12 2 4- 2 2 4 2-12 112 4- 8 3 2 4-12 4

1 3

Plate w/Ball or Bronze 2-12 112 4- 2 3 4 4-12 334

1 1 1 1

4-58 112 4-58 214

4-34 134 4- 4 3 4 2-58 134 4- 8 3 4

5 3

Plate w/Roller

4-34 234 2-58 134 4-58 4

3 1

4-34 134

Split Gland

4-34 312 4- 4 4 4-34 414

3

4-34 3 2-34 214 4-34 412 4-34 434

Waste Pack, w/Ball or Bronze

Bolt Requirements

*See page H-86 for special coupling bolts. All other bolts hex head cap screws with hex nuts and lock washers.

Waste Pack, w/Roller

H-45 CONVEYORS

Pipe Sizes, Dimensions and Weights

Nominal Pipe Size Inches
1

8 4

Outside Diameter Inches

I.P.S. Schedule

Wall Inches

Inside Diameter Inches

Wt./Ft. Pounds

Nominal Pipe Size Inches

.405 .540 .675 .840

40 80 40 80 40 80 40 80 160

10S 40S Est 80S Ex. Hvy. 10S 40S Est. 80S Ex. Hvy. 10S 40S Std. 80S Ex. Hvy. 5S 10S 40S Est. 80S Ex. Hvy. XX Hvy. 5S 10S 40S Std. 80S Ex. Hvy. XX Hvy. 5S 10S 40S Std. 80S Ex. Hvy. XX Hvy. 5S 10S 40S Std. 80S Ex. Hvy. XX Hvy. 5S 10S 40S Std. 80S Ex. Hvy. XX Hvy. 5S 10S 40S Std. 80S Ex. Hvy. XX Hvy. 5S 10S 40S Std. 80S Ex. Hvy. XX Hvy.

.049 .068 .095 .065 .088 .119 .065 .091 .126 .065 .083 .109 .147 .187 .294 .065 .083 .113 .154 .218 .308 .065 .109 .133 .179 .250 .358 .065 .109 .140 .191 .250 .382 .065 .109 .145 .200 .281 .400 .065 .109 .154 .218 .343 .436 .083 .120 .203 .276 .375 .552
W= W= D = t=

.307 .269 .215 .410 .364 .302 .545 .493 .423 .710 .674 .622 .546 .466 .252 .920 .884 .824 .742 .614 .434 1.185 1.097 1.049 .957 .815 .599 1.530 1.442 1.380 1.278 1.160 .896 1.770 1.682 1.610 1.500 1.338 1.100 2.245 2.157 2.067 1.939 1.689 1.503 2.709 2.635 2.469 2.323 2.125 1.771

.1863 .2447 .3145 .3297 .4248 .5351 .4235 .5676 .7388 .5383 .6710 .8510 1.088 1.304 1.714 .6838 .8572 1.131 1.474 1.937 2.441 .8678 1.404 1.679 2.172 2.844 3.659 1.107 1.806 2.273 2.997 3.765 5.214 1.274 2.085 2.718 3.631 4.859 6.408 1.604 2.638 3.653 5.022 7.444 9.029 2.475 3.531 5.793 7.661 10.01 13.69

Outside Diameter Inches

I.P.S. Schedule

Wall Inches

Inside Diameter Inches

Wt./Ft. Pounds

3.500

40 80 160

5S 10S 40S Est. 80S Ex. Hvy. XX Hvy. 5S 10S 40S Std. 80S Ex. Hvy. 5S 10S 40S Est. 80S Ex. Hvy. XX Hvy. 5S 10S 40S Est. 80S Ex. Hvy. XX Hvy. 5S 10S 40S Std. 80S Ex. Hvy. XX Hvy. 5S 10S 40S Est. 80S Ex. Hvy. XX Hvy. 5S 10S 40S Std. 80S Ex. Hvy.

312

.600

.083 .120 .216 .300 .438

2.300

3.334 3.260 3.068 2.900 2.624

18.58

3.029 4.332 7.576 10.25 14.32

4.000

40 80 40 80 120 160

.083 .120 .226 .318 .083 .120 .237 .337 .438 .531 .674 .109 .134 .258 .375 .500 .625 .750 .109 .134 .280 .432 .562 .718 .864 .109 .148 .250 .277 .322 .406 .500 .593 .718 .812 .875 .906 .134 .165 .250 .307 .365 .500 .593 .718 .843 1.000 1.125

3.834 3.760 3.548 3.364 4.334 4.260 4.026 3.826 3.624 3.438 3.152 5.345 5.295 5.047 4.813 4.563 4.313 4.063 6.407 6.357 6.065 5.761 5.491 5.189 4.897 8.407 8.329 8.125 8.071 7.981 7.813 7.625 7.439 7.189 7.001 6.875 6.813 10.482 10.420 10.250 10.136 10.020 9.750 9.564 9.224 9.064 8.750 8.500

3.472 4.973 9.109 12.50 3.915 5.613 10.79 14.98 19.00 22.51 27.54 6.349 7.770 14.62 20.78 27.04 32.96 38.55 7.585 9.289 18.97 28.57 36.39 45.30 53.16 9.914 13.40 22.36 24.70 28.55 35.64 43.39 50.87 60.63 67.76 72.42 74.69 15.19 18.70 28.04 34.24 40.48 54.74 64.33 76.93 89.20 104.1 115.7

4.500

1.050

40 80 160

5.563

1.315

40 80 120 160

40 80 160

6.625

114

1.660

40 80 120 160

40 80 160

8.625

CONVEYORS

112

1.900

40 80 160

2.375

40 80 160

10

160 10.750 20 30 40 60 80 100 120 140 160

20 30 40 60 80 100 120 140

212

2.875

40 80 160

NOTE: Weights shown are in pounds per foot, based on the average wall of the pipe. The following formula was used in calculating the weight per foot.

10.68 (D t)t Weight in pounds per foot (to 4 digits) Outside Diameter in inches (to 3 decimal places) Wall thickness in decimals (to 3 decimal places)

All weights are carried to four digits only, the fth digit being carried forward if ve or over, or dropped if under ve.

H-46

Typical Drive Arrangements

The most common types of drives for Screw Conveyors are illustrated below. For special drive requirements, consult our Engineering Department. In addition to those shown, other types availble are: variable speed drives, hydraulic drives, and take-off drives for connection to other equipment. Reducer mounts on trough end, and is directly connected to the conveyor screw and includes integral thrust bearing, seal gland, and drive shaft. Motor mount may be positioned at top, either side, or below. Separate drive shaft, end bearing, and seal are not required.

Screw Driver Reducer

(Side View)

Shaft Mounted Reducer

Reducer mounts on conveyor drive shaft. Motor and V-Belt drive may be in any convenient location. The torque arm may be fastened to the oor, or tted to trough end. Requires extended drive shaft, end bearing, and seal. Note: Requires thrust unit or collars to hold thrust.

(End View)

Gearmotor Drive

(Side View)

Base Type Reducer Drive

Motor direct-coupled to base type reducer, with chain drive to conveyor drive shaft. Usually mounted on oor or platform as close as possible to conveyor.

(Top View)

H-47

CONVEYORS

Integral motor-reducer with chain drive to conveyor drive shaft. Usually mounted to top of trough by means of an adapter plate.

CEMA Standards
Helicoid Screw Conveyors
B Thickness at edges A Diameter tolerance Length Listed Screw Diameter and Pitch +0 116 A Coupling Diameter Size Designation Pipe Size Schedule 40 Length Feet and Inches Diameter Tolerance Plus
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

C Pitch tolerance

Flighting tted snug to pipe with intermediate welds

End lugs used on all sizes except 4 dia. conveyor

F D Bore

H Bolt hole

B Thickness Inner Edge

3 1 1 3

C Pitch Tolerance Plus

1 1

D Bushing Bore Inside Diameter

F Spacing 1st Bolt Hole

1 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7

G Centers 2nd Bolt Hole

H Nominal Bolt Hole Size

13 17 17 17 17 17 21 21 21 17 21 21 21 21 21 25 21 25 25 25

4 6 6 6 9 9 9 9 9

1 2 112 112 112 112 2 2 2

1

4H206

6H304 6H308 6H312 9H306 9H312

114 2 2 2 212 212 212 212 212 212 312 312 312 4 3 3 3 2 2 2

9-1012 9-10 9-10 9-10 9-10 9-10 9-10 9-10 9-10 9-10

16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8

Minus
3 3 3 3 3 3 1

16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 8 8 8 8 4 4 4

16 8 4 8 8 8 8 4 8 4 8 4

Outer Edge
1 3

32 16 16 32 16 32 16 32 32 16 16 16 32 32 32 32 8 8 8 8

2 2 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

Minus
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

Minimum

1.005 1.505 1.505 1.505 1.505 1.505 2.005 2.005 2.005 1.505 2.005 2.005 2.005 2.443 2.443 3.005 2.443 3.005 3.005 3.005

Maximum

1.016 1.516 1.516 1.516 1.516 1.516 2.016 2.016 2.016 1.516 2.016 2.016 2.016 2.458 2.458 3.025 2.458 3.025 3.025 3.025

2 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8

2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32

9H406 9H412 9H414

1 1

16 16 16 16

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

10 10 12 12 12 12 12 14 14 16 16

112 2 2 2 3 3 3 3

10H412 12H408 12H412 12H614 14H614 16H610 16H614

10H306

2716 2716 2716

12H508 12H512 14H508

11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9

11-10 11-10 11-9 11-9 11-9

9-10

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

5 5 5 5

7 3

1 3 1 3

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

3 3 3

7 5 7

16 16 16 16

15 15

7 5 7

15

1 1 1 1

16 16 16

3 3 3 3

112 112

1 1

Bend

Line

es pac al S Equ

5 ately roxim App

CONVEYORS

NOTE: All dimensions in inches.

Cut Flight/Cut & Folded Flight Conveyors

Right Angle Bend

Screw Diameter

4 6 9

138 3 38 458 514 6 4 2 3

10 12 14 16 18 20 24

112 218 234 378 414 478 318 312 214

C
5

Carrying Side

Depth of cut C is one half the ight width for normal maximum pipe size. Lengths A and B are calculated from the developed O.D. for standard pitch.

212 338 478 378 3

134 2

112

6 58 7 78

Omit First Two Cuts

5 Cuts Per Pitch

Carrying Side

H-48

Omit First Two Cuts

5 Cuts Per Pitch

CEMA Standards
B Thickness of Butt Welded Flight A Diameter tolerance Length Listed Screw Diameter and Pitch +0 116 A Cplng. Dia. Size Designation Pipe Size Schedule 40 Length Feet and Inches Diameter Tolerance Plus
1 1 1 1 1

C Pitch tolerance

Sectional Screw Conveyors

Flighting tted snug to pipe with intermediate welds End lugs on 6 through 16 sizes. On 18, 20 and 24, end welds or end lugs used according to manufacturer s standards. F D Bore G H Bolt hole

B Flight Thickness
3 3 3

C Pitch Tolerance Plus

3 1 1

D Bushing Bore Inside Diameter

F Spacing 1st Bolt Hole

7 7 7 7 7 7

G Centers 2nd Bolt Hole

H Nominal Bolt Hole Size

17 17 21 21 21 21 21 21 25 25 21 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 29 29 29 29

1 2 2
1

112 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

9 10

12

2716 2716

10S412

9S412

6S312 9S312 9S416

212 212 212 312 312 312 312 312 312 312 312 312 312 4 4 4 4 312 312 312 3 3 3 212

2 2

9-10 9-10 9-10

9-10 9-10

16 16 16 16 16 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8

Minus

16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 8 8 8 8 2 8 8 8 2 8 8 8 8 8 8 2 8 4

3 3 3

16 16 16 16 16 16 4 4 8 4 8 4 8 2 4 8 2 4 8 4 8 2 4

8 2 2 2 2 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 8 8 8 8 8 8 8

Minus
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Minimum

1.505 1.505 2.005 2.005 2.005 2.005 2.443 2.443 3.005 3.005 2.443 3.005 3.005 3.005 3.005 3.005 3.005 3.005 3.005 3.005 3.005 3.005 3.005 3.005 3.443 3.443 3.443 3.443

Maximum

1.516 1.516 2.016 2.016 2.016 2.016 2.458 2.458 3.025 3.025 2.458 3.025 3.025 3.025 3.025 3.025 3.025 3.025 3.025 3.025 3.025 3.025 3.025 3.025 3.467 3.467 3.467 3.467

8 8 8 8 8 8

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32

12S512 12S516 14S512

12S412 12S616 12S624 14S624 16S612 16S624 16S632 18S612 18S624 18S632 20S612 20S624

11-10 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-8 11-8 11-8 11-8 11-9 11-9 11-9

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

5 5 5 5

3 3 3

1 3 3

1 1

3 3 3

15 15

14

2716 3 3

14S616 16S616

5 5

3 3 3 3 1

16 16

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

16 16 16

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

3 3

15

16

1 3 1

3 3 3

18

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

20

24

3716 3716 3716

3716

20S616

24S712 24S716 24S724 24S732

312

16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16

1 3 3 3 3 3 3 1

1 3

16 16

7 7

1 3 1

7 7 7

112 112 112 112

4 4 4 4

NOTE: All dimensions in inches.

H-49

CONVEYORS

18S616

312

3 3 3

16 16 16

3 3 3

1 3

16

3 3

Components
SECTION III
Component Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-51 Trough . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-53 Discharges and Gates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-57 Trough Ends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-63 Saddles and Feet/Trough End Flanges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-70 End Bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-71 Thrust Bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-72 Seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-75 Conveyor Screws. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-78 Coupling Bolts, Internal Collars and Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-86 Shafts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-87 Hangers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-92 Hanger Bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-100 Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-102 Cover Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-104 Conveyor Shrouds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-105
COMPONENT SECTION III PAGE

CONVEYORS

SEE PRICE LIST FOR ITEMS CARRIED IN STOCK

H-50

Component Selection
Required Information
Screw diameter Shaft diameter Material component group Unusual material characteristics

Conveyor Trough and Tubular Housing

Standard trough and housing sections are available in ve, six, ten, and 12 foot lengths. Standard ve and six foot lengths should be used when connecting anges coincide with discharge openings or hanger bearings.

Conveyor Screws
Standard length conveyor screws should be used whenever possible to reduce the number of hanger bearings required. The recommended screws listed in the Component Series Table are standard helicoid and sectional screw conveyors. The use of helicoid or sectional conveyors is largely a matter of individual preference. Right hand screw conveyors pull material toward the end which is being rotated in a clockwise direction. If the rotation is reversed (counterclockwise), the material is pushed away from that end. In left hand screw conveyors, the material ow is opposite to that of right hand screws, the direction of rotation being unchanged. To determine hand of screw see pages H-38 and H-39.

Shafts

The primary consideration in determining the type and size of coupling and drive shafts is whether the shafts selected are adequate to transmit the horsepower required, including any overload. Normally, cold-rolled shafts are adequate. However, high-tensile shafts may be required due to torque limitations. Also, stainless steel shafts may be necessary when corrosive or contaminable materials are to be handled. Conveyors equipped with non-lubricated hard iron hanger bearings require hardened coupling shafts. Specic shaft size determination is covered in the Torsional Rating Section, page H-27.

Shaft Seals
Several conveyor end seal types are available to prevent contamination of the conveyed material or to prevent the escape of material from the system.

Bearings
Hanger Bearing The purpose of hanger bearings is to provide intermediate support when multiple screw sections are used. Hanger bearings are designed primarily for radial loads. Therefore, adequate clearance should be allowed between the bearings and the conveyor pipe ends to prevent damage by the thrust load which is transmitted through the conveyor pipe. The hanger bearing recommendations listed in the Material Characteristic Tables are generally adequate for the material to be handled. Often, however, unusual characteristics of the material or the conditions under which the conveyor must operate make it desirable to use special bearing materials. Regarding the use of special bearing materials, consult our Engineering Department. End Bearings Several end bearing types are available, and their selection depends on two basic factors: Radial load and thrust load. The relative values of these loads determines end bearing types.

The material is carried on one face of the conveyor ighting in conveyors which are required to transport material in one direction, therefore, conveyor end lugs are located on the opposite face to facilitate unimpeded ow of the material. Conveyor sections must be installed in such a manner that all end lugs are toward the inlet end of the conveyor. Conveyor sections must not be turned end for end without reversing the direction of rotation, or conversely, the direction of rotation must not be reversed without turning the conveyor sections end for end. Requirements for reversible conveyor screws intended for material transport in either direction should be referred to our Engineering Department.

Flighting should be omitted from the conveyor pipe over the last discharge opening to ensure complete discharge of material without carryover. Continuity of material ow at hanger points is accomplished by opposing adjacent ight ends approximately 180. (As close to 180 as the predrilled holes will allow.)

H-51

CONVEYORS

Component Selection
Radial load is negligible at the conveyor tail shaft. However, drive ends (unless integrated with the conveyor end plate) are subject to radial loading due to overhung drive loads, such as chain sprockets or shaft-mounted speed reducers. Screw Conveyor Drive Reducers at the drive end will adequately carry both thrust and radial loads. Interlocking or Matting Materials Conveying with standard components is sometimes possible by the use of special feeding devices at the conveyor inlet.

Discharge Spouts and Gates

Standard discharge spouts and gates are available for either conveyor trough or tubular housing in several designs, operated either manually or by remote controls.

In installations where it is possible to overll the device to which material is being transported, an additional overow discharge opening or overow relief device should be provided. Consult our Engineering Department for suggested electrical interlock and safety devices to prevent overow or damage to equipment. It is sometimes found that the material characteristics are such that standard component specications are inadequate. Should unusual material characteristics or severe conditions exist, our Engineering Department should be consulted.

Hygroscopic Materials Frequently these materials may be handled successfully in a conveyor which is substantially sealed from the exterior atmosphere. In extreme cases it is necessary to provide jacketed trough or housing with an appropriate circulating medium to maintain the material at an elevated temperature. Purging of the conveyor with a suitable dry gas is also used in some installations. Viscous or Sticky Materials Ribbon ight conveyor screws are most frequently used for conveying these materials although standard components may be specially coated to improve the ow of material. Harmful Vapors or Dusts These materials may be safely handled in dust sealed trough, plain tubular housing, or gasketed anged tubular housing with particular attention to shaft sealing. Trough or housing exhaust systems have also been successfully used in some installations.

Conveyor Ends
A complete line of conveyor ends are available as standard for either conveyor trough or tubular housing with a choice of many bearing types and combinations.

Special Applications
More common of the unusual material characteristics which require other than the recommended components are: Corrosive Materials Components may be fabricated from alloys not affected by the material or may be coated with a protective substance.

Materials Subject to Packing This condition requires the use of aerating devices at the conveyor inlet when materials are pulverulent and a special feeder device when material particles are large or brous.

Explosive Dusts The danger of this condition may be minimized in most installations by the use of components which are fabricated from non-ferrous materials and proper conveyor sealing techniques observed. Exhaust systems are also advisable for the removal of explosive dusts.

Blending in Transit Ribbon, cut ight, paddle, or a combination of these screw types may be designed to produce the desired degree of blending, aeration or mixing.

CONVEYORS

Abrasive Materials These materials may be handled in conveyors, troughs, or housings constructed of abrasion resistant alloys with hard surfaced screws. Lining of all exposed surfaces with rubber or special resins also materially reduces abrasive damage.

Contaminable Materials Require the use of oil impregnated, sealed, or dry type hanger bearings. End shafts should be sealed to prevent entrance of contaminants from the outside. Due to the necessity for frequent cleaning conveyor components should be designed for convenient disassembly.

Materials which are Fluid when Aerated This condition may be used to advantage in some installations by declining the conveyor system toward the discharge end. Degradable Materials Some particles that are easily broken or distorted may usually be handled in screw conveyors by reducing the speed and selecting a larger conveyor size sufcient to deliver the required volume of material. Elevated Temperature Components should be fabricated from high temperature alloys. Should the process be such that cooling of the material in the conveyor is permissible, jacketed trough or housing may be used at the inlet end to cool the material and standard components used after the point where material temperature has been reduced to a safe degree.

H-52

Conveyor Trough
FORMED FLANGE U-TROUGH ANGLE FLANGE U-TROUGH FORMED FLANGE TUBULAR TROUGH SOLID TUBULAR TROUGH FLARED TROUGH Commonly used economical trough. One piece construction. Standard lengths in stock. Rigid construction. Standard lengths in stock. Loadable to full cross section for feeder applications. Minimizes fall back in inclined applications. Easily taken apart for maintenance. Can be gasketed for dust tight enclosure. Hanger pockets required for use with standard hangers. One piece construction for totally enclosed or inclined applications. Hanger pockets required for use with standard hangers. Used where materials tend to bridge or when ared inlets are needed.

CHANNEL TROUGH DROP BOTTOM TROUGH FORMED FLANGE RECTANGULAR TROUGH ANGLE FLANGE RECTANGULAR TROUGH JACKETED TROUGH

Adds structural support for longer than standard spans. Used when complete material clean-out is critical. Can be furnished with hinges either side and bolts or clamps opposite side. Material being conveyed forms its own trough thereby reducing trough wear. One piece construction. The same as formed ange rectangular except top anges are made from structural angle. CONVEYORS H-53

Jacket allows heating or cooling of material being conveyed.

Standard Conveyor Trough

Standard conveyor troughs have a U-shaped steel body with angle iron top anges or formed top anges and jig drilled end anges.

LGTH.

Angle Flange
D Trough Thick. Angle Flanged Angle Flanged Trough Weight 10* Length Weight Formed Flanged Trough L Weight Weight A

Formed Flange

Conveyor Diameter

4 4 4 6 6 6 6 6 9 9 9 9 9 9

16 GA. 14 12 16 GA. 14 12 10 3 16

4CTA16 4CTA14 4CTA12 6CTA16 6CTA14 6CTA12 6CTA10 6CTA7 9CTA16 9CTA14 9CTA12 9CTA10 9CTA7 9CTA3

Part Number

10 10 10 10 10 10 12 12 12 12 14 14 14 14 16 16 16 16 18 18 18 18 20 20 20 24 24 24

16 GA. 14 12 10 3 16 1 4

16 GA. 14 12 10 3 16 1 4 12 GA. 10 3 16 1 4 12 GA. 10 3 16 1 4 12 GA. 10 3 16 1 4 12 GA. 10 3 16 1 4 10 GA. 3 16 1 4 10 GA. 3 16 1 4

12CTA12 12CTA10 12CTA7 12CTA3 14CTA12 14CTA10 14CTA7 14CTA3 16CTA12 16CTA10 16CTA7 16CTA3 18CTA12 18CTA10 18CTA7 18CTA3 20CTA10 20CTA7 20CTA3 24CTA10 24CTA7 24CTA3

10CTA16 10CTA14 10CTA12 10CTA10 10CTA7 10CTA3

113 127 156 176 230 286

67 78 101 123 164

53 60 78

5 Length

29 33 42 44 49 60 73 86

12 Length

6 Length

4CTF16 4CTF14 4CTF12 6CTF16 6CTF14 6CTF12 6CTF10 6CTF7 9CTF16 9CTF14 9CTF12 9CTF10 9CTF7 9CTF3

Part Number

10 Length

118 133 164 178 233 306 197 234 294 372 214 258 328 418 238 288 368 471 252 353 444 559 383 484 612 443 563 717

66 73 87 102 124 152

55 67 91 117 150 83 99 132 164 214 276

41 50 70

5 Length

23 28 38 32 38 50 64 79

12 Length

6 Length

5 7

114 114

358 412

758 71116 734 9 58 91116 9 34 9 34 9 78

91116 91116 1314

714 714 714

113 133 164 203 121 143 180 224 133 159 200 243 159 170 243 298 228 271 334 255 319 363

69 76 92 102 131 163

236 281 353 446 257 309 394 501 285 345 442 565 302 423 533 671 460 581 734 531 676 860

135 160 197 244 145 172 216 269 160 191 240 291 191 204 291 358 274 325 401 306 383 435

10CTF16 10CTF14 10CTF12 10CTF10 10CTF7 10CTF3

12CTF12 12CTF10 12CTF7 12CTF3 14CTF12 14CTF10 14CTF7 14CTF3 16CTF12 16CTF10 16CTF7 16CTF3 18CTF12 18CTF10 18CTF7 18CTF3 20CTF10 20CTF7 20CTF3 24CTF10 24CTF7 24CTF3

88 105 140 167 217 296

164 187 272 357 183 207 304 403 206 234 345 455 240 269 394 520 296 434 573 384 514 678

54 62 80 91 123 158

51 59 75 91 116 147

10

112

618

95 117 150 194 102 127 168 215 107 144 188 228 133 165 217 275 190 247 315 227 293 339

197 224 326 428 219 248 365 483 247 281 414 546 288 323 473 624 355 521 687 461 617 813

114 140 180 233 122 152 202 258 128 173 226 273 160 198 260 330 228 296 378 272 352 406

1318 13316 1314 13516 1338 1312 1418 14316 1414 14516 1438 1412 1714 17516 1738 1712 1914 19516 1938 1912 2114 21516 2138 2112 2414 24516 2438 2412

11

112

638

1414

13 15 17 19 21 25

2 2 2 212 212 212

734 914 1058 1218 1312 1612

1712 1938 2138 2412 2612 3012

CONVEYORS

26516 2638 2612 30516 3038 3012

Standard Gauge Bolt Patterns Page H-42

L Double formed ange standard

All troughs available in other materials such as stainless, aluminum, abrasion resistant, etc.

on all sizes through 10 ga.

H-54

Tubular Housing
Tubular conveyor housings are inherently dust and weather-tight, and may be loaded to a full cross section. Conveyors with tubular housings are rigid and are highly suitable for conveying material on an incline. Three types shown are available.

Tubular housing

Flanged tubular housing

Angle anged tubular housing

Tubular Housing Conveyor Diameter Trough Thickness Part Number Weight 10 Length 5 Length

Formed Flange Part Number Weight 10

Angle Flange Part Number Weight 10 A B C

4 4 4 6 6 6 6 6 9 9 9 9 9 9

16 GA. 14 12 16 GA. 14 12 10 3 16 16 GA. 14 12 10 3 16 1 4 16 GA. 14 12 10 3 16 1 4

4CHT16 4CHT14 4CHT12 6CHT16 6CHT14 6CHT12 6CHT10 6CHT7

14 14 14 14 16 16 16 16 18 18 18 18 20 20 20

12 GA. 10 3 16 1 4 12 GA. 10 3 16 1 4 12 GA. 10 3 16 1 4 10 GA. 3 16 1 4

14CHT12 14CHT10 14CHT7 14CHT3 16CHT12 16CHT10 16CHT7 16CHT3 18CHT12 18CHT10 18CHT7 18CHT3 20CHT10 20CHT7 20CHT3

187 236 316 416 212 268 358 472 242 304 405 533 335 446 586 399 531 699

101 126 166 216 114 142 187 244 133 164 214 278 188 237 307 215 281 365

14CHT12-F 14CHT10-F 14CHT7-F 14CHT3-F 16CHT12-F 16CHT10-F 16CHT7-F 16CHT3-F 18CHT12-F 18CHT10-F 18CHT7-F 18CHT3-F 20CHT10-F 20CHT7-F 20CHT3-F 24CHT10-F 24CHT7-F 24CHT3-F

217 275 369 486 242 307 411 542 280 352 471 621 381 510 671 445 594 784

14CHT12-A 14CHT10-A 14CHT7-A 14CHT3-A 16CHT12-A 16CHT10-A 16CHT7-A 16CHT3-A 18CHT12-A 18CHT10-A 18CHT7-A 18CHT3-A 20CHT10-A 20CHT7-A 20CHT3-A 24CHT10-A 24CHT7-A 24CHT3-A

259 308 388 488 310 366 456 570 340 402 503 631 433 544 684 497 629 797

13 15 17 19 21 25

1814 18516 1838 1812 2114 21516 2138 2112 2314 23516 2338 2312 25516 2538 2512 29516 2938 2912

112 112 2 2 2 2

24 10 GA. 24CHT10 3 24 16 24CHT7 1 4 24CHT3 24 Standard Gauge For Bolt Patterns See Page H-43

H-55

CONVEYORS

10 10 10 10 10 10 12 12 12 12

12 GA. 10 3 16 1 4

10CHT16 10CHT14 10CHT12 10CHT10 10CHT7 10CHT3 12CHT12 12CHT10 12CHT7 12CHT3

9CHT16 9CHT14 9CHT12 9CHT10 9CHT7 9CHT3

50 62 85 109 145 72 89 122 155 208 275

60

31

163 208 275 362

79 97 133 169 227 301

39 47 64 80 107 140

27 33 44 56 74

4CHT16-F 4CHT14-F 4CHT12-F 6CHT16-F 6CHT14-F 6CHT12-F 6CHT10-F 6CHT7-F 9CHT16-F 9CHT14-F 9CHT12-F 9CHT10-F 9CHT7-F 9CHT3-F

60 75 103 133 168

43 53 74

4CHT16-A 4CHT14-A 4CHT12-A 6CHT16-A 6CHT14-A 6CHT12-A 6CHT10-A 6CHT7-A 9CHT16-A 9CHT14-A 9CHT12-A 9CHT10-A 9CHT7-A 9CHT3-A

42 52 70 88 117 154

88 111 144 188

12CHT12-F 12CHT10-F 12CHT7-F 12CHT3-F

10CHT16-F 10CHT14-F 10CHT12-F 10CHT10-F 10CHT7-F 10CHT3-F

84 104 143 182 245 324

110 122 145 187 205

81 89 106

5 7

193 247 328 432

91 112 154 196 264 350

12CHT12-A 12CHT10-A 12CHT7-A 12CHT3-A

10CHT16-A 10CHT14-A 10CHT12-A 10CHT10-A 10CHT7-A 10CHT3-A

131 148 181 214 267 334 138 156 192 228 286 360

10

1258 121116 1234 121316 1278 13 1358 131116 1334 131316 1378 14 1614 16516 1638 1612

958 91116 934 91316 978

718 7316 714

1 114

114

11

114

235 280 347 434

Flared Trough
Flared troughs are used primarily to convey materials which are not free-owing or which have a tendency to stick to the trough.

Length

Conveyor Diameter

Trough Thickness

Part Number

Weight Per Foot

Standard Length Foot

6 6

12 12 12 12 14 14 14 14 16 16 16 16 18 18 18 18 20 20 20

9 9 9 9 9

14 GA. 12

14 GA. 12 GA. 10 3 16 1 4 12 GA. 10 3 16 1 4 12 GA. 10 3 16 1 4 12 GA. 10 3 16 1 4 12 GA. 10 3 16 1 4 10 GA. 3 16 1 4 10 GA. 3 16 1 4

6FCT14 6FCT12 9FCT14 9FCT12 9FCT10 9FCT7 9FCT3

12FCT12 12FCT10 12FCT7 12FCT3 14FCT12 14FCT10 14FCT7 14FCT3 16FCT12 16FCT10 16FCT7 16FCT3 18FCT12 18FCT10 18FCT7 18FCT3 20FCT10 20FCT7 20FCT3 24FCT10 24FCT7 24FCT3

13 14 19 22 25

9 12

14

1658 1634

312

10

18

20 24 32 43 23 27 37 49 25 31 39 52 27 35 45 56 36 48 60 41 54 69

21316 2114 2114 2138 2112 2614 2614 2638 2612 2814 2814 2838 2812 3214 3214 3238 3212 3614 3614 3638 3612 3914 3938 3912 4514 4538 4512

9 10

5 612

10 12

22

CONVEYORS H-56

24

11

712

12

28

1112

812

12

31 34 40

1218 1312 1612

912 1012 1212

12 12 12

24 24 24 Standard Gauge

See Page H-42 for Bolt Pattern

Discharges and Gates

Discharge Spout Index
Conveyor Diameter 14 TSD 12 Spout Thickness 16 - 16 Gauge 14 - 14 Gauge 12 - 12 Gauge 10 - 10 Gauge 7 - 3/16 Types RPFD - Rack & Pinion/Flat Slide DustTight RPC - Rack & Pinion/Curved Slide RPCD - Rack & Pinion/Curved Slide DustTight

TSD - Plain, Fixed Spout TSDS - Plain Fixed Spout W/Slide TSDF - Flush End Spout RPF - Rack & Pinion/Flat Side

STANDARD DISCHARGE SPOUT

Most commonly used. Flanged hole drilling is per CEMA Standards. Select spout thickness according to trough thickness.

STANDARD DISCHARGE SPOUT WITH HAND SLIDE

Standard spout shown above with the addition of the slide and side guides. Select spout thickness according to trough thickness.

FLUSH END DISCHARGE SPOUT

Reduces distance from centerline of discharge to end of the conveyor which eliminates ledge at end of trough and product build-up. Special ush-end trough ends required when this style of discharge is used.

CURVED SLIDE GATE

Contoured shape of slide eliminates pocket found in at slide type. Rack & pinion type available with handwheel, or rope wheel, or pocket wheel with chain. Curved slide (less rack & pinion) can be furnished with pneumatic, hydraulic, or electric actuators. (Standard curved slide gate is not dust-tight.) All curved slide gates should be installed at factory.

DUST TIGHT RACK AND PINION FLAT SLIDE

Dust tight rack and pinions are totally enclosed and can be furnished with either at or curved slide. Handwheel is normally furnished but is also available with chain or rope wheel.

H-57

CONVEYORS

FLAT SLIDE GATE

Rack & pinion type available with hand wheel, rope wheel, pocket wheel and chain. Discharge spout is included when tted. Flat slide (less rack & pinion) can be furnished with pneumatic, hydraulic, or electric actuators. (Not dust-tight).

Discharge Spouts
Plain Opening Fixed Spout with Slide Gate

Plain spout openings are cut in the trough permitting free material discharge.

Fixed spouts with slide gates are used where distribution of material is to be controlled. Bolted ange permits slide to be operated from any side.

Fixed Spout

Flush End Spout

C
Flush end discharge spouts are designed for use at the nal discharge point. The end of the spout is comprised of a housing end with bottom ange drilled with standard discharge ange bolt pattern. Because it is located at the extreme end of the conveyor, there is no carryover of material past the nal discharge point. The ush end arrangement eliminates the unnecessary extension of trough and interior components beyond the actual discharge point.

Fixed spouts are fabricated in proportion to size and thickness of trough. Can be furnished loose or welded to trough.
Screw Diameter A B C

4 6 9 10 12 14 16 18 20 24

5 7 10 11 13 15 17 19 21 25

412 6 8 9 1012 1112 1312 1412 1512 1712

Spout and Gate Thickness Gauge

1018 1118 1238 1338 1538

Fixed Spout

334 5 718 778 878

16 16 5 16 5 16 5 16
5

16 16 5 16 3 8 3 8
5 5

558 658 8 838 1018 1114 1238 1338 1438 1638

Flush End Spout

11 14 19 20 24 27 30 33 36 42

712 812 912 1012 1212

Weight Flush End Spout

212 312 5 512 612

Part Number Screw Diameter Trough Thickness Gauge Fixed Spout Plain

CONVEYORS

6 6 10 10 9 9

4 4

16-14-12-10 3 16-14 14-12-10 3 16-14 12-10 3 16-14 12-10 3 16-14 12-10 3 16-14 12-10 3 16-14
3 3

14-12 3 16

16-14 12

14 12 14 10 12 3 16 14 10

14 12

6TSD14 6TSD12 10TSD14 10TSD10 9TSD14 9TSD10

4TSD14 4TSD12

Plain

6TSDS14 6TSDS12 10TSDS14 10TSDS10 9TSDS14 9TSDS10

4TSDS14 4TSDS12

With Slide

6TSDF14 6TSDF12 10TSDF14 10TSDF10 9TSDF14 9TSDF10

4TSDF14 4TSDF12

12 12 14 14 16 16 18 18 20 20 24 24

12 3 16 12 3 16 12 3 16 12 3 16 12 3 16

12TSD12 12TSD7

14TSD12 14TSD7 16TSD12 16TSD7 18TSD12 18TSD7 20TSD12 20TSD7 24TSD12 24TSD7

12TSDS12 12TSDS7

14TSDS12 14TSDS7 16TSDS12 16TSDS7 18TSDS12 18TSDS7 20TSDS12 20TSDS7 24TSDS12 24TSDS7

12TSDF12 12TSDF7

14TSDF12 14TSDF7 16TSDF12 16TSDF7 18TSDF12 18TSDF7 20TSDF12 20TSDF7 24TSDF12 24TSDF7

17 29 22 38 21 40 32 60 40 67 52 87

10 16

8 13

4 6

2 3

Slide

11 13 18 22 36 48 46 62 49 68 91 118 69 97 21 27

6 7

3.0 4.50 7.5 12.0 6.0 9.75

1.5 2.25

12.75 21.75 16.50 28.50 15.75 30.0 24.0 45.0

10 16-14 10 16-14

Standard Gauge For Bolt Patterns See Page H-43

116 151

30.0 50.25 Add F for Fitted 39.0 65.25

H-58

Discharge Gates
Flat rack and pinion slide gates can be bolted to standard discharge spouts at any of the four positions desired. Hand wheel is normally furnished but is also available with chain or rope wheel.

Rack and Pinion Flat Slide

B G E H

A
Screw Diameter A B C D E

K
G H

A
J K Diameter

4 6 9 10 12

14 16 18 20 24
Screw Diameter

5 7 10 11 13

15 17 19 21 25

712 812 912 1012 1212

Trough Thickness Gauge

212 312 5 512 612

1018 1118 1238 1338 1538

334 5 718 778 878

1338 1438 1558 161116 181116

7 814 1038 1118 1218

1312 16 2014 2312 2512 3114 3358 3778 4034 4612

1212 1312 1412 1512 1712

612 712 9 1012 11

1314 1414 1534 1634 1834

Part Number Rack and Pinion

5 6 912 10 1214

512 634 878 978 1078 12 13 1418 1518 1738

12 12 12 12 12

12 12 12 12 12
Weight Rack and Pinion

Spout and Gate Thickness Gauge

9 9

6 6

4 4

10 10 12 12 14 14 16 16 18* 18* 24* 24* 20* 20*

14-12-10 3 16-14 14-12-10 3 16-14 12-10 3 16-14 12-10 3 16 -14 12-10 3 16-14 12-10 3 16-14 10 3 16-14 10 3 16-14

16-14-12 3 16

16-14 12

14 10 14 10 12 3 16 12 3 16 12 3 16 12 3 16 12 3 16 12 3 16

14 12

14 12

9RPF14 9RPF10

6RPF14 6RPF12

4RPF14 4RPF12

10RPF14 10RPF10 12RPF12 12RPF7 14RPF12 14RPF7 16RPF12 16RPF7 18RPF12 18RPF7 20RPF12 20RPF7 24RPF12 24RPF7

49 54 94 106 56 62

28 31

18 21

107 123 112 131 157 185 185 212 233 268 Add F for Fitted

* Handwheel supplied as Standard Assembly C Chain Wheel R Rope Wheel

Standard Gauge For Bolt Patterns See Page H-43 All Rack & Pinion Gates 18 and Larger Have Double Rack & Pinion.

H-59

CONVEYORS

Discharge Gates
Rack and Pinion Flat Slide
Flat rack and pinion slide gates can be bolted to standard discharge spouts at any of the four positions desired. Hand wheel is normally furnished but is also available with chain or rope wheel.

C L D F

C L STD. DISCH. SPOUT DRILLING SEE PAGE H-43 H A B C E

CONVEYORS H-60

Conveyor Diameter

Trough Thickness

Spout Thickness

Part Number*

Weight Pounds

H Diameter

4 4 6 6 10 10 12 12 14 14 16 16 18 18 20 20 24 24 9 9

14,16 Cal. 12 Cal.

16,14,12 GA. 3 16 14,12,10 GA. 3 16,14 12,10 GA. 3 16,14 10,12 GA. 3 16,14 10,12 GA. 3 16,14 10,12 GA. 3 16,14 12 GA. 3 16,14 10 GA. 3 16,14 14,12,10 GA. 3 16,14

14 Cal. 12 GA. 14 GA. 12 GA. 14 GA. 10 GA. 14 GA. 10 GA. 12 GA. 3 16 12 GA. 3 16 12 GA. 3 16 12 GA. 3 16 12 GA. 3 16 12 GA. 3 16

4RPC14 4RPC12 6RPC14 6RPC12 9RPC14 9RPC10

20 22 25 28 46 54 81 97 53 62

614 614 712 712 912 912 9 9

1012 1012 1412 1412 1712 1712 2012 2012 2312 2312 2512 2512 2812 2812 3512 3512 15 15

834 834

12 12 2012 2012 2534 2534 3014 3014 3714 3714 39 39 47 47 36 36 21 21 15 15

334 334 718 718 878 878 778 778 5 5

12RPC12 12RPC7 14RPC12 14RPC7 16RPC12 16RPC7 18RPC12 18RPC7 20RPC12 20RPC7 24RPC12 24RPC7

10RPC14 10RPC10

834 834 918 918 11 11 12 12 1538 1538 1638 1638 1838 1838 13 13

8 8

6 6

512 558 7 718 712 758 812 858 912 958

412 458

12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12

95 114

1138 1138 1278 1278 1438 1438 1578 1578 1738 1738 1938 1938

103 116 157 187 175 208 220 265

1018 1018 1238 1238 1338 1338 1538 1538 1118 1118

1112 1158 1212 1258 1412 1458

1012 1058

* Hand wheel supplied as Standard Assembly C Chain Wheel R Rope Wheel

Standard Gauge

Add F for Fitted

Discharge Gates
Dust Tight Rack and Pinion Flat Slide
Dust tight rack and pinions are totally enclosed and can be furnished with either at or curved slide. Handwheel is normally furnished but is also available with chain or rope wheel.
A B H A G E

D A

L K

Dust Tight Rack and Pinion Curved Slide

E G H

C D

A
Screw Diameter A C D E G H

A
K Diameter L

4 6 9 10 12 14 16 18 20 24

5 7 10 11 13 15 17 19 21 25

712 10 1212 13 15 1512 1612 1812 20 23

212 4 5 5 5 512 512 612 7 8

Spout and Slide Thickness Gauge

12 1812 23 25 28 31 34 3812 4012 4712

Screw Diameter

Trough Thickness Gauge

Part Number Flat Slide * Weight Curved Slide * Weight

6 6 10 10 12 12 14 14 16 16 18 18 24 24 20 20 9 9

4 4

16-14-12 3 16

16-14 12

14-12-10 3 16-14 12-10 3 16-14 12-10 3 16-14 12-10 3 16-14 12-10 3 16-14
3 3

14-12-10 3 16-14

14 12 14 10 12 3 16 12 3 16 12 3 16 12 3 16 12 3 16 12 3 16 14 10

14 12

6RPFD14 6RPFD12 9RPFD12 9RPFD10 10RPFD14 10RPFD10 12RPFD12 12RPFD7 14RPFD12 14RPFD7 16RPFD12 16RPFD7 18RPFD12 18RPFD7 20RPFD12 20RPFD7 24RPFD12 24RPFD7

4RPFD14 4RPFD12

42 47 74 81 84 93

27 32

6RPCD16 6RPCD12 10RPCD14 104PCD10 9RPCD12 9RPCD10

4RPCD16 4RPCD12

46 52 92 102 81 89

30 35

141 158 160 185 168 197 240 277 278 318 350 402

12RPCD12 12RPCD7

14RPCD12 14RPCD7 16RPCD12 16RPCD7 18RPCD12 18RPCD7 20RPCD12 20RPCD7 24RPCD12 24RPCD7

155 174 176 204 185 217 264 305 306 350 385 442

10 16-14 10 16-14

* Handwheel supplied as standard assembly C Chain Wheel R Rope Wheel

Flange drilling is standard. See page H-43 Add F for Fitted

H-61

CONVEYORS

1212 1312 15 16 18

6 712 9 10 1112

14 15 1612 1712 1912

7 8 11 1112 13

12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12

712 9 10 1012 1012 1012 1012 1112 12 13

Discharge Gate Accessories

Hand Wheel
Dimensions in Inches and Weight in Pounds
Wheel Diameter Part No. Weight C D E

1 Bore 1 4 Keyway

The hand wheel is regularly furnished to rotate the pinion shaft when the slide gate is readily accessible. NOTE: Zinc or nickel plated hand wheels available on request.

12

12HW1

11

118

178

Pocket Wheel & Rope Wheel

Dimensions in Inches and Average Weights in Pounds
Wheel Diameter Part No. Weight A B C D
5

Chain Wheel Rope Wheel

1 Bore 4 Keyway

Pocket chain and rope wheels are used to rotate pinion shaft where remote operation is desired. It is designed to be used with number 316 pocket chain. NOTE: Zinc or nickel plated hand wheels available on request. 316 PC Pocket Chain in Stock

12RW1

20PW1

13

11

1258

1234

214

138 158

114

16

178

Hanger pockets are used with tubular trough and are mounted on the trough at bearing connections. The hanger pocket forms a U shaped section for a short distance, allowing the use of standard hangers and providing easy access to them.
Conveyor Diameter Part Numer

Hanger Pockets
Bolted Top Cover

CONVEYORS

Weight Each

4 6 9 10 12 14 16 18 20 24

4CPH16 6CPH16 9CPH14 10CPH14 12CPH12 14CPH12 16CPH12 18CPH12 20CPH10 24CPH10

8 12 12 12 18 18 18 18 18 18

334 434 638 658 8 912 1078 1238 1334 1634

5 7 10 11 13 15 17 19 21 25

2 3 4 9 18 24 26 55 70 85

H-62

Trough Ends
Trough Ends
Conveyor Diameter Type TE Outside W/O Feet TEF Outside W/Feet TEI Inside TER Inside Rectangular TEO Single Bearing Pedestal TEOD Double Bearing Pedestal FTEF Outside Flared W/Feet FTE Outside Flared W/O Feet FTEO Single Bearing Flared Pedestal FTDO Flared Discharge End TDO Outside Discharge End TDI Inside Discharge End CHTE OutsideTubular W/O Feet CHTEF OutsideTubular W/Feet SCD Dorris Screw Drive 9 TEF 3 -BB Bearing Type BB - Ball RB - Roller -P Plate Only

Coupling Diameter 2 1" 5 2-7/16" 3 1-1/2" 6 3" 4 2" 7 3-7/16"

U-TROUGH

TUBULAR TROUGH

FLARED TROUGH

RECTANGULAR TROUGH

OUTSIDE TROUGH ENDS WITH FEET

Most common type used as trough support is included.

INSIDE PATTERN TROUGH ENDS

Available on application

Available on application

Used where space is limited or trough does not have end ange.

DISCHARGE TROUGH ENDS

Available on application

For end discharge conveyors. Special ange bearing required.

OUTBOARD BEARING TROUGH ENDS SINGLE

Used when compression type packing gland seal or split gland seal required. H-63

CONVEYORS

OUTSIDE TROUGH ENDS WITHOUT FEET

Trough support not included.

Trough Ends
Outside Less Feet
Outside trough ends less feet are used to support end bearing and cover when no trough support is required. Drilling for bronze bearing or anged ball bearing is standard.
D Conveyor Diameter Shaft Diameter L Part Number B Friction Bearing Ball Bearing Roller Bearing E K
1

N
3

Weight

P Slot
7 7 7 7 7 9 9

4 6 10 9

112 112 2 112 2

4TE2*

12

14

16 18

2716 3 3 3716 3 3716 3

2 2716 3

10TE3* 10TE4* 12TE4* 12TE5* 12TE6* 14TE5* 14TE6* 18TE6* 18TE7* 20TE6* 20TE7* 24TE7* 16TE6*

9TE3* 9TE4*

6TE3*

358 618 618 638 638 734 734 734 1058 914 914 412

2316 3316 314 414 314 414 5516 5516 6516 638 738 638 738 738 414 514 614

2316 2316 212 2916 21516 334 21516 334 31316 31316 4516 378 438 438 2316 212

158

31116 31116 31316 378 4716 41516 4716 41516 5 5916 5116 558 558 5 31116 31316

1716 112 158 158 134 134 2 2 2 2 2

1 1 1 1 1 1 5 1 1

4 1 4 4 4 1 4 16 8 8 8 4 4 4 4

4 4

1018 1334 1334 1434 1434 1714 1714 1714 1914 1914 2114 2414 2414 2614 2614 3014

818

3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 5 5 5 5 5

8 3 8 8 8 2 2 2 2 2 8 8 8 8

8 8

3 4 11 11 20 20 20 35 35 42 60 60 120 90 90 9 9

16 916 16 916 16 916 16 916 16 916

16 1116 16 1116 16 1316 16 1316 16 1316 16 1316

20 24

1218 1218 1312 1312 1612

212 212 212 212 212 212

8 3 8
3 3 3 3

8 5 8

11 11 11 11

3716

Outside With Feet

CONVEYORS
Outside trough ends with feet are used to support end bearing, cover and trough. Drilling for bronze or anged ball bearing is standard.
D Conveyor Shaft Diameter Diameter L Part Number B C Friction Bearing Ball Bearing Roller Bearing E F H J K
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 5 1

CONVEYORS

M
3

N
3 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 5 5 5 5

Weight

P Slot
7 7 7 7 7 9 7

4 6 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 9

112 112 2 2 2716 3 3 112 2

10TEF3* 10TEF4* 12TEF4* 12TEF5* 12TEF6* 14TEF5* 14TEF6* 16TEF6* 18TEF6* 18TEF7* 20TEF6* 20TEF7* 24TEF7*

9TEF3* 9TEF4*

6TEF3*

4TEF2*

618 618 638 638 734 734 734 1058 1218 1218 1312 1312 1612 914 914

412

358

458 558 778 778 878 878 1078 1078 1338 1338 15 15 1818 12 958 958 958

21516 31516 31516 41516 31516 41516 5 512 558 512 558

2316 2316 212 2916 21516 334 21516 334 31316 31316 4516 378 438 438 2316 212

158

31116 31116 31316 31116 31316 378 4716 41516 4716 41516 5 5916 5116 558 558 5

1716 112 158 158 134 134 2 2 2 2 2

534 818 938 938 1214 1214 1214 1312 1312 1478 1914 1914 20 16 16 912 912

112 112 134 134 158 158 158 158 158 2 2 2

1 1

258 258 278 278 234 234 234 278 278 314 314 314

158 134

4 1 4 4 4 1 4 16 4 4 4 4

4 4

1018 1334 1334 1434 1434 1714 1714 1714 1914 1914 2114 2414 2414 2614 2614 3014

818

3 1 1 1 5 5 5 5 5 5 3 3

2 1 2 8 8 5 8 8 8 8 2 2

8 8

8 3 8 2 2 1 2 2 2 8 8 8

8 8

12 12 14 14 23 23 23 38 38 45 120 120 162 67 67

4 7

16 916 16 916 16 916 16 916 16 916 16 916

2716 3 3 3716

16 1116 16 1116 9 16 1116

9 9 9 11 11 11 11 11

51116 51116 61516 534 7 7

L Can be furnished with CSP, CSW, or CSFP seals

3 3716 3716

212 212 212 212 212

212

*BB Ball Bearing *BR Bronze Bearing

214 214 212

334 334 418

8 3 8
3 3 3

8 8 3 8

8 5 8 4 4 3 4

8 5 8 8 8 5 8

16 1116 16 1116

16 1316 16 1316 16 1316

*RB Roller Bearing *P Less Bearing

16 1316 16 1316 11 16 1316

H-64

Trough Ends
Inside
Inside trough ends are used in place of outside type where no trough end anges are required. Drilling for bronze bearings or anged ball bearing is standard.
D Conveyor Diameter Shaft Diameter L Part Number A B Friction Bearing Ball Bearing Roller Bearing E K
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 5 1

D B
Bolts - N

N
1

Weight

10

4 6

12 14 18 20 24

2 2716 3 2716 3 3 3716 3 3716 3

112 2

112 2

112

10TEI3* 10TEI4* 12TEI4* 12TEI5* 12TEI6* 14TEI5* 14TEI6* 18TEI6* 18TEI7* 20TEI6* 20TEI7* 24TEI7* 16TEI6*

9TEI3* 9TEI4*

4TEI2* 6TEI3*

10 10 11 11 13 13 13 15 15 17 19 19 21 21 25

5 7

358 412 618 618 638 638 734 734 734 1058 1218 1218 1312 1312 1612 914 914

2316 3316 314 414 314 414 5516 6516 6516 638 738 638 738 738 414 514 614

2316 2316 212 2916 21516 334 21516 334 31316 31316 4516 378 438 438 2316 212

158

31116 31116 31316 31116 31316 378 4716 41516 4716 41516 5 5916 5116 558 558 5

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

4 1 4 4 4 1 4 16 8 8 8 4 4 4 4

4 4

8 3 8
3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1

16 8 8 2 2 2 2 2 8 8 8 8
D

3 5 11 11 19 19 19 34 34 40 58 58 116 83 83 9 9

16

2 2 2 2 2

8 3 8
3 3 3 3

8 5 8
5 5 5 5

3716

Inside Rectangular
Rectangular trough ends are used inside of rectangular trough. Drilling for bronze bearing or anged ball bearing is standard.
D Conveyor Diameter Shaft Diameter L Part Number A B C Friction Bearing Ball Bearing Roller Bearing E K
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 5 1

Bolts - N

Weight

4 6

10

112 112 2 112 2

12 14 18 20 24

16

3 3716 3 3716 3716

2716 3 3

2 2716 3

10TER3* 10TER4* 14TER5* 14TER6* 16TER6*

9TER3* 9TER4*

4TER2*

6TER3*

10 10

12TER4* 12TER5* 12TER6*

11 11 15 15 17

618 618 638 638 734 734 734 1058 1218 1218 1312 1312 1612 914 914

358 412

212 312 512 512 612 612 612 712 712 812 1012 1012 1212 912 912 5 5

2316 3316 314 414 314 414 414 514 614

2316 2316 212 2916 21516 334 21516 334 31316 31316 4516 378 438 438 2316 212

158

31116 31116 31316 31116 31316 378 4716 41516 4716 41516 5 5916 5116 558 558 5

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

4 1 4 4 4 1 4 16 8 8 8 4 4 4 4

4 4

8 3 8
3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1

16 8 8 2 2 2 2 2 8 8 8 8

4 6 12 12 21 21 21 35 35 41 60 60 125 88 88 9 9

13 13 13

18TER6* 18TER7* 20TER6* 20TER7* 24TER7*

19 19 21 21 25

5516 6516 6516 638 738 638 738 738

2 2 2 2 2

8 3 8
3 3 3 3

8 5 8
5 5 5 5

L Can be furnished with CSP, CSW, or CSS seals

*BB Ball Bearing *BP Bronze Bearing

*RB Roller Bearing *P Less Bearing

H-65

CONVEYORS

Trough Ends
L P SLOT D E

Single Bearing
Single bearing pedestal type trough ends are constructed with base for mounting pillow block bearings and shaft seal or packing gland.
F BOLTS-N

C K

BOLTS-M

H J

Conveyor Diameter

10 12 14

Shaft Diameter

112 2 2 2716 3
7

112

Part Number

6TEO3

P Slot

Weight

112 2

10TEO3 10TEO4 12TEO4 12TEO5 12TEO6 14TEO5 14TEO6 18TEO6 18TEO7 20TEO6 20TEO7 24TEO7 16TEO6

9TEO3 9TEO4

16 18

2 16 3 3 3716 3 3716 3

Consult Factory

20 24

3716

P SLOT

Double Bearing
Double bearing pedestal type trough ends are for use with pillow block bearing in conjunction with a anged bearing providing extra shaft support.

BOLTS-N

CONVEYORS

C K BOLTS-M F H R H

Conveyor Diameter

10 12 14

Shaft Diameter

112 2 2 2716 3
7

112 112 2

6TEOD3

Part Number

P Slot

Weight

10TEOD3 10TEOD4 12TEOD4 12TEOD5 12TEOD6 14TEOD5 14TEOD6 16TEOD6

9TEOD3 9TEOD4

16

20 24

18

2 16 3 3 3716 3 3716 3

Consult Factory

18TEOD6 18TEOD7 20TEOD6 20TEOD7 24TEOD7

3716

H-66

Trough Ends
A N P SLOT B K E N A B K E N A P SLOT B K E N A P SLOT B K E

C M

D H P SLOT D M F

C D H J R

Outside With Feet

Outside Less Feet

Outboard Bearing

Discharge

Application: same as standard trough ends except for ared trough.

D Conveyor Diameter Shaft Diameter A B C Friction Bearing Ball Bearing Roller Bearing E F H J K
1 1 1 1 1

M
3 1 5 5 5

N
3 3 1 1 1 1 5 5 5 5 5

R
7 7 9 9 9 9 7

P Slot

6 12 14 16 18 20 24 9

112 2 2716 3 2716 3 3 112 2

1658 2638 2638 2638 3212 3612 3612 3912 3912 4512 2838 2838 2114 2114

7 10 10 10 1112 1218 1218 1312 1312 1612 11 11 9 9

558 778 778 1078 1078 12 15 15 958 958 958

3316 314 414 414 514 614

2316 2316 212

334 334 378 378 412 5 412 5 5 558 5 558 558 5

112 158 158 2 2 2 2 2

818 1214 1214 1214 1312 1312 1478 1914 1914 20 16 16 938 938

3 3716 3 3716 3716

1338 1338 1818

5516 6516 6516 638 738 738 638 738

21516 334 31316 31316 4516 378 438 438

212 212 212 212 212

212

158 158 2 2 2

214 214 212

314 314 334 334 418

278 278 314

5 5

8 3 8
3 3 3 3

4 16 16 8 8 8

5 5

8 5 8
5 3 3 3

8 8 8 4 4 4

8 5 8 8 8 8

2 2 8

Consult Factory

2916 21516 334

112 112 158 158 158

258 258 234 234 234

134

4 1 4 4 4 1 4

2 1 2 8 8 5 8

8 3 8 2 2 1 2

16 916 16 916 16 916

16 1116 16 1116 9 16 1116

11 11 11 11 11 11

16 1116 16 1116

16 1316 16 1316 16 1316 16 1316 16 1316 16 1316

Part Number Conveyor Diameter Shaft Diameter Outside With Feet Weight Outside Less Feet Weight Outboard Bearing Weight Discharge Weight

12 14 18

2 2716 3 2716 3 3 3716 3

112 2

112

12FTEF4* 12FTEF5* 12FTEF6* 16FTEF6* 14FTEF5* 14FTEF6*

9FTEF3* 9FTEF4*

6FTEF3.*

43 44 56 85 52 64

22 27

15

12FTE4* 12FTE5* 12FTE6* 16FTE6* 14FTE5* 14FTE6*

9FTE3* 9FTE4*

6FTE3*

36 37 49 72 43 55

19 24

13

12FTEO4* 12FTEO5* 12FTEO6* 16FTEO6* 14FTEO5* 14FTEO6*

9FTEO3* 9FTEO4*

6FTEO3*

63 64 76 75 87

31 36

22

12FTDO4** 12FTDO5** 12FTDO6** 16FTDO6** 14FTDO5** 14FTDO6**

9FTDO3** 9FTDO4**

6FTDO3**

28 29 41 33 45 56

15 20

11

16

20

*BB *BR *RB *P

24

Ball Bearing Bronze Bearing Roller Bearing Less Bearing

3 3716 3716

18FTEF6* 18FTEF7* 20FTEF6* 20FTEF7* 24FTEF7*

133 139 179

98 104

18FTE6* 18FTE7* 20FTE6* 20FTE7* 24FTE7*

103 109 132

83 89

18FTEO6* 18FTEO7*

20FTEO6* 20FTEO7* 24FTEO7*

138 144

125

196 202 250

18FTDO6** 18FTDO7**

For Bolt Pattern see Page H-42

20FTDO6** 20FTDO7** 24FTDO7**

63 69

75 81 96

H-67

CONVEYORS

Trough Ends
Outside Discharge
Outside discharge trough ends are used to support end bearing and will allow material to discharge or overow through the end of the trough. Drilling for three bolt bronze or anged ball bearing is standard.
D Conveyor Diameter Shaft Diameter Part Number B Friction Bearing Ball Bearing Roller Bearing E K
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 5 1

Bolts N

PP Oricio Slot

N
3 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1

P Slot
7

Weight

10 12 14 18 20 24

4 6

16

2716 3 3 3716 3 3716 3

2 2716 3

112 2

112 2

112

4TDO2.*

12TDO4* 12TDO5* 12TDO6* 16TDO6* 14TDO5* 14TDO6*

10TDO3* 10TDO4*

9TDO3* 9TDO4*

6TDO3*

358 618 618 638 638 914 914 412

2916 3316 314 414 314 414 5516 6516 6516 638 738 638 738 738 414 514 614

2316 2316 212 2916 21516 334 21516 334 31316 31316 4516 378 438 438 2316 212

158

31116 31116 31316 31116 31316 378 4716 41516 4716 41516 5 5916 5116 558 558 5

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

4 1 4 4 4 1 4 16 8 8 8 4 4 4 4

4 4

1334 1334 1434 1434 1712 1712 1712 1914 1914 2118 2312 2312 2634 2634 3012

934

412 618 618 638 638 734 734 734 1058 1218 1218 1312 1312 1612 914 914

358

8 3 8 2 2 1 2
5 5 5 5 5

8 8 8 8 2 2

7 7 7 7

16 916 7 16 916 16 916 16 916 16 34 16 34 9 16 34

9 9 9 9

16 9 16 16 916

2 3 5 5 12 12 12 17 17 26 33 33 55 55 81 6 6

734 734 734 1058

18TDO6* 18TDO7* 20TDO6* 20TDO7* 24TDO7*

1218 1218 1312 1312 1612

2 2 2 2 2

8 3 8
3 3 3 3

8 5 8 8 8 8

11 11 11 11 11

16 78 11 16 78 16 78 16 78 16 78

16 34 16 34 16 78

3716

Inside Discharge
Inside discharge trough ends are used to support end bearing and will allow material to discharge or overow through the end of the trough. This trough end is used inside the trough where no trough end anges are required. Drilling for three bolt bronze or anged ball bearing is standard.
D Conveyor Diameter Shaft Diameter Part Number A B Friction Bearing Ball Bearing Roller Bearing E K
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 5 1

Tornillos-N Bolts N

N
3 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 5 5

Weight

4 6

10 12 14 18 20
*BB *BR _*RB *P

112 112 2 112 2

4TDI2* 6TDI3* 9TDI3* 9TDI4*

2 2716 3 2716 3 3 3716 3 3716 3

10TDI3* 10TDI4* 12TDI4* 12TDI5* 12TDI6* 16TDI6* 18TDI6* 18TDI7* 24TDI7* 20TDI16* 20TDI7* 14TDI5* 14TDI6*

10 10 11 11 13 13 13 15 15 17 19 19 21 21 25

5 7

358 412 618 618 638 638 734 734 734 1058 1218 1218 1312 1312 1612 914 914

2316 3316 314 414 314 414 5516 6516 6516 638 738 638 738 738 414 514 614

2316 2316 212 2916 21316 334 21516 334 31316 31316 4516 378 438 438 2316 212

158

31116 31116 31316 31116 31316 378 4716 41516 4716 41516 5 5916 5916 558 558 5

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

4 1 4 4 4 1 4 16 8 8 8 4 4 4 4

4 4

358 412 618 618 638 638 914 0.914 1058 1218 1218 1312 1312 1612 734 734 734

8 3 8 8 8 2 2 2 8 8 8 8 8 8

8 8

2 3 5 5 12 12 12 16 16 25 32 32 50 50 76 6 6

16

2 2 2 2 2

8 3 8
3 3 3 3

5 5 5 5 5

8 5 8

24

Ball Bearing Bronze Bearing Roller Bearing Less Bearing

3716

H-68

CONVEYORS

Trough Ends
Outside
Outside tubular trough ends less feet are used to support end bearings on tubular trough where no foot or support is required. Drilling for bronze or anged ball bearing is standard.
D Conveyor Diameter Shaft Diameter Part Number B Friction Bearing Ball Bearing Roller Bearing K
1

Bolts - N

N
3

Weight

10 12 14 18 20 24

4 6

112 2 2 2716 3 3 112 2

112

16

2716 3 3 3716 3 3716

12CHTE4* 12CHTE5* 12CHTE6* 14CHTE5* 14CHTE6* 16CHTE6*

10CHTE3* 10CHTE4*

9CHTE3* 9CHTE4*

4CHTE2*

6CHTE3*

5116 658 658 818 818 818 1058 918 918 738 738

2316 3316 314 414 314 414 5516 6516 6516 638 738 638 738 738 414 514 614

2316 2316 212 2916 21516 334 21516 334 31316 31316 4516 378 438 438 2316 212

158

31116 31116 31316 31116 31316 4716 41516 5 5916 5116 558 558 5 378 4716 41516

1 1 1

4 1 4
1 1

4 4 4 4 4 4

1018 1314 1314 1434 1434 1614 1614 1614 1814 1814 2114 2414 2414 2614 2614 3014
Bolts - N

3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 5 5 5 5 5

8 3 8 8 8 2 2 2 2 2 8 8 8 8

8 8

2 3 6 6 13 13 13 19 19 29 39 39 63 63 87 7 7

1 1

4 4 1 4 16 8 8 8

18CHTE6* 18CHTE7* 20CHTE6* 20CHTE7* 24CHTE7*

1218 1218 1318 1318 1518

8 3 8
3 3

8 5 8

3716

3 3

Outside with Feet

Outside tubular trough ends with feet are used to support end bearing where trough support is required. Drilling for bronze bearing or anged ball bearing is standard.
D Conveyor Diameter Shaft Diameter Part Number B C Friction Bearing Ball Bearing Roller Bearing F H J K
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 5 1

Bolts - M

M
3

N
3 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 5 5 5 5 5

Weight

4 6

10 12 14 18 20 *BB 24

112 112 2 112 2

2 2716 3 2716 3 3

12CHTEF4* 12CHTEF5* 12CHTEF6* 16CHTEF6* 14CHTEF5* 14CHTEF6*

10CHTEF3* 10CHTEF4*

9CHTEF3* 9CHTEF4*

6CHTEF3*

4CHTEF2*

5116 658 658 818 818 818 1058 1218 1218 1318 1318 1518 918 918 738 738

458 558 778 778 878 878 1078 1078 1338 1338 1818 15 15 12 958 958 958

2316 3316 314 414 314 414 5516 6516 638 738 738 414 514 614

2316 2316 212 2916 21516 334 21516 334 31316 31316 4516 378 438 438 2316 212

158

31116 31116 31316 31116 31316 378 4716 41516 4716 41516 5 5916 5116 558 558 5

534 818 938 938 1214 1214 1214 1478 1914 1914 20 16 16 1312 1312 912 912

112 112 134 134 158 158 158 158 158 2 2 2

1 1

158 134 258 258 278 278 234 234 234 314 334 334 418 278 278

4 1 4 4 4 1 4 16 8 8 8 4 4 4 4

4 4

1018 1314 1314 1434 1434 1614 1614 1614 1814 1814 2114 2414 2414 2614 2614 3014

3 1 1 1 5 5 5 5 5 5 3 3 3

2 1 2 8 8 5 8 8 8 8 4 4 4 2 2

8 8

8 3 8 8 8 2 2 2 2 2 8 8 8 8

8 8

10 10 12 12 22 22 22 24 24 44 56 56 134 92 92

3 5

16

3 3716 3 3716 Ball Bearing *RB 3716

18CHTEF6* 18CHTEF7* 20CHTEF6* 20CHTEF7* 24CHTEF7*

6516 638 738

214 214 212

314 314

8 3 8
3 3 3 3

8 5 8

8 5 8

*BR Bronze Bearing Roller Bearing

For Bolt Pattern see Page H-43

H-69

CONVEYORS

Saddles Feet Trough End Flanges

Bolt M Bolt N
E C 1/4"

S
R

45 T

YP.

K
(2) M 0 HOLES SLOTTED TO FRONT

F G

N J

Flange Foot
Trough feet are used to support trough at trough connections.
Conveyor Diameter Part Number Saddle Tubular

Saddle
Trough saddles are used to support trough where ange feet cannot be used at connections.
Weight Flange Foot Saddle Tubular Flange Foot

4 6 9 10 12 14 16 18 20 24
Conveyor Diameter C

4TS 6TS 9TS 10TS 12TS 14TS 16TS 18TS 20TS 24TS 458 558 778 878 958 1078 12 1338 15 1818

4CHTFF 6CHTFF 9CHTFF 10CHTFF 12CHTFF 14CHTFF 16CHTFF 18CHTFF 20CHTFF 24CHTFF
E F G

4TFF 6TFF 9TFF 10TFF 12TFF 14TFF 16TFF 18TFF 20TFF 24TFF

1.5 2.0 4.5 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 10 13 15

H J

1 2 4.5 4.5 5 7 8 10 11 12
K

1.5 2.0 4.5 5.0 6.0 7.0 7.5 9.5 12.51 14.5

M*
1 1

N
3 3

*Holes for Bolt M Slotted

4 6 9 10 12 14 16 18 20 24

1316 1316 112 112 112 134 134 134 214 214

534 818 938 912 1214 1312 1478 16 1914 20

738 10 12 1238 15 1612 18 1918 2234 24

1 114 112 134 158 138 2 2 214 214

158 2 258 278 234 212 314 314 334 4

16 16 3 16 3 16 1 4 1 4 1 4 1 4 1 4 1 4
3 3

2 2 1 2 1 2 5 8 5 8 5 8 5 8 3 4 3 4

8 8 8 3 8 1 2 1 2 5 8 5 8 5 8 5 8
3

CONVEYORS

Trough End Flanges

A Size Part No. Trough Thickness Thru 10 Ga. A B 16 & 14
3

K
3

Weight

Red Rubber Gasket

*10 used for troughs through 10 ga., 3 used for troughs 316 and 14 thick. **Subtract 1/8 when using plate trough. *** For White Rubber Gasket Add WN

4 6 9 10 12 14 16 18 20 24

4TF* 6TF* 9TF* 10TF* 12TF* 14TF* 16TF* 18TF* 20TF* 24TF*

5 4 714 1014 1114 1314 1514 1714 1914 2114 2514

1

5 8 738 1012 1112 1312 1512 1712 1912 2112 2512

3 8 414 578 618 712 9 1038 13 11 16 13316 1612

4 4 4 1 4 1 4 1 4 1 4 1 4 1 4 1 4
1 1 1

1 4 112 134 134 2 2 2 212 212 212

1

8 8 8 3 8 1 2 1 2 5 8 5 8 5 8 5 8
3 3 3

.09 1.5 2.4 2.6 5.6 6.5 7.4 10.2 11.3 15.5

4TFG 6TFG 9TFG 10TFG 12TFG 14TFG 16TFG 18TFG 20TFG 24TFG

Part No.

H-70

End Bearings
KEEP THE HOUSING REPLACE THE INSERT.
TEBH- Split Bearing Housings will help cut down on a plants repair parts inventory, as well as the cost of the bearing. The rugged cast iron housing is not subject to wear, only the Style 220 Hanger bearing insert needs to be replaced. The housings match CEMA standard ball bearing bolt pattern, so they can be used with most seals. Split bearing housings are stocked in all facilities. Call your

Martin stocking

Martin distributor for more information.

TROUGH END BEARING HOUSINGS Martin Split Bearing Housings utilize Martin Style 220 Hanger Bearings.

Ball Bearing Flange Unit

FLANGE UNITS

Mounted on trough end plate.

Roller Bearing Flange Unit CONVEYORS Bronze Sleeve Bearing Flange Unit Ball Bearing Pillow Block

PILLOW BLOCKS

Mounted on pedestal of outboard bearing trough end. Roller Bearing Pillow Block H-71

End Bearings
Bronze Flange Unit
Bolts N C D
Bore

Ball Bearing Discharge Unit

C D Bolts N N K L M G E H J 8 1 2 5 8 5 8 3 4 3 4
3

G E 2 9 16 5 8 11 16 7 8 1
1

1 112 2 2716 3 3716

Part Number

TEB2BR TEB3BR TEB4BR TEB5BR TEB6BR TEB7BR

234 4 518 558 6 634

334 538 612 738 734 914

2 314 4316 41516 51116 614

16 3 4 7 8 1 1 1 8 114
7

Bore

1 112 2 2716 3 3716

Part Number

TDB2BB TDB3BB TDB4BB TDB5BB TDB6BB TDB7BB

138 2 218 212 312 4

378 558 714 8 812 912

538 714 8 978 11 12

11516 21316 358 4 414 434

21116 358 4 41516 512 6

2 212 3 312 4 412

8 2 8 5 8 3 4 3 4
3 5 1

Ball Bearing Flange Unit

N Bolts N C D
Bore

Trough End Bearing Housing

C D Bolts N N E G C D 2 9 16 11 16 11 16 7 8 1
1

C D

G E 4 518 558 6 634

C

1 112 2 2716 3 3716

Part Number

TEB2BB TEB3BB TEB4BB TEB5BB TEB6BB TEB7BB

234 4 518 558 6 634

334 518 612 7 734 8716

138 2 238 212 312 4

8 1 2 5 8 5 8 3 4 3 4
3

Bore

Use #220 Type Hanger Bearings, See Page H-92.

112 2 2716 3 3716

Part Number

TEBH3 TEBH4 TEBH5 TEBH6 TEBH7

514 638 678 734 914

212 212 3916 358 434

2 1 2 9 16 5 8 3 4
1

2 8 8 3 4 3 4
1 5 5

Roller Bearing Flange Unit

CONVEYORS
Bore

Ball Bearing Pillow Block

E BOLTS N

Bolts N N C D 112 2 2716 3 3716

Part Number

D
G

U W

E 538 558 678 734 914

D

G
Bore

R S

TEB3R TEB4R TEB5R TEB6R TEB7R

418 438 538 6 7

312 358 4316 41116 514

1316 1316 112 158 178

2 2 8 3 4 3 4
1 1 5

1 112 2 2 716 3 3 716

Part Number

TPB2BB TPB3BB TPB4BB TPB5BB TPB6BB TPB7BB

49

64 1332 1532 1516 112 1916

64 15 16 3 4 7 8 114 1516
37

8 1 2 5 8 5 8 7 8 7 8
3

418 512 638 738 9 11

512 714 818 912 1134 14

11332 11516 214 238 3 338

22532 4316 41732 51332 63132 8

1716 218 214 234 312 4

1316 11116 134 16364 21132 23164

Bronze Discharge Unit

Bolts N N K L M H J
Bore

Roller Bearing Pillow Block

E Bolts NN G R S 11516 21316 358 4 414 434
K

U W T 114 138 158 178 214

G

E 2 9 16 5 8 11 16 7 8 1
1

G 21116 358 4 41516 512 6

L

1 112 2 2716 3 3716

Part Number

TDB2BR TDB3BR TDB4BR TDB5BR TDB6BR TDB7BR

2 314 4316 41516 51116 614

378 558 714 8 812 912

538 714 8 978 11 12

1 114 158 178 218 212

8 1 2 5 8 5 8 3 4 3 4

Bore

112 2 2716 3 3716

Part Number

TPB3R TPB4R TPB5R TPB6R TPB7R

338 312 4 412 5

2 5 8 5 8 3 4 7 8
1

614 7 812 912 11

778 878 1012 12 14

238 212 278 318 358

414 412 512 614 712

218 214 234 318 334

H-72

Thrust Bearings

TYPE E THRUST BEARINGS

Most common and economical thrust unit when a screw conveyor type drive is not being used.

TYPE H THRUST BEARINGS

For heavy duty thrust requirements.

BRONZE WASHER

Light duty applications only. Used inside the trough and when screw used in compression.

H-73

CONVEYORS

Thrust Bearings
Type E Thrust Assembly
Type E roller thrust bearings are designed to carry thrust in both directions and carry radial load under normal conditions. This double roller bearing is furnished with a lip type seal plate and either drive or tail shaft whichever is applicable to conveyor design. A
Shaft Diameter Part Number Drive Shaft End Shaft
Bolts N H

THRUST

D B 538 558 678 734 914

Drive Shaft End Shaft

Weight

E 418 438 538 6 7

G 4 418 41116 5316 6

H 11116 11116 2 218 258

N
1 1

T 114 114 11316 178 238

V 4 412 5 6 7

112 2 2716 3 3716

CT3D CT4D CT5D CT6D CT7D

CT3E CT4E CT5E CT6E CT7E

434 5 512 612 712

4 4 3 4 3 4 3 4
3 3

2 2 5 8 3 4 3 4

22 32 50 73 111

Drive Shaft

End Shaft

20 29 44 60 88

Heavy Duty RB End Thrust Bearings

P x R. Lg. Bolts (4) Reqd

O Keyway

THRUST

Dimensions in inches and average weight in pounds A

With Drive Shaft With Tail Shaft Shaft Dia. Drive Shaft

B
End Shaft

O
Keyway

Other shaft sizes available are 31516, 4716 & 41516. Please consult factory.

1 2 2 2716 3 3716
1

CTH3D CTH4D CTH5D CTH6D CTH7D

Part No.

Weight

60 65 80 145 170

CTH3E CTH4E CTH5E CTH6E CTH7E

Part No.

Weight

52 56 66 119 140

4 2 412 5916 618 718

1

4 4 5 16 1 4 3 8
1 1

6 4 634 614 814 814

3

1 8 118 114 112 112

1

4 8 478 5716 538 758

7

1 1 112 138 238

3 3 3 3 4

H
7 7

8 8 15 16 1 114

8 8 9 16 3 8 7 8
1 1

7 4 714 8 10 10
1

5 4 534 614 8 8
3

1 16 1316 112 134 134

3

8 4 4 2 414 5 8 514 3 4 534 7 8 634

3 1

P
3 3

4 4 3 4 1 1

2 2 212 3 312 312

1

434 434 512 6 6

CONVEYORS

Thrust Washers

THRUST

Thrust washers are designed for use where light thrust loads prevail. Style A or B mounting may be used depending on direction of thrust. This unit consists of two steel washers separated by one bronze washer, and Style B is not recommended for use in conveyors handling abrasive materials.
STYLE - B

THRUST

STYLE - A

A
Size Shaft Part No.

Washers & Collar Style A

Washer Set Style B Weight

B
Weight

C 114 134 218 234 314

112 2 2716 3 3716

CTCW3 CTCW4 CTCW5 CTCW6 CTCW7

2.4 2.8 3.9 4.6 6.1

Part No.

CTW3 CTW4 CTW5 CTW6 CTW7

1 1.25 1.5 2 3

114 1716 112 112 158

H-74

Shaft Seals
WASTE PACK SEAL Waste pack seals can be furnished with waste packing or in combination with lip seal. This type seal is normally installed between the trough end and bearing, but may be used separately on pedestal type trough ends. An opening is provided at top for repacking without removing seal from trough end. Can be used with anged ball, roller or other standard 4-bolt bearings.

Martin
SUPER PACK SEAL

Martin Super Pack Seal combines the heavy duty waste pack housing with the superior sealing characteristics of a Super Pack Seal. Seal may also be air or grease purged for difficult sealing applications.

PRODUCT DROP OUT SEAL

This ange type dust seal is designed for insertion between trough end and anged ball bearing. The cast iron housing is open on all four sides for exit of material that might work past seal or lubricant from bearing.

PLATE SEAL

Plate seals are the most common and economical seal. It is normally furnished with a lip seal. This type seal is normally installed between the trough end and bearing, but may be used separately on pedestal type trough ends. Can be used with flanged ball, roller or other standard 4-bolt bearings. CONVEYORS

SPLIT GLAND SEAL

Split gland compression type seals provide for easy replacement and adjustment of packing pressure on the shaft without removal of the conveyor. These seals can be installed inside or outside the end plates.

COMPRESSION TYPE PACKING GLAND SEAL

Flanged packing gland seals consist of an external housing and an internal gland which is forced into the housing to compress the packing. This is the most positive type shaft seal and may be used where minor pressure requirements are desired.

AIR PURGED SEAL

Lantern Ring

Air purge shaft seals are arranged for attaching to standard or special trough ends. A constant air pressure is maintained to prevent material from escaping from the trough along the shaft. The air purge seal is desirable for sealing highly abrasive materials. May be purged with grease or water. H-75

Shaft Seals
Compression Type Packing Gland Seal

PACKING

A
Shaft Diameter Part Number

B PGC3 PGC4 PGC5 PGC6 PGC7 514 718 758 812 914

E 4 518 558 6 634

H
Weight Bolts

*Braided rope graphite packing is standard. Other types available on request.

112 2 2716 3 3716

2 8 5 8 3 4 3 4
5 1

14 18 21 27 30

Flanged gland seals consist of an external housing and an internal gland which is forced into the housing to compress the packing. This is the most positive type shaft seal and may be used where pressure requirements are desired.

Split Gland Seal

Bolts N

A
Shaft Diameter Part Number

C 434 614 678 712 834

D 2316 258 3116 3916 418

E 1716 112 158 158 218

F 212 212 314 314 334

G 578 612 758 858 1014

H 8 8 1 1 114
7 7

N 2 2 5 8 5 8 3 4
1 1

Weight

112 2 2716 3 3716

CSS3 CSS4 CSS5 CSS6 CSS7

5 10 15 22 30

Split gland compression type seals provide for easy replacement and adjustment of packing pressure on the shaft without removal of the conveyor. These seals are normally installed inside the end plates.
BALL

Flanged Product Drop-Out Seal

D = SIZE OF BOLT

Dimensions in inches and average weight in pounds A

Shaft Diameter Part Number Weight

OPEN

B1 218 25764 3316 3916 438 43132

C 234 4 518 558 6 634

E
11

D
3

H-76

1 112 2 2716 3 3716

CSFP2 CSFP3 CSFP4 CSFP5 CSFP6 CSFP7

1.75 3.4 5.3 5.8 7.2 10.3

16 8 7 8 7 8 7 8 1
7

8 2 5 8 5 8 3 4 3 4
1

This ange type dust seal is designed for insertion between trough end and anged bearing. The cast iron housing is open on all four sides for exit of material that might work past seal or lubricant from bearing.

CONVEYORS

Shaft Seals
Super Pack Seal

With Super Pack Seal

A Shaft Part Number E B L H Bolts

L
Weight

112 2 2716 3 3716

MSP3 MSP4 MSP5 MSP6 MSP7

538 612 738 734 914

134 134 134 134 214

(B)

4 518 558 6 634

(R)

418 438 538 6 7

(B)

2 8 5 8 3 4 3 4
1 5

(R)

2 2 5 8 3 4 3 4
1 1

6 8 10 13 16

Martin Super Pack Seal combines the heavy duty waste pack housing with the superior sealing characteristics of a Super Pack Seal. Seal may also be air or grease purged for difcult sealing applications.

Waste Pack Seal

With Lip Seal

A Shaft Part Number E B L H Bolts (B) (R) (B) (R)

L
Weight

112 2 2716 3 3716

CSW3 CSW4 CSW5 CSW6 CSW7

538 612 738 734 914

134 134 134 134 214

4 518 558 6 634

418 438 538 6 7

2 8 5 8 3 4 3 4
1 5

2 2 8 3 4 3 4
1 1 5

6 8 10 13 16

Waste pack seals are furnished with waste packing in combination with lip seal. This type seal is normally installed between the trough end and bearing, but may be used separtely on pedestal type trough ends. An opening is provided at top for repacking without removing seal from trough end.

Plate Seal

Plate seals are the most common and economical seal. They are furnished with a lip seal. This type seal is normally installed between the trough end and bearing, but may be used separately on pedestal type trough ends. Slotted mounting holes allow use with both ball and roller anged bearings.

A Shaft Diameter

112 2 2716 3 3716

Part Number

E B C

H Bolts Weight (R)

CSP3 CSP4 CSP5 CSP6 CSP7

538 612 738 734 914

2 2 1 2 1 2 3 4
1 1

(B)

4 518 558 6 634

418 438 538 6 7

(B)

2 8 5 8 3 4 3 4
1 5

(R)

2 2 5 8 3 4 3 4
1 1

2 3 4 5 8

H-77

CONVEYORS

Conveyor Screws
STANDARD PITCH, SINGLE FLIGHT
Conveyor screws with pitch equal to screw diameter are considered standard. They are suitable for a whole range of materials in most conventional applications.
Price on Application

TAPERED, STANDARD PITCH, SINGLE FLIGHT

Screw ights increase from 2/3 to full diameter. Used in screw feeders to provide uniform withdrawal of lumpy materials. Generally equivalent to and more economical than variable pitch.

SHORT PITCH, SINGLE FLIGHT

Flight pitch is reduced to 2/3 diameter. Recommended for inclined or vertical applications. Used in screw feeders. Shorter pitch reduces ushing of materials which uidize.

SINGLE CUT-FLIGHT, STANDARD PITCH

Screws are notched at regular intervals at outer edge. Affords mixing action and agitation of material in transit. Useful for moving materials which tend to pack.

HALF PITCH, SINGLE FLIGHT

Similar to short pitch except pitch is reduced to 1/2 standard pitch. Useful for inclined applications, for screw feeders and for handling extremely uid materials.

CUT & FOLDED FLIGHT, STANDARD PITCH

Folded ight segments lift and spill the material. Partially retarded ow provides thorough mixing action. Excellent for heating, cooling or aerating light substances.

END DISC ON CONVEYOR SCREW

An end disc is the same diameter as the screw and is welded ush with the end of the pipe shaft at its discharge end and, of course, rotates with the screw. The end disc helps to keep discharging material away from the trough end seal.
Price on Application

SINGLE FLIGHT RIBBON

Excellent for conveying sticky or viscous materials. Open space between ighting and pipe eliminate collection and build-up of material.
Price on Application

CONVEYORS

VARIABLE PITCH, SINGLE FLIGHT

Flights have increasing pitch and are used in screw feeders to provide uniform withdrawal of ne, free owing materials over the full length of the inlet opening.

STANDARD PITCH WITH PADDLES

Adjustable paddles positioned between screw ights opposed ow to provide gentle but thorough mixing action.

Price on Application

DOUBLE FLIGHT, STANDARD PITCH

Double ight, standard pitch screws provide smooth regular material ow and uniform movement of certain types or materials. H-78 D

PADDLE
Adjustable paddles provide complete mixing action, and controlled material ow.

Conveyor Screws
Helicoid ights are formed in a special rolling machine by forming a steel strip into a continuous one-piece helix of the desired diameter, pitch and thickness to t conveyor screw pipes. The helicoid ight is tapered in cross section, with the thickness at the inner edge approximately twice the thickness of the outer edge.

Sectional ights are individual ights or turns blanked from steel plates and formed into a spiral or helix of the desired diameter and pitch to t conveyor screw pipes. The ights are butt welded together to form a continuous conveyor screw. Modications can be furnished, such as, fabrication from various metals, different ight thicknesses, other diameters and pitches. The buttweld ight is the same thickness in the full cross section.

Helicoid Flight

Sectional Flight

Key to Conveyor Size Designation

The letter H indicates screw conveyor with helicoid ighting. The gures to the left of the letters indicate the nominal outside diameter of the conveyor in inches. The rst gure following the letters is twice the diameter of the couplings in inches. The last two gures indicate the nominal thickness of ighting at the outer edge in 164. Thus conveyor 12H408 indicates 12 diameter helicoid conveyor for 2 couplings with ighting 864 or 18 thickness at outer edge. Hand of conveyor is indicated by R or L following the designation. Comparison Table helicoid ight and sectional ight conveyor screws
Helicoid Flight Screw Diameter, Inches Conveyor Screw Size Designation L Nominal Inside Diameter of Pipe, Inches Thickness of Flight, Inches Inner Edge
3

Sectional Flight Conveyor Screw Size Designation L Nominal Inside Diameter of Pipe, Inches

Former Designation

Coupling Diameter, Inches

4 6 9

4H206

10

12

9H306 9H406 9H312 9H412 9H414 10H306 10H412 12H408 12H508 12H412 12H512 12H614 14H508 14H614

6H304 6H308 6H312

9 Standard 9 Special 9X 9 XX 10 Standard 10 XX 12 Standard 12 Special 12 X 12 XX 14 Standard 14 XX

6 Standard 6X 6 XX

4X

112 112 112 112 2 112 2 2 112 2

2 2 2

138

14

L Size designation: Examples: 12H412 and 12S412. 12 = screw diameter in inches H = helicoid ight S = sectional ight 4 = 2 times 2 coupling diameter 12 = thickness of ight at periphery in increments of 164

16

16H610 16H614

16 Standard

2 2716 2 2716 3 2716 3 3 3

2 212 2 212 212 2 212 212 3 212 3 312 3 312 312 4

8 1 4 3 8
1 3 3

16

Outer Edge
3 1 1 3 3 3

Coupling Diameter, Inches

Thickness of Flight

32 16 8 16

CONVEYORS

16 16 3 8 3 8 7 16 3 16 3 8 4 4 3 8 3 8 7 16 1 4 7 16
1 1 7 5

32 32 3 16 3 16 7 32 3 32 3 16 8 8 3 16 3 16 7 32 1 8 7 32
1 1 5 7

9S307 9S407 9S312 9S412 9S416 10S309 10S412 12S409 12S509 12S412 12S512 12S616 14S509 14S616 16S609 16S616

6S309 6S312

112 112 112 2 112 2 2 112 2

16 16

32 32

2 2716 2 2716 3 2716 3 3 3

2 212 2 212 212 2 212 212 3 212 3 312 3 312 312 312

2 2

10 ga. 3 16 in. 12 ga. 12 ga. 3 16 in. 3 16 in. 1 4 in. 10 ga. 3 16 in. 10 ga. 10 ga. 3 16 in. 3 16 in. 1 4 in. 10 ga. 1 4 in. 10 ga. 1 4 in.

H-79

Conveyor Screws (Helicoid)

Length

Length

Helicoid Conveyor Screw

Flighting

B Size Part No. Conveyor Mounted Size Part No. Flighting Only

D Pipe Size Nominal Inside F Outside

Flight Thickness G Outside

3 1

H Coupling Bearing Length Standard Length Feet-Inches

Average Weight Complete Screw Standard Length Per Foot Flighting Only Standard Length Per Foot

Screw Diameter

Coupling Diameter

112 112 112 112 2 2 2 2

112

4H206*

6H304* 6H308* 6H312* 9H306* 9H312*

4HF206*

6HF304* 6HF308* 6HF312* 9HF306* 9HF312*

138 2 2 2 2 2

158 238 238 238 278 278 278 278 2 8 278 4 4 4 4 312 312 312
7

Inside
3

1 1 3 3

16 8 4 8 8 8 8 4 8 4 8 4

32 16 16 32 16 32 16 32 32 16 16 16 32 32 32 32 32 8 8 8 8

112 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

9H406* 9H412*

10 12

1 2
1

10H306*

9H414*

9HF406* 9HF412*

2716 2716 3 3 3 3

14 16

2716 3

12H614* 16H610* 14H614* 16H614* 18H610*

12H508* 12H512* 14H508*

12H408*

10H412*

10HF306*

9HF414*

212 212 212 2 2 2 212

1

238 238

16 16 16 16

9-10 9-10 9-10 9-10 9-10 9-10 9-10 9-10 9-10 11-10 11-10 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 9-10

9-1012

40

52 62 72 70 91 81

5 6 7 7 9 8

16

14 28 42 31 65 30 60 70 48 76 67 64 96 84

1.3

1.4 2.8 4.3 3.2 6.1 3.0 6.6 6.3 4.9 7.7 5.7 8.6 5.4 8.2 9.3 7.1

12H412*

12HF614* 16HF610* 14HF614* 16HF614* 18HF610*

12HF508* 12HF512* 14HF508*

12HF408*

10HF412*

212

2 8
3

7 3

101 121 131 130 140 180 168 198 220 170 254 228 285 282

10 12 13 13 12 15 14 17 18 14 22 19 24 24

7 3

CONVEYORS

3 1 3 1 3

12HF412*

312 312 4 3 2
1

3 3 3

312

7 5

16 16 16 16 16

102 112 132 120 154 167

7 5 7 5

11.2 10.0 11.7 13.9

* R For Right Hand * L For Left Hand

18 L

412

L Offered only in full pitch helicoid ighting.

H-80

Conveyor Screws (Sectional)

Length

Sectional Conveyor Screw

Flight

B Size Part No. Mounted Conveyor Size Part No. Flighting Only

Pipe Size D Outside

H Coupling Bearing Length Standard Length Feet-Inches Standard Length

Average Weight Per Foot Flight Each Approx. Flights Per Foot

Screw Diameter

---Coupling Diameter

Nominal Inside

Flight Thickness
3 1 3 1 3 3 1 3 3 1 3 3 1 3 3 1 3

6 9

112 112 2 2 112 2 112

112

6S312* 6S316* 9S312* 9S316* 9S412* 9S416* 9S324* 9S424*

6SF312* 6SF316* 9SF312* 9SF316* 9SF412* 9SF416* 9SF324* 9SF424*

2 2 2 2 212 212 2 2 212 212 212 212 3 3 3 312 312 312 3 212 212 2 212 2

238 238 238 238 278 278 278 238 238 278 278 278 278 278 278 312 312 312 312 4 4 4 238 238

16 4 4 8 4 8 4 8 4 8 4 8 4 8 4 8 16 16 16 16 16

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

9-10 9-10 9-10 9-10 9-10 9-10 9-10 9-10 9-10 9-10 9-10 9-10 9-10 11-10 11-10 11-10 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 9-10

75 90 130 160 115 130 160 120 135 165 120 135 165 156 204 160 268 178 210 274 198 216 280 95

7.5 8.0 13.0 16.0 11.5 13.0 16.0 12.0 13.5 16.5 12.0 13.5 16.5 13.0 17.0 14.0 22.3 14.8 17.5 22.5 16.5 18.0 24.0 9.5

1.7 2.2 5.5 7.9 4.3 5.5 7.9 5.0 6.7 8.7 5.0 6.7 8.7 12.7 5.7 7.2 9.7 7.2 9.7 7.2 9.7 4.3

2.0 2.0 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.2 1.2 1.0 1.33

10

112 112 2 2 112 2 2

10S312* 10S316* 10S412* 10S416* 12S412* 12S416* 10S324*

10SF312* 10SF316* 10SF412* 10SF416* 12SF412* 12SF416* 10SF324*

12

2716 2716 3 3 * R For Right Hand * L For Left Hand 3 2716 2716

12S509* 12S512* 12S516* 12S612* 12S616* 12S624* 12S524*

12S424*

12SF509* 12SF512* 12SF516* 12SF612* 12SF616* 12SF624* 12SF524*

12SF424*

3 1 3

10 Ga. 16 16

1.0

3 1 3

12.7 12.7

1.0 1.0

H-81

CONVEYORS

10S424*

10SF424*

Conveyor Screws (Sectional)

Length

Sectional Conveyor Screw

Flight

B Size Part No. Mounted Conveyor Size Part No. Flighting Only

Pipe Size D Inside Outside

H Coupling Bearing Length Standard Length Feet-Inches Standard Length

Average Weight Per Foot Flight Each Approx. Flights Per Foot

Screw Diameter

Coupling Diameter

Flight Thickness
3 1 3

14

2716 2716 2716 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

14S512* 14S516* 14S524* 14S624* 14S612* 14S616* 16S616* 16S624* 18S616* 18S624* 18S632*

14SF512* 14SF516* 14SF524* 14SF624* 14SF612* 14SF616* 16SF616* 16SF624* 18SF616* 18SF624* 18SF632*

3 3 3 312 312 312 312 312 312 312

1

312 312 312 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 412 412 412 412 4 4 4 412 412 412 412 412 412 412 412 4 4 4

16 4 8 4 8 4 8 2 4 8 2 4 8 2 4 8 2 4 8 2 4 8 2 16 16

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-8 11-8 11-8 11-8 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-8 11-8 11-8 11-8 11-8 11-8 11-8 11-8

214 240 330 222 246 342 234 282 365 402 246 294 425 530 293 345 470 570 300 360 410 506 310 370 475 525 440 510 595 690

18.0 20.0 27.5 19.0 21.0 29.0 20.0 24.0 31.0 33.5 21.0 25.0 36.0 44.0 24.4 28.8 39.2 47.5 26.0 31.0 33.4 42.2 27.0 32.0 40.0 45.0 37.0 43.0 50.0 60.0

13.2 19.8 13.2 19.8 14.0 18.0 25.5 36.0 18.0 24.0 34.5 46.0 18.0 24.0 34.5 46.0 20.0 28.0 40.0 56.0 20.0 28.0 40.0 56.0 32.0 42.0 63.0 84.0 9.9

9.9

.86 .86 .86 .86 .86 .86 .75 .75 .75 .75 .67 .67 .67 .67 .67 .67 .67 .67 .60 .60 .60 .60 .60 .60 .60 .60 .50 .50 .50 .50

3 1 3 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1

16

16S612*

16SF612*

312 312

18

16S632*

18S612*

16SF632*

18SF612*

312 3 2

16

CONVEYORS

3716 3716 3716 20 3716 3 3 3

18S712* 18S716* 18S724* 18S732*

18SF712* 18SF716* 18SF724* 18SF732*

4 4 4 4

3 1 3 1

16

20S612*

3716 3716 3716 24 3716 3716 3716 3716 3716

20S632*

20S616* 20S624*

20SF612*

20S712* 20S716* 20S724* 20S732* 24S712* 24S716* 24S724* 24S732*

20SF632*

20SF616* 20SF624*

3 2 312 312
1

3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1

16

20SF712* 20SF716* 20SF724* 20SF732* 24SF712* 24SF716* 24SF724* 24SF732*

312 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

16

16

* R For Right Hand * L For Left Hand

H-82

Conveyor Screws (Ribbon)

Ribbon ight conveyor screws consist of sectional ights, buttwelded together to form a continuous helix. Flights are secured to the pipe by supporting legs. Both ends of the pipe are prepared with internal collars and drilling to accept couplings, drive shafts, and end shafts. They are used to convey sticky, gummy, or viscous substances, or where the material tends to adhere to ighting and pipe.

Length

Ribbon Conveyor Screw

Post

Integral (Int) Leg

B Size Part No. Mounted Conveyor Pipe Size

Flight Size

Weight H Coupling Bearing Length Standard Length Feet-Inches Complete Screw Standard Length Per Foot

Screw Diameter

Coupling Diameter

Inside

Outside

F Thickness
3

G Width

12 14 16

10

112 2716 3 3
7

12R416*

10R316* 12R524* 14R516* 14R524* 12R424*

212 212 3 3 3

238 312 312 312 4 4 4 4 2 412

1

278 278

1 1 3 3 1 3

4 4 8 8 4 8 8 4 8 8 8 8

112 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 3 3 3 2

2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3

11-10 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-8 11-8

11-10

9-10

110 216 240 228 264 288 276 324

180

11 19 21 19 22 25 24 28

15

2716 2716 3

16R616*

14R624* 16R624*

312 312 4 4 312

312

3 1 3 3

18 20 24

3 16 3716

18R624*

20R724* 24R724*

3 3

3 4 4

384 408 424

33 35 36

* R For Right Hand * L For Left Hand

H-83

CONVEYORS

6 9

112 112

6R312* 9R316*

2 2

238 238

16 4

112

9-10

9-10

100

65

10

6.5

Conveyor Screws
Quick Detachable (QD) Helicoid Conveyor
Q.D. Quick Detachable conveyor screws are designed for convenient removal from the conveyor assembly. Each section of screw has a Q.D. cap at one end of the pipe. By removing this cap, a conveyor screw section can quickly and easily be removed and returned to the conveyor assembly without disturbing the other screw sections. Quick Detachable conveyor can be furnished both in helicoid and buttweld construction.

R.H. Shown

A Nominal Conveyor Diameter Size Part No. Mounted Conveyor

Standard-Length Feet-Inches End to End of Pipe

C Cap Part Number

D Pipe Size

Flight Thickness Ft.-In. F Inside

1

H Coupling Bearing Length

Average Weight Standard Length Per Foot

Coupling Diameter

Inside

Outside

6 9

6HQ312* 9HQ312* 9HQ414*

6HQ308* 9HQ306* 9HQ406* 9HQ412*

6HQ304*

112 1 2
1

9-10 9-10

3QDC2 3QDC2 4QDC25 4QDC25 3QDC2

2 2 2 2
1

238 2 8
3

1 3

8 4 8 8 8 8 4 8 4 8 4

G Outside
1 1 3

16 8 16 32 16 32 16 32 32 16 8 8 8 16 16 32 32 32 32

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

52 62 72 70 91 81

5 6 7 7 9 8

CONVEYORS

2 1 2
1

9-10 9-10

16 16 16 16

2 8
7

10 12

12HQ408*

10HQ412* 12HQ412* 12HQ512* 12HQ614* 14HQ614*

10HQ306*

11-10 11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9

9-10

4QDC25 5QDC3 6QDC35 6QDC35 6QDC4 5QDC3

212 3 312 312 4 3 2

1

212

278 278 312 4 4 4 3 2

1

2 8
3

7 3

101 121 131 130 140 180 168 198 220 170 254 228 285

10 12 13 13 12 15 14 17 18 14 22 23.8 19

7 3

3 1

3 1 3 1 3

12HQ508* 14 16

2716 3 3 2 16
7

14HQ508*

1 7 5

16 16 16 16

7 1

16HQ610*

Note: Q.D. caps are not recommended on the drive shaft end. * R For Right Hand * L For Left Hand

16HQ614*

11-9

11-9

6QDC35

7 5 7

412

H-84

Conveyor Screws
Quick Detachable (QD) Sectional Spiral Conveyors
C F

R.H. Shown
A Nominal Conveyor Diameter Size Part No. Mounted Conveyor B Standard Length Feet-Inches End to End of Pipe C Cap Part Number D Pipe Size Flight Thickness Inside Outside F H Coupling Bearing Length Average Weight

Coupling Diameter

Standard Length

Per Foot

9SQ407* 9SQ409* 9SQ412* 9SQ416* 9SQ424* 10 12

9SQ307* 9SQ309* 9SQ312* 9SQ316*

6SQ307* 6SQ309* 6SQ312* 6SQ316*

112

9-10

3QDC2

238

112

9-10

3QDC2

238

9-10

4QDC25

212

278

12 10 3 16 1 4 12 10 3 16 1 4 3 8 10
3

12 10 3 16 1 4

2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3

10SQ309*

14

14SQ509* 14SQ512* 14SQ612* 14SQ616* 14SQ624*

12SQ612* 12SQ616* 12SQ624*

3 2716 3 3

11-9 11-9 11-9 11-9

6QDC35 5QDC3 6QDC35 6QDC35

312 3 312 312

4 312 4 4

10 3 16
3

16 4 3 8
1

191 216 280 222 246 342

16

18 20 24

16SQ609* 16SQ612* 16SQ616* 16SQ624* 18SQ612* 18SQ616* 18SQ624* 20SQ612* 20SQ616* 24SQ712* 24SQ716* 24SQ724* 20SQ724*

3 3 3 16
7

11-9 11-9 11-8 11-8

6QDC35 6QDC35 7QDC4 7QDC4

312 312 4 4

4 4 412 4 2
1

10 3 16 1 4 3 8
3

16 4 3 8
1

185 214

16.5 18.0 24 16 18 19 21 29

16 4 3 8
1 1

3 3 4 4

210 234 282 365 246 294 425 300 360 410 510 595 475

18 20 24 31 21 25 36 26 31 37 43 50 40

3716

3 3

16 4 8

* R For Right Hand * L For Left Hand

16 4 3 8
1

H-85

CONVEYORS

12SQ409* 12SQ412* 12SQ416* 12SQ509* 12SQ512*

10SQ412* 10SQ416*

112 2 2 2716

9-10

9-10

4QDC25 4QDC25 5QDC3

3QDC2

2 2
1

2 8
7

238

90 100 115 130 160 120 135

73 80 95 120

62 65 75 90

11-10 11-9

212 3

278 312

10 3 16 1 4 10 3 16

16 4

85

9 10 11.5 13.0 16 12.0 13.5

7.3 8.0 9.5 13

6.2 6.5 7.5 8.0

8.5

140 156 204 160 178

12.0 13.0 17 14 15

Conveyor Screw (Components)

Coupling Bolts
Coupling Diameter Outside Pipe Diameter Bolt Size
3

Part Number Standard

Weight Each Lbs.

1 112 2 2716 3 3 3716

158 238 278 312 4 412 412

8 2116 2 3 8 358 8 438 4 5 4 512 8 512

CCB2 CCB3 CCB4 CCB5 CCB6 CCB6A CCB7

.13 .2 .45 .5 .85 .9 1.29

Conveyor coupling bolts are manufactured from special analysis high-torque steel. Close tolerance for a minimum of wear. Lock nuts are furnished with each bolt.

Internal Collar
Coupling Diameter

Inside Pipe Diameter

Part Number Standard

Weight Each Lbs.

1 112 2 2716 3 3 3716

114 2 212 3 312 4 4

CIC2 CIC3 CIC4 CIC5 CIC6 CIC6A CIC7

.58 2.06 2.16 3.72 4.03 8.03 6.52

Internal collars are made from seamless tubing machined for a press t in the conveyor pipe. When installed at the factory collars are jig drilled and plug welded into the pipe. No drilling in replacement collars is furnished allowing for eld drilling to match existing bolt holes.

CONVEYORS

Discharge End

End Lugs
Conveyor Diameter Intake End Standard

Part Number Discharge End Standard

Weight Each Lbs.

6 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 9

6CELI* 9CELI* 9CELI*

6CELD* 9CELD* 9CELD*

.06 .15 .2 .2 .4 .4 .4 .4 .15

Flow Feed End

12CELI* 12CELI* 16CELI* 16CELI* 16CELI* 16CELI*

12CELD* 12CELD* 16CELD* 16CELD* 16CELD*

End lugs are welded opposite the carrying side of the conveyor ight and provide maximum support with minimum obstruction of material ow.

H-86

* R For Right Hand Flight * L For Left Hand Flight

16CELD*

Shaft
Coupling Shafts
Coupling Part CC Coupling Shaft Std.* CCC Close Coupling Shaft CHE Hanger End Shaft* CC 5 Coupling Diameter 2 1" 5 2-7/16" 3 1-1/2" 6 3" 4 2" 7 3-7/16"

* Add suffix H if Hardened

COUPLING

Conveyor couplings are used to join individual lengths of conveyor screws and allow for rotation within the hanger bearing. C-1045 steel couplings are normally furnished; however couplings with hardened bearing surfaces may be furnished where highly abrasive materials are being conveyed. Jig drilling allows for ease of installation. Close couplings are used to adjoin conveyor screws where no hanger is required. Jig drilling allows for ease of installation.

CLOSE

Drive & End Shafts

Type Drive Shaft Number CD Drive Shaft Drive Shaft Only CE End Shaft 1 #1 2 #2 Single Bearing Pedestal 3 #3 Double Bearing Pedestal

CD

BB

Seal Type
(Delete if without seal)

P Plate W Waste Pack Coupling Diameter 2 1" 5 2-7/16" 3 1-1/2" 6 3" 4 2" 7 3-7/16" Bearing Type BB Ball RB Roller

END

HANGER END

Hanger end shafts are designed to connect only one conveyor section to a hanger bearing. These shafts may also be used in pairs to divide an excessively long conveyor assembly between two drives.

#1 DRIVE

No. 1 drive shafts are normally used where standard end plates are furnished. Jig drilling allows for ease of installation.

SPECIAL DRIVE H-87

Length, bearing location, seals and keyway location and size as required.

H-87

CONVEYORS

End shafts serve only to support the end conveyor section and are therefore usually supplied in cold rolled steel. End shafts are jig drilled for ease of assembly and close diametral tolerances are held for proper bearing operation.

No. 1 Drive Shaft

No. 1 drive shafts are normally used where standard end plates are furnished. Jig drilling allows for ease of installation.

No. 1 Drive Shaft Used Without Seal* Bronze Bearing

Shaft Diameter Part Number

Ball Bearing
H 3
Weight Shaft Diameter Part Number

C 912

G 312 534 7 9 818 434

C 9

G 3

H 3

Weight

1 2

112

1CD2B 1CD4B

1CD3B 1CD5B 1CD7B

2716 3 3716

15

1234 1738 23

314 412 714 6 512

13.3 21.0 60.4 37.0

6.3

2.0

1 2

112

1CD6B

1918

2716 3 3716

1CD4BB

1CD3BB 1CD5BB 1CD7BB

1CD2BB

1318 1658 2058 1518

1112

312 378 434 558 658

314 412 512 6 714

11.5 18.0 52.5 32.0

5.6

1.8

1CD6BB

**Consult Factory

No. 1 Drive Shaft Used With Plate or Product Drop Out Seals* Bronze Bearing Ball Bearing
Shaft Diameter Part Number

C 10

G 4

H 3

Weight

Shaft Diameter

Part Number

C 912

G 312 434 512 612 712 438

H 3

Weight

1 2

112

1CD2B-P 1CD4B-P

1CD3B-P 1CD5B-P 1CD7B-P

2716 3 3716

1514 1958 2418 1838

1314

514 614 8 1018 858

314 412 6 714

1CD6B-P

512

14.1 24.3 61.0 38.0

6.6

2.1

1 2

112

1CD2BB-P 1CD4BB-P

1CD3BB-P 1CD5BB-P 1CD7BB-P

2716 3 3716

14

1238 1578 2112

314 412 512 6 714

12.5 21 56.5 35

6.2

2.0

CONVEYORS

1CD6BB-P

1712

**Consult Factory

No. 1 Drive Shaft Used With Waste Pack Seal* Bronze Bearing
Shaft Diameter Part Number

Ball Bearing
H 3
Weight Shaft Diameter Part Number

C 11

G 414

C 1012

G 334 514 558 612 738 878

H 3

Weight

1 2

112

1CD2B-W 1CD4B-W

1CD3B-W 1CD5B-W 1CD7B-W

2716 3 3716

1634 2078 2578 1918

1412

612 712 834 1178 978

314 412 512 6 714

14.9 23.3 66.3 40.5

7.2

2.2

1 2

112

1CD3BB-W 1CD5BB-W 1CD7BB-W

1CD2BB-W

1CD6B-W

2716 3 3716

1CD4BB-W 1CD6BB-W

1314 1678 2278 1838 1478

314 412 512 6 714

13.0 20.5 58.4 35.5

6.4

2.0

*Shaft length allows for 12 hanger bearing length as clearance between end plate and screw **Consult Factory

H-88

No. 2 and No. 3 Drive Shafts

No. 2 Drive Shaft
No. 2 drive shafts are used where pedestal type trough ends with single bearing are furnished. Jig drilling allows for ease of installation.
Shaft Diameter Part Number

C 11

G 314 5 6 514 612

H 214 414 512 6

J 212 312 412 512 612 712

P 8

Weight

112 2716 3 3716 2

2CD2 2CD4 2CD6

2CD3 2CD5 2CD7

1834 2312 27 2178

1612

314 512

1134 14 17

2.5

17.0 29.0

8.3

634

1812 2014

49.0 75.0

No. 3 Drive Shaft

No. 3 drive shafts are used where pedestal type trough ends with double bearings are furnished. Jig drilling allows for ease of installation.

Shaft Diameter

Part Number

C 13

G 734

H 214 314 414 514 614 714

P 10

Weight

112 2 2716 3716

3CD2

3CD4 3CD6

3CD3 3CD5 3CD7

2514 3312 3914 2878

1914

1114 1614 1834 2214 2514

1412 2012 24 2812 3212

10 36 21 62

Drive Shaft Keyways

Shaft Diameter

A
1 3 1 5 3 7

B
1 3

1 2 3

112 2716 3716

4 8 2 8 4 8

16 16 16 8 4

1 5

3 7

H-89

CONVEYORS

95

Shafts
Coupling
Conveyor couplings are used to join individual lengths of conveyor screws and allow for rotation within the hanger bearing. Mild steel couplings are normally furnished; however induction hardened bearing area couplings may be furnished where highly abrasive materials are being conveyed. Jig drilling allows for ease of installation.

Shaft Diameter

Part Number*

A1
1 7 7

A
1 7 7

B 2 3 3 3 3 4

C 712

D 3

G 112 2 2 3 3 4

Weight

112 2 3 2716 3716

CC2

CC4 CC6

CC3 CC5 CC7 1

2 8 8 16 1

2 8 8 16

1112 1112 13 1234 1712

434 434 5 478 634

5.6 23.8 15.4 44.5 9.8

1.5

15

15

*Add H for Hardened Shaft.

112

114

Shaft is induction hardened in bearing area only to 40-50 RC.

Close Coupling

Close couplings are used to adjoin conveyor screws where no hanger is required. Jig drilling allows for ease of installation.

Shaft Diameter

Part Number

C 6

D 3

Weight

112 2 2716 3 3716

CCC2

CCC3 CCC5 CCC7

CCC4 CCC6

912 934 912

434 434 478 634

1.3

4.8 8.5

1312

10

12.9 20.0 37.0

CONVEYORS

Hanger End

Hanger end shafts are designed to connect only one conveyor section to a hanger bearing. These shafts may also be used in pairs to divide an excessively long conveyor assembly beween two drives.

Shaft Diameter

Part Number*

C 458 678 1114 814 818 678

G 158 218 218 314 314 414

Weight

112 2 2716 3 3716

CHE2

CHE4

CHE3 CHE5 CHE7

1.0 3.5 10.6 16.5 29.7 6.2

CHE6

*Add H for Hardened Shaft Shaft is induction hardened in bearing area only to 40-50 RC.

H-90

End Shaft
End shafts serve only to support the end conveyor section and are therefore usually supplied in cold rolled steel. End shafts are jig drilled for ease of assembly and close diametrical tolerances are held for proper bearing operation.

End Shaft Used Without Seal** Bronze Bearing

Shaft Diameter Part Number*

Ball Bearing
G 312 412 512 7 818 958
Weight Shaft Diameter Part Number*

C 612

C 6

G 3

Weight

112 2 3 2716 3716

CE4B CE6B

CE3B CE5B CE7B

CE2B

1014 1318 1638 1178

914

1.4 4.5 15.4 9.0 25.6 42.4

112 2 2716 3 3716

CE2BB CE4BB

CE3BB CE5BB CE7BB

858 1058 1338 958

814

312 378 434 558 658

1.2

3.8 7.5

CE6BB

12.4 20.8 34.4

***Consult Factory

End Shaft Used With Plate or Product Drop Out Seal** Bronze Bearing Ball Bearing
Shaft Diameter Part Number*

C 7

G 4

Weight

Shaft Diameter

Part Number*

C 612 1018 1418 938 9

G 312 458 514 612 738 414

Weight

2716 3716

CE4B-P CE6B-P

CE5B-P CE7B-P

1114 1358 1678 1278

612 8 1018 858

17.0

10.0 29.8 44.0

2716 3 3716

CE4BB-P

CE6BB-P

CE5BB-P CE7BB-P

1112

13.1 23.0 37.1

8.3

***Consult Factory

End Shaft Used With Waste Pack Seal** Bronze Bearing

Shaft Diameter Part Number*

Ball Bearing
G 414 714 834 978 1178 614
Weight Shaft Diameter Part Number*

C 8

C 712

G 334 558 612 738 878

Weight

112 2 2716 3 3716

CE2B-W CE4B-W

CE3B-W CE5B-W CE7B-W

12

11 1358 1858

1.6 10.4 17.6 28.2 48.0 5.2

112 2 2716 3 3716

CE2BB-W CE4BB-W CE3BB-W CE5BB-W CE7BB-W

1038 1238 1558 1138

10

514

1.4 4.8 14.8 24.0 40.2 9.0

CE6B-W

1478

CE6BB-W

*Add H for Hardened Shaft. **Shaft length allows for 12 hanger bearing length, clearance between end plate and screw. ***Consult Factory

H-91

CONVEYORS

112

CE3B-P

CE2B-P

1014

512

1.5

5.1

112

CE2BB-P

CE3BB-P

1.4 4.5

Hangers
No. 226 hangers are designed for ush mounting inside the trough permitting dust-tight or weather-proof operation. This type hanger allows for minimum obstruction of material ow in high capacity conveyors. Available with friction type bearing.

Style 226

Style 216

No. 216 hangers are designed for heavy duty applications. This hanger is ush mounted inside the trough permitting dust tight or weather proof operation. Hard iron or bronze bearings are normally furnished; however, the hanger can be furnished with other bearings.

Style 220

No. 220 hangers are designed for mount on top of the trough anges and may be used where dust-tight or weather proof operation is not required. This type hanger allows for minimum obstruction of material ow in high capacity conveyors. Available with friction type bearing.

Style 230

No. 230 hangers are designed for heavy duty applications where mounting on top of the trough anges is required. Hard iron or bronze bearings are normally furnished; however, other bearings are available.

CONVEYORS H-92

Style 316

No. 316 hangers are designed for heavy duty use in conveyors where abnormal heat requires unequal expansion between the screw and conveyor trough. Hard iron or bronze bearings are normally furnished; however, this hanger can be furnished with other bearings.

Style 326

No. 326 hangers are designed to permit minimum obstruction of material ow and are used in conveyors where abnormal heat requires unequal expansion between the screw and the conveyor trough. Hard iron or bronze bearings are normally furnished, but other type bearings are available.

Hangers
No. 60 hangers are furnished with a heavy duty, permanently lubricated and sealed, self aligning ball bearing which permits temperatures up to 245 F. and will allow for up to 4 shaft misalignment. This hanger is mounted on top of the trough anges. Grease tting can be furnished if specied.

Style 60

Style 70

No. 70 hangers are furnished with a heavy duty, permanently lubricated and sealed, self aligning ball bearing which permit temperatures up to 245 F. and will allow for up to 4 shaft misalignment. This hanger is mounted inside the trough. Grease ttings can be furnished if specied.

Style 30

No. 30 hangers are designed for side mounting within the conveyor trough on the noncarrying side and permit a minimum of obstruction of material ow. Available with friction type bearing.

Style 216F

No. 216F hangers are designed for heavy duty applications and are mounted inside of ared trough. Hard iron or bronze bearings are normally furnished; however, other bearings are available.

Style 19B

The No. 19B hanger is similar in construction to the No. 18B except they are mounted on top of the trough angles. Built-in ledges provide supports for the ends of the cover. They are streamline in design and permit free passage of the material. They are regularly furnished with Arguto oil impregnated wood, hard iron, bronze, or other special caps can be furnished. Air purged hangers are recommended when handling dusty and abrasive materials which contribute to shutdowns and hanger bearing failures. Air-swept hangers are available for 9-24 conveyors. They should not be used when handling hot materials (over 250 F) or wet sticky materials or when handling non abrasive materials when an inexpensive hanger will do the job satisfactorily. In service, air-purged hangers deliver relatively trouble-free operation. They help solve noise nuisance problems, and they help reduce power requirement because of the low coefcient of fraction. Maximum trough loading should not exceed 15%. The air, at approximately 1-1/4 PSI enters the housing at the top, passes over and around the bearing, and is dissipated around the coupling shaft on both sides of the housing. Thus the bearing is protected from dust and the material in the trough at all times. Only 3 to 7 cu. ft. of air per minute is required to keep each hanger bearing clean.
H-93

Air Purged Hanger

CONVEYORS

Hangers
Style 220
No. 220 hangers are designed for mounting on top of the trough anges and may be used where dust-tight or weather proof operation is not required. This type hanger allows for minimum obstruction of material ow in high capacity conveyors. Available with friction type bearing.
Conveyor Diameter Bolts E Pipe Tap 18 M SLOT

4 6

Coupling Size

10 12 14 18 20 24

112 2 2 2716 3 112 2

112

4CH2202

Part Number*

D
3 3

E
1 3

6CH2203

31316 412 618 618 638 638 734 734 734 1058 1218 1218 1312 1312 1612 914 914

312 412 412 412 412 412 5 5 5 5 5 5 6 6 6 6 6

16 16 4 4

4 8 8 8

612 1214 1214 1314 1314 1534 1534 1534 1734 1734 1934 2214 2214 2414 2414 2814 834

10CH2203 10CH2204

9CH2203 9CH2204

4 1 4
1 1 1

8 3 8
3 3 3 1 1

212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 312 312 312 312 312

112 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 3 4 4

934

714

M Slot
5

1312 1312 1412 1412 1712 1712 1712 1912 1912 2112 2412 2412 2612 2612 3012

7 7

16 1116 16 1116 16 1116 16 1516 16 1516 16 1516

16 3 4

Weight Each

5 7

9 11 10 12 16 21 28 26 33 39 41 49 43 51 57

16

2716 3 3 3716 3 3716 3716

12CH2204 12CH2205 12CH2206 16CH2206 14CH2205 14CH2206 18CH2206 18CH2207 20CH2206 20CH2207 24CH2207

8 8 3 8
3 3 1 1 1 1

2 2 2 2 2 2

2 2 1 2
1 1 1 5

2 2 2 8 8 8

2 1 2
1 1 1

8 5 8
5 5 5

11

16 11116 16 11116 16 11116

11

*Refer to Page H-100 for bearings NOTE: For hangers with oil pipe add 0 to part number

11

Style 226
No. 226 hangers are designed for ush mounting inside the trough permitting dust-tight or weatherproof operation. This type hanger allows for minimum obstruction of material ow in high capacity conveyors. Also available with friction type bearing.
Conveyor Diameter Bolts E

Pipe Tap 18 M SLOT

CONVEYORS

4 6

Coupling Size

10 12 14

2 2716 3 3 2716 3

112 2

112 2

112

4CH2262

Part Number*

D
3 3

E
1 3

F
11 3

10CH2263 10CH2264 12CH2264 12CH2265 12CH2266 16CH2266 14CH2265 14CH2266 18CH2266 18CH2267 24CH2267

9CH2263 9CH2264

6CH2263

10 10

358 618 618 638 638 734 734 734 1058 1218 1218 1312 1312 1612 914 914 412

312 412 412 412 412 412 5 5 5 5 5 5 6 6 6 6 6

16 16 4 4

4 8 8 8

11 11 13 13 13

4 1 4
1 1 1

8 3 8
3 3 3 1 1

1 1 1 1

16

212 212 212 212 212

112 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 3 4 4

7 7

16 1116 16 1116 16 1116 16 1516 16 1516 16 1516

16 34

M Slot

Weight Each

5 7

16

18

20 24

3 3716 3 3716 3716

17

15 15 19 19 25

8 8 3 8
3 3 1 1 1 1

2 2 2 2 2 8

2 2 1 2
1 1 1 5

2 2 2 8 8 8

114 114 114 138 138 138 112 112 112 112 158

212 212 212 212 212 212 312 312 312 312 312

10 12 16 21 28 26 33 39 41 49 43 51 57

9 11

20CH2266 20CH2267

21 21

2 1 2
1 1 5

8 5 8
5 5 5

11

16 11116 16 11116 16 11116

11

*Refer to Page H-100 for bearings

H-94

*For hangers with oil pipe add 0 to part number

11

Hangers
Style 216
No. 216 hangers are designed for heavy duty applications. This hanger is ush mounted inside the trough permitting dust tight or weather proof operation. Hard iron or bronze bearings are normally furnished; however, the hanger can be furnished with other bearings.
Conveyor Diameter M SLOT Pipe Tap 18 Bolts E

Coupling Size

10 12 14

112 2 2 2716 3 3 2716 3 3 3716 112 2

112

6CH2163

Part Number*

D
3

E
3

F
3

12CH2164 12CH2165 12CH2166 16CH2166 14CH2165 14CH2166 18CH2166 18CH2167 24CH2167

10CH2163 10CH2164

9CH2163 9CH2164

10 10 13 13 13 17 15 15 19 19 25 11 11

618 618 734 734 734 1058 1312 1312 1612 12 8 1218
1

412 638 638

412 412 412 412 412 5 5 5 5 5 5 6 6 6 6 6

4 1 4
1 1 1

16 4 4

8 3 8
3 3 3 1 1

8 8 8

1 1 1 1

212 212 212 212 212

2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 3 4 4

7 7

16 1116 16 1116 16 1116

M Slot

Weight Each

16

914 914

8 8 3 8
3 3 1 1 1 1

2 2 2 2 2 8

2 2 1 2
1 1 1 5

2 2 2 8 8 8

114 114 114 138 138 138 1 2 112

1

212 212 212 212 212 212 3 2 312

1

16 1516 16 1516 16 1516

8 10

7 9

14 18 21 23 25 34 44 36 47 53 28

20 24

18

3 3716 3716

20CH2166 20CH2167

21 21

2 1 2
1 1 5

8 5 8
5 5 5

11

112 112

*Refer to Page H-100 for bearings

*For hangers with oil pipe add 0 to part number

158

312 312 312

16 11116 16 11116 16 11116

11

11

No. 230 hangers are designed for heavy duty applications where mounting on top of the trough ange is required. Hard iron or bronze bearings are normally furnished; however, other bearings are available.
Conveyor Diameter

Coupling Size

10 12 14 18 20 24

112 2

112 2

112

2 2716 3 3 2716 3 3 3716 3 3716 3716

10CH2303 10CH2304 12CH2304 12CH2305 12CH2306 16CH2306 14CH2305 14CH2306 18CH2306 18CH2307 20CH2306 20CH2307 24CH2307

9CH2303 9CH2304

6CH2303

Part Number*

D
1 1

E
3 3

618 618 638 638 734 734 734 1058 12 8 1218

1

412

412 412 412 412 412 5 5 5 5 5 5 6 6 6 6 6

4 1 4
1 1

4 4 4

8 3 8
3 3 1 1

8 8 8

1214 1214 1314 1314 1534 1534 1534 1734 1734 1934 22 4 2214
1

834

212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 3 2 312
1

2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 3 4 4

1312 1312 1412 1412 1712 1712 1712 1912 1912 2112 24 2 2412
1

934

7 7

16 1116 16 1116 16 1116 16 1516 16 1516 16 1516

M Slot

Weight Each

8 10 9 11 15 20 25 24 29 35 34 47 40 49 55

16

914 914

8 8 3 8
3 3 3 3 3 1

8 8 8 2 2

2 2 1 2
1 1 1 5

2 2 2 8 8 8

1312 1312 1612

2 1 2
1 1 5

8 5 8
5 5 5

11

*Refer to Page H-100 for bearings

*For hangers with oil pipe add 0 to part number

2414 2414 2814

312 312

334

2612 2612 3012

16 11116 16 11116 16 11116

11

11

H-95

CONVEYORS

Style 230

Hangers
Style 316
No. 316 hangers are designed for heavy duty use in conveyors where abnormal heat requires unequal expansion between the screw and conveyor trough. Hard iron or bronze bearings are normally used; however, this hanger can be furnished with other bearings.
Pipe Tap 18

Bolts E

Style 326
No. 326 hangers are designed to permit minimum obstruction of material ow and are used in conveyors where abnormal heat requires unequal expansion between the screw and the conveyor trough. Hard iron or bronze bearings are normally used, but other type bearings are available.

Pipe Tap 18

Bolts E

Part Number Conveyor Diameter Coupling Size Style 316* Style 326* A B C D E F
3

10 12 14

6 9

16 18 20 24

*Refer to Page H-100 for bearings

112 112 2 112 2 2 2716 3 2716 3 3 3 3716 3 3716 3716

6CH3163 9CH3163 9CH3164 10CH3163 10CH3164 12CH3164 12CH3165 12CH3166 14CH3165 14CH3166 16CH3166 18CH3166 18CH3167 20CH3166 20CH3167 24CH3167

6CH3263 9CH3263 9CH3264 10CH3263 10CH3264 12CH3264 12CH3265 12CH3266 14CH3265 14CH3266 16CH3266 18CH3266 18CH3267 20CH3266 20CH3267 24CH3267

*For hangers with oil pipe add 0 to part number

7 10 10 11 11 13 13 13 15 15 17 19 19 21 21 25

412 618 618 638 638 734 734 734 914 914 1058 1218 1218 1312 1312 1612

6 6 6 6 6 612 612 612 612 612 612 612 7 7 7 7

16 16 3 16 3 16 3 16 1 4 1 4 1 4 1 4 1 4 1 4 1 4 1 4 1 4 1 4 1 4
3 3

8 8 3 8 3 8 3 8 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 5 8 5 8 5 8 5 8 5 8
3 3

4 1 1 1 1 114 114 114 138 138 138 158 158 158 158 134

412 412 412 412 412 5 5 5 5 5 5 514 514 514 514 514

2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 3 4 4

CONVEYORS

B - Bolt Size Standard Coupling Drilling Screw Diameter

Air Purged Hanger

Air purged hangers are recommended when handling dusty and abrasive materials which contribute to shut-downs and hanger bearing failures. They should not be used when handling hot materials (over 250F) or wet sticky materials or when handling nonabrasive materials when an inexpensive hanger will do the job satisfactorily. Maximum trough loading should not exceed 15%. The air, at approximately 114 PSI, enters the housing at the top, passes over and around the bearing, and is dissipated around the coupling shaft on both sides of the housing. Only 3 to 7 cu. ft. of air per minute is required to keep each hanger bearing clean.

12 14

H-96

Space required on coupling for hanger. Air supply should be clean and dry.

24

16 18 20

9CHAPH3 9CHAPH4 12CHAPH4 12CHAPH5 12CHAPH6 14CHAPH5 14CHAPH6 16CHAPH6 18CHAPH6 20CHAPH6 20CHAPH7 24CHAPH7

Part Number

Shaft Dia.

112 2 2 2716 3 2716 3 3 3 3 3716 3716

Weight Each

T
1 1

15 20 30 52 68 60 74 77 91 105 140 155

10

13

8 8 1 2
3 3 1 1 5

412 5 5 5 6 6 6

618 714 914

114 114 114 114 134 134 134

114 138 138 158 138 158

15

25

17 19 21

2 8 5 8
5

1058 1218 1312 1612

2 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4

4 4 8

3 1 1

8 2 1 2
1

Dimensions in inches. Weight in pounds.

Hangers
Bolts E C

Style 30
No. 30 hangers are designed for side mounting within the conveyor trough on the non-carrying side and permit a minimum of obstruction of material ow. Available with friction type bearing.
Conveyor Diameter

Coupling Diameter

10 12 14 18

112 2 112 2 2 2716 3 2716 3 3 3716 3 3716 3716 3

112

Part Number*

D
3 3

E
5 3

G
1 1

6CH303

10CH303 10CH304

9CH303 9CH304

312 5 5 512 512

414 638 638 712 712 712 1038 11 8 1178

7

578 578

112 112 112 112 112 112 2 2 2 2 3 2 3 3 2 2

8 1 2
3 1 1

8 8 2

8 3 8
1 1 1 1

16 2 2

318 414 414 438 438 512 512 512 678 678 8 9 9

2 1 2
3 3 3 3

2 4 4

2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 4 3 4 4 3

Weight Each

3 6 8 8 9

12CH304 12CH305 12CH306 14CH305 14CH306 16CH306

612 612 612 812 1012 1012 1212 9 2 912

1

16

712 712

9 9

2 2 1 2
1 1 1 5 3

2 2 8 4 4 4

2 2 1 2
5 5 5 5

8 8 8 8 8 4

4 4 3 4
7

20 24

18CH306 18CH307 20CH306 20CH307 24CH307

1314 1314 1614

4 3 4
3 3 3

8 5 8
5 5 3

8 8

12 18 20 20 22 30 33 32 38 46 32

1014 1014 1234

114 114 112

114 114

*Refer to Page H-100 for bearings NOTE: For hangers with oil pipe add 0 to part number

8 Pipe Tap Bolts E

Style 216F
No. 216F hangers are designed for heavy duty applications and are mounted inside of ared trough. Hard iron or bronze bearings are normally furnished; however, other bearings are available.
Conveyor Diameter Coupling Diameter Part Number* A B C D
3

M Slot

E
3 3

F
7 7

6 9

12 14

16 18

2716 3 3 3 3716

2 2716 3

1 2 2
1

112

12CH216F4 12CH216F5 12CH216F6 16CH216F6 14CH216F5 14CH216F6

9CH216F3 9CH216F4

6CH216F3

14 22 18

7 10 9

4 5 4

16
3 3

16 8

8 8 2 2 2 8 8 8

8 8

212 2 2
1

2 2 3 3 3 2

Weight Each

118 118 118 1 2

1

212 212 212 3 2

1

20 24

3 3716 3716

20CH216F6 20CH216F7 24CH216F7

18CH216F6 18CH216F7

28 34 31

24

1112 1312 1612 12 8

1

11

5 5 5 5

8 8 2 2 2

24 28 32 31 34 38

14 17

7 7

16 34 16 34 16 34 16 34 16 34 16 78 16 78 16 78

M Slot

3 1

1 5

*Refer to Page H-100 for bearings NOTE: For hangers with oil pipe add 0 to part number

40

112 112

312 312

3 4 3 4 4

52 61 55 64 71

9 11

11

11

H-97

CONVEYORS

Hangers
M Slot

Style 60
No. 60 hangers are furnished with a heavy duty, permanently lubricated and sealed, self-aligning ball bearing which permits temperatures up to 245 F. and will allow for up to 4 shaft misalignment. This hanger is mounted on top of the trough anges. Grease tting can be furnished if specied.
Conveyor Diameter Coupling Size Part Number* A B C D
3

Bolts E

E
3

6 9

10 12 14 16 18 20 24

112 2

112 2 2 2716 3

112

2716 3 3 3 3

12CH604 12CH605 12CH606 16CH606 18CH606 20CH606 14CH605 14CH606

10CH603 10CH604

9CH603 9CH604

6CH603

1312 1312 1712 1712 1712 2112 24 2 2612 3012

1

934

412 618 618 638 638 734 734 734 1058 12 8 1312 1612
1

4 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 5 5 6 6 6

1412 1412 1912 1912

4 1 4
1 1 1 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 5

16 4 4 2 2 2 2 2 8

8 3 8
3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 5 5 5

8 8 8 2 2 2 8 8 8

1214 1214 1314 1314 1534 1534 1534 1734 1734 1934 22 4 2414 2814
1

834

11116 11116 134 11116 134 134 16364 21116 16364 21132 21132 2 32 21132
11

2 2 2 2 2 212 212 212 212 212 212 3 2 312

1

Weight Each

7 8 9

7 7 7 7 7 9 9 9 9 9

16 1116 16 1116 16 1116 16 1516 16 1516 16 1516 16 1516 16 1516

M Slot

914 914

8 8 3 8

2 2 1 2

9 10

12 20 30 21 32 35 40 45 58

16 1516 16 1516 9 16 1516

11 11 11

3716

24CH607

*For hangers with oil pipe add 0 to part number

23164

33/4

16 11116 16 11116 16 11116

Style 70
No. 70 hangers are furnished with a heavy duty, permanently lubricated and sealed, self aligning ball bearing which permits temperatures up to 245 F. and will allow for up to 4 shaft misalignment. This hanger is mounted inside the trough. Grease tting can be furnished if specied.
Conveyor Diameter

Bolts E

CONVEYORS

M Slot

6 9

Coupling Size

10

12 14

112 2

112 2

112

2 2716 3 2716 3 3 3 3

12CH704 12CH705 12CH706 16CH706 18CH706 20CH706 14CH705 14CH706

10CH703 10CH704

9CH703 9CH704

6CH703

Part Number*

E
3

F
3

10 10

13 13 13 17 19 21 15 15

11 11

618 618 734 734 734 1058 12 8 1312 1612

1

412 638 638 914 914

412 412 412 412 412 5 5 5 5 5 5 6 6 6

1 1 1 1

8 3 8
3 3 3

8 8 8 2 2 2 8 8 8

4 1 4
1 1 1 3 3 1 1 1 1 1

16 4 4 2 2 2 2 2 8

11116 11116 134 11116 134 134 16364 21132 16364 21132 21132 2 32 21132 21132
11

11/2 134 134 134 134 218 218 218 214 214 214 2 2 212
1

Weight Each

7 8 9

7 7

16 1116 16 1116 16 1516 16 1516 16 1516 16 1116

M Slot

114 114 114 138 138 138

1

2 2 1 2
1 1 1 1 1

8 8 3 8

9 10 12 20 30 21 32 35 40 45 58

7 9

9 9

16 18 20 24

3716

24CH707

*For hangers with oil pipe add 0 to part number

25

1 2 112 158

5 5 5

11 11 11

258

16 11116 16 11116 16 11116

H-98

Hangers
Style 19B
The No. 19-B Hanger is similar in construction to the No. 18-B except they are mounted on top of the trough angles. Built-in ledges provide supports for the ends of the cover. They are streamlined in design and permit free passage of the material.
P = Size of Pipe

Top half is furnished with bronze bearing. Bottom half can be supplied in oil impregnated wood, hard iron, or other special caps may be furnished on request.

H = Size of Bolts

Conveyor Diameter

6 9

Bearing Bore

Part Number

Weight

10 12 14 16 18 20

112 2 112 2 2 2716 3 2716 3 3 3 3716

112

10CH19B3 10CH19B4 12CH19B4 12CH19B5 12CH19B6 14CH19B5 14CH19B6 16CH19B6 18CH19B6 20CH19B7

9CH19B3 9CH19B4

6CH19B3

13 15.5 14

8.5

1312 1312 17 17 1412

978

412 618 618 734 734 914

1

1516 134 134 134 2 234 234 3 3 4

24 24.5 37

638

1 1 1

1214 1214 1314 1534 1534 1734 1934 22 4 2414

1

834

H Bolt
1 1

2 1 2
1

2 2 2 2 2 8 8

612 1012 1012 1212 1212 1212 1412 1414 1612 18 2 20

1

P Pipe
1 1 1 1

912 912

4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

45

48.5

60.0

2114 23 4 2614
3

1914

114 112 134 134 1 8

5

1 1

1 1

1058 12 8 1312

5 5 3

1 1 1

11316

H-99

CONVEYORS

Screw Conveyor Hanger Bearing Selection Application

BEARING MATERIAL MAXIMUM OPERATING TEMP. (F) STYLES AVAILABLE MATERIAL FDA COMPLIANT SELF LUBE SOME SUGGESTED USES COMMENTS

Martin MSB Ertalyte Gatke

300 200 400

220, 216 220, 216 220, 216

Yes Yes

Food Food / Sugar Chemical Ghemical, Cement, Aggregate Liime, Cement, Salt, Gypsum

Engineered PTFE Registered Trademark of Quadrant Engineering Products Fiberglass fabric. Good for higher speeds. Requires Hardened Shaft Requires hardened shaft. Can be noisy. Lubrication required in some applications. Good general purpose. High quality bearings. High load capacity. For dry applications.

Martin HARD IRON

500

220

Yes

CAST HARD IRON

500

220, 216, 19B

WOOD

160

220, 216, 19B

Yes

Grain, Feed, Fertilizer Grain, Feed, Processing Food and Grain Chemical, Handling, Grain, Feed

Martin BRONZE

850

220

Yes

NYLON 101

250

220

Yes

Yes

NYLATRON GS

250

220, 19B

Yes

Very low load capacity.

UHMW

225

220, 216

Yes

Yes

Food

Material USDA approved. Does not swell in water.

STELLITE

1000

220, 216

Chemical, Cement, Aggregate

Requires Stellite insert in shaft.

CONVEYORS

INDUSTRIAL GRADE ENGINEERED NYLON

160

220

Yes

Grain, Feed, Fertilizer

Economical replacement for wood.

WHITE MELAMINE

190

220

Yes

Food

Suitable for repeat use in food contact applications at temps not exceeding 190F.

FOOD GRADE ENGINEERED NYLON

300

220

Yes

Yes

Food, Grain, Fertilizer

For dry application.

BALL BEARING

180

60, 70

Non-abrasive applications General purpose use.

Martin HDPE

200

220

Yes

Yes

Grain, Feed, Chemical Handling

Recommended for non-abrasive applications

CERAMIC 1

1,000

220, 216

Yes

Chemical, Cement, Food Requires hardened shafts.

Martin URETHANE

200

220

YES

Grain, Chemical, Fertilizer Good general purpose.

1 Higher temperature ceramics are available.

H-100

Hanger Bearings
Hanger Type Shaft Diameter Part Number Bearing

216 230 316

112 2

CHB2163* CHB2164* CHB2165* CHB2166* CHB2167*

2716 3

*HHard Iron *WWood *BR Bronze *UUHMW * Oil hole is furnished on hard iron and bronze standard.
Hanger Type Shaft Diameter

3716

*GGatke

*ER Ertalyte

*CCeramic

* StStellite
Bearing

* UR - Urethane

Part Number

220 226 326 30

112 2

CHB2203* CHB2204* CHB2205* CHB2206* CHB2207*

2716 3

*H Cast Hard Iron with oil hole MHI *MBR

3716

Hard iron (oil impregnated) Bronze (oil impregnated)

*W Wood

*U UHMW
Shaft Diameter

*MCB Melamine (Furnished Less Flanges) *UR Urethane

*N Nylatron

*P HDPE

* MSB-PTFE 1-1/2" through 2-7/16"

Bearing

*C Ceramic

*GGatke

*WN White Nylon

*ER Ertalyte

Hanger Type

Part Number

60 70

Ball Bearing Ball Bearing

2716 3

CHB604 CHB605 CHB606 CHB607

Note: New style bearings are available with slinger shield one side.
Hanger Type Shaft Diameter

3716

Part Number

Bearing

18B 19B

112 2

CHB18B3*

2716 3

CHB18B5*

CHB18B4*

*WWood

Ertalyte is a Registered Trademark of Quadrant Engineering Plastic Products

Note: Furnished as bottom cap only

*HHard Iron

*NNylatron

3716

*GGatke

CHB18B7*

CHB18B6*

H-101

CONVEYORS

112

CHB603

Trough Covers
Trough Cover
Conveyor Diameter 14 TCP Type TCP Plain TCS Semi Flanged TCF Flanged TCH Hip Roof TSC Shroud 14 -12 Length of Cover Cover Thickness 16 16 GA. 14 14 GA. 12 12 GA 10 10 GA.

It is the responsibility of the contractor, installer, owner and user to install, maintain and operate the conveyor components and conveyor assemblies manufactured and supplied by Martin in such a manner as to comply with the Williams-Steiger Occupational Safety and Health Act and with all state and local laws and ordinances and the American National Standard Institute Safety Code.

Flanged Covers

Most commonly used. Can be supplied with gaskets and butt straps for dust tight applications. Semi-anged must be furnished if spring clamps are used.

Flat Covers

Usually used only to cover conveyor for safety.

Flared Trough Covers

Usually anged type and heavier gauges because of span.

Hip Roof Covers

Hip roof covers are similar to conventional anged covers except they are peaked slightly to form a ridge along the center of the cover. A welded end plate closes the peaked section at each end of the trough while intermediate joints are usually buttstrap connected. Hip roof covers are usually recommended for outdoor installations to prevent accumulation of moisture. They are also often used in applications where a more rigid cover is required.

CONVEYORS

Shroud Covers

Used to approximate tubular cross section for inclined or feeder applications.

Domed Covers

Domed covers are half circle domes rolled to the same inside diameter as the trough bottom and are anged for bolting to the trough top rails. They are used where venting of fumes or heat from the material being conveyed is required. End sections have a welded end plate and intermediate joints are buttstrap connected. Vent pipes or suction lines can be attached to the cover. Shrouds are used in trough sections of screw feeders to decrease the clearance between the cover and feeder screw to obtain proper feed regulation. Lengths are sufcient to prevent ushing of the majority of materials being handled and gauges are proportioned to trough size and gauge.

Feeder Shrouds H-102

Trough Cover
Plain Cover

Semi-anged Cover

All conveyor troughs should have some type of cover not only to keep material inside the trough and to protect material in the trough from outside elements, but trough denitely should be covered as a safety measure, preventing injuries by keeping workers clear of the moving parts inside the conveyor trough. See H-123, Safety.

Flanged Cover

Type 1

Type 2

Type 3

Hip Roof Cover

dXgK

End Trough Cover Type 1

Intermediate Trough Cover Type 2

End Trough Cover Type 3

Plain Cover Conveyor Diameter Part Number

Plain Semi-Flanged Cover Wt. Per Ft. Thickness Ga. Wt. Per Ft.

Flanged Cover

Hip Roof Cover

Thickness Ga.

Part Number

Part Number

Thickness Ga.

Wt. Per Ft.

Part Number

Thickness Ga.

Wt. Per Ft.

4 * 6 * * * 9

4TCP16 6TCP16 9TCP14

16 16 14

1.5 2.0 3.5

10 12 14 16 18 20 24 ** ** ** ** ** **

10TCP14 12TCP14 14TCP14 16TCP14 18TCP12 20TCP12 24TCP12

14 14 14 14 12 12 12

3.8 4.6 5.1 5.6 8.9 9.7 11.1

1438 1712 1912 2112 2412 2612 3012

12TCS14 12TCS12 12TCS10 14TCS14 14TCS12 14TCS10 16TCS14 16TCS12 16TCS10 18TCS12 18TCS10 20TCS12 20TCS10 24TCS12 24TCS10

10TCS14 10TCS12 10TCS10

14 12 10 14 12 10 14 12 10 14 12 10 12 10 12 10 12 10

5.1 7.1 9.0 6.1 8.5 10.8 5.6 7.8 9.9

4.4 6.1 7.8

1438 1738 1938 2138 2412 2612 3012

12TCF14 12TCF12 12TCF10 14TCF14 14TCF12 14TCF10 16TCF14 16TCF12 16TCF10 18TCF14 18TCF12 18TCF10 20TCF14 20TCF12 20TCF10

10TCF16 10TCF14 10TCF12 10TCF10

16 14 12 10 14 12 10 14 12 10 14 12 10 14 12 10 14 12 10 14 12 10

4.9 6.9 8.8 5.9 8.3 10.6 6.7 9.4 12.1 7.2 10.1 13.1 8.3 11.6 14.9 5.4 7.6 9.7

3.4 4.2 5.9 7.6

15 18 1978 2178 25 27 31

10TCH16 10TCH14 12TCH14 12TCH12

16 14 14 12

3.5 4.3 5.0 7.1

15 18 1978 2178 25 27 31

14TCH14 14TCH12 16TCH14 16TCH12

14 12 14 12

5.5 7.7 6.1 8.5

9.6 12.3

10.3 13.3 11.8 15.1

18TCH14 18TCH12 20TCH14 20TCH12 24TCH14 24TCH12

14 12 14 12 14 12

For average applications where dust connement is not a problem, 2-0 centers or 10 fasteners per 10-0 section are generally satisfactory. For commercially dust tight 1-0 centers or 20 fasteners per 10-0 section are suggested. Standard gauge *L Standard lengths are 5-0 & 10-0 **L Standard lengths are 5, 6, 10 & 12-0

24TCF14 24TCF12 24TCF10

7.4 10.4 8.4 11.8

6.8 9.5

H-103

CONVEYORS

1338

934

9TCS14 9TCS12 9TCS10

6TCS16 6TCS14

4TCS16 4TCS14

16 14 16 14 14 12 10

2.1 2.6

4.1 5.7 7.3

2.3 3.8

1338

934

714

4TCF16 4TCF14 9TCF16 9TCF14 9TCF12 9TCF10 6TCF16 6TCF14

16 14 16 14 16 14 12 10

1.9 2.4 3.2 3.9 5.5 7.1 2.1 2.6

1038 14

838

4TCH16 4TCH14 6TCH16 6TCH14 9TCH16 9TCH14

16 14 16 14 16 14

2.0 2.5 2.3 2.8 3.3 4.1

1038 14

838

Cover Accessories
Flanged Conveyor Inlets
The two styles of anged conveyor inlets are designed for either bolting or welding to at or anged conveyor trough cover. The inlet size and bolt arrangement is the same as the standard conveyor discharge spout.
Fixed Type Detachable Type

L Bolts C Weight B Fixed Inlet Detachable Inlet Fixed Inlet

3 11 1

Part Number Conveyor Diameter Fixed Inlet Detachable Inlet

E Detachable Inlet
3 1 1 7 7 11

K
3 3 3 3 3 3 3

L
1 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 1

9 10 12 14 16 18 20 24

4 6

9CIF 10CIF 12CIF 14CIF 16CIF 18CIF 20CIF 24CIF

4CIF 6CIF

9CID 10CID 12CID 14CID 16CID 18CID 20CID 24CID

4CID 6CID

12.1 13.7 15.8 29.0 31.8 37.2

6.8 7.4

1.8 5.0

10 11 13 15 17 19 21 25

5 7

13 1414 1714 1914 2114 2414 2614 3014

712 10

13 1414 1714 1914 2114 2414 2614 3014

712 10

8 16 2 2 4 4 4

8 16 2 2 8 8

214 21316 4 4516 518 312 478 558 334 4716

1 3 3 3

312 4 438 434 558

4 438 514 312 4 438 434 512

214 3

112 112 2 212 212 212 2 2

114 112

16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16

4 8 8 8 8 8 8 2 2 2

1 1 1

7 8 118

118 118

3 3 3

Spring Clamps are used to attach plain and semi-anged covers to trough. These clamps are normally riveted to the trough ange and will pivot to allow removal of cover.
Spring Clamp E Clamp No. A
5

Spring Clamps

B
3

C
1

J
9

Wt.

SPC1

16

16

134

138

118

32

.38
Spring Clamps

Spring Clamps with cover brackets are designed to attach to the top side of semi-anged and plain covers.
Spring Clamp with Cover Bracket

Spring Clamps with Cover Bracket

CONVEYORS

Clamp No.

A
11

B
3

C
3

F
3

G
7

H
3

Wt.

SPCA1

16

16

114

1316

114

.50
Spring Clamps with Brackets

Screw Clamps are a simple and effective means of attaching anged or at covers to trough. Screw Clamps available in mild steel, stainless steel and zinc plated.
Screw Clamp D Clamp No. A B C E
5

Screw Clamps

F
3

G
5

Wt.

CSC2

214

1316

114

16

.42

Screw Clamps

Cover Gaskets
Red Rubber Conv. Dia. Sponge Rubber *White Rubber

Toggle Clamps
Size

H-104

* FDA Approved

18, 20, 24

12, 14, 16

9,10

4.6

RR125 1 8 X 114
Size

RR150 1 8 X 112

RR250 1 8 X 212

RR200 1 8 X 2

SP100 1 8 X 1

SP75 1 8 X 34
Size

WN125 1 8 X 114

SP200 1 8 X 2

SP150 1 8 X 112

WN150 1 8 X 112

Quick acting toggle clamps are used to attach covers for quick accessibility. Normally this type clamp is attached by welding the front or top of clamp to the trough and can be adjusted to t all sizes of trough, while allowing 90 to clear working area.
Conveyor Part Number No. Required per 10 Section A B C D E F
5

WN250 1 8 X 212

WN250 1 8 X 2

G
5

424

QTC

6 to 8

71316 21516 12532

114

16

8
Toggle Clamps

Feeder Shrouds

Feeder Shrouds
Shrouds are used in trough sections of screw feeders to decrease the clearance between the cover and feeder screw to obtain proper feed regulation. Lengths are sufcient to prevent ushing of the majority of materials being handled and gauges are proportioned to trough size and gauge.

S = Spaces at E inches BOLTS - T

Flared trough

U-trough

Part No. Screw Diameter Inches U Flared Shroud Thickness A U

B C Flared D E U

F L Flared
5 3 3 7 7 7 7 1

T
1 5 5

4 6 9 10 12 14 16 18 20 24

4TFS14 6TFS14 9TFS14 10TFS14 12TFS12 14TFS12 16TFS12 18TFS12 20TFS10 24TFS10 24TFS7 20TFS7 18TFS7 16TFS7 14TFS7 12TFS7 10TFS7 9TFS7 6TFS12

4FFS14 6FFS14 9FFS14 10FFS14 12FFS12 14FFS12 16FFS12 18FFS12 20FFS10 24FFS10 24FFS7 20FFS7 18FFS7 16FFS7 14FFS7 12FFS7 10FFS7 9FFS7 6FFS12

14 Ga. 14 Ga. 12 Ga. 14 Ga. 14 Ga. 12 Ga. 12 Ga. 12 Ga. 12 Ga. 10 Ga. 10 Ga.
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

5 7 10 7

358 4 2 6 8 618 638 7 4 914 10 8 1218 13 2 1612 1612 1312

1 1

16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16

10

11 13 15 17 19 21 25

11 13 15 17 19 21 25

638 734 914

5 3

212 212 3 3 312

18 22 22 28 28 34 34 40 40 24 24 31 31

5 5 7 7 9 9

8 8 8

1 1 1 1 1 1 138 118 1 8 138 138 138

3

20 20 24 24 28 28 32 32

18

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8

2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 5 5

10 10 11 11 11 2 1112 1218 1218 13 2 1312 1612 1612

1 1

6 6 8 8 8 8 8 8

1 8 118 118 118

1

1058 1218

4 4 4 4 4 4

312

1 8 118 138 138

3

412 412

36 36 40 40 48 48

1 8 138 138 138

H-105

CONVEYORS

412

7 7 9

3 3 3

14 14 18

6 6 6

8 4 4 8

3 3 3

4 4 4

12 12 18

16 16 8

1 1 1 2

Conveyor Shrouds
Conveyor Shrouds
Conveyor shroud covers are used to form a tubular cross section within the conveyor trough. This arrangement gives the features of a tubular housing while allowing removal of the shroud for easy access and cleaning. Flat or anged covers can be used over the shroud cover when it is objectionable for the recess in the shroud to be exposed to dust or weather. Various types of shrouds are furnished to t various applications. These types are described below.

Type 1 Shroud cover has anged sides over top rail and anged ends at both ends. This type is used when shroud is full length of trough or between hangers.

Type 1

Type 2 Shroud cover has anged sides over top rails and anged ends on one end over trough end; other end is plain. This type shroud is used at an inlet opening or next to a hanger at the plain end.

Type 2

CONVEYORS
Type 3 Shroud cover has anged sides over top rail and both ends closed and no anges over ends. This type shroud is used between hangers.

Type 3

Type 4 Shroud cover has no anges at sides or ends. Bolt holes are provided along sides, for bolting through side of trough. This allows ush mounting with top of trough and a cover may be used over the shroud. This shroud is used mostly for short lengths when installed ahead of an inlet opening.

Type 4

H-106

Special Features
SECTION IV
SPECIAL FEATURES SECTION IV

Covers ....................................................................................................................................H-108

Trough Ends ...........................................................................................................................H-109 Conveyor Screws ....................................................................................................................H-113

Trough .....................................................................................................................................H-110 Discharges ..............................................................................................................................H-118

Inlets........................................................................................................................................H-119

The information presented in this section gives descriptions and functions of the most commonly used special features available in the design of conveyor systems.

Special Features

These special features will greatly broaden the range of uses for screw conveyor when added to the many standard features available. Standard features and components are always more desirable and practical in the design of a screw conveyor system; however, one or more of these special features may sometimes be required in special applications for a workable or more efcient system.

H-107

CONVEYORS

Covers
OVERFLOW COVER sections are used as a safety relief to handle overow over the discharge in cases where the discharge may become plugged. It is a short section of anged or at cover hinged across the width to the adjoining cover. The cover is not attached to the trough in order that it can be raised by pressure from within the trough.

SHROUD COVERS are designed to t inside a standard conveyor trough of a Screw Feeder or inclined conveyor, and create a tubular trough effect. This cover has an advantage over tubular trough in that ease of access is combined with the convenience of using standard hangers and accessories. An additional at cover may be required over the shroud to prevent accumulation of dust or water in the recessed portion of the shroud cover.

EXPANDED METAL COVERS can be furnished where cover is required for safety but constant visual inspection is required. STANDARD COVERS of any design can be furnished in heavier gauges, when needed to support weight.

DOME COVERS are half circle domes rolled to the same inside diameter as the trough bottom and are anged for bolting to the trough top rails. They are used where venting of fumes or heat from the material being conveyed is required. End sections have a welded end plate and intermediate joints are buttstrap connected. Vent pipes or suction lines can be attached to the DUST SEAL COVERS are anged down on all four sides to match channel sections fabricated on the sides, ends, and cross channels of special dust seal troughs. The length of the cover should not exceed one-half the length of the trough section. HINGED COVERS may be constructed from conventional at covers or most special covers. They are equipped with a hinge on one side for attaching to the trough and are bolted or clamped to the trough on the other side. Hinged covers are used in applications where it is not desirable to have a loose cover, such as in high areas above walkways where the cover might fall. HIP ROOF COVERS are similar to conventional anged covers except they are peaked slightly to form a ridge along the center of the cover. A welded end plate closes the peaked section at each end of the trough while intermediate joints are usually buttstrap connected. Hip roof covers are usually recommended for outdoor installations to prevent accumulation of moisture. They are also often used in applications where a more rigid cover is required.

CONVEYORS H-108

Trough Ends

SHELF-TYPE TROUGH ENDS are furnished with outboard bearing pedestals for mounting pillow block bearings. The bearings are mounted away from the trough end plate allowing ample room to protect the bearing when handling abrasive or hot materials. This arrangement allows the use of most any type shaft seal desired. Either one or two bearings can be used.

BLIND TROUGH ENDS are used on the tail end (normally the inlet end) of a conveyor, when sealing the end shaft is extremely difcult. A hanger is used inside the trough to support the tail shaft without the shaft projecting through the trough end.

A blind trough end plate can also be furnished with a dead shaft welded to the end plate. For this type the screw is bushed with an antifriction bearing to carry the radial load of the screw. When required, a grease tting can be furnished through the dead shaft for lubricating the bearing.

H-109

CONVEYORS

Trough
WIDE CLEARANCE TROUGH is of conventional construction except with a wider clearance between the outside of the conveyor screw and the inside of the trough. This type trough is used when it is desirable to form a layer of conveyed material in the trough. The material thus moves on itself, protecting the trough from undue wear. By using a wide clearance or oversize trough, a greater capacity than using a standard conveyor screw can be obtained for some materials that travel as a mass. When wide clearance trough is required, it is more economical to use a standard conveyor screw and the next larger size standard

BULK HEAD is a plate or bafe shaped to the contour of the inside of the trough and is normally welded or bolted six to twelve inches from the trough end. The bulk head protects the end bearing and drive unit from heat while handling hot materials, when the pocket formed is lled with packing or insulation. The bulk head can be used in the same manner to prevent damage to seals and bearings when handling extremely abrasive materials. EXPANSION JOINT is a connection within a length of trough to allow for expansion caused by hot materials being conveyed. The expansion joint is constructed with bolts fastened in slots to allow for expansion or with a telescoping type slip joint. The number of joints and amount of expansion will depend on the application.

PERFORATED BOTTOM TROUGH is equipped with a perforated bottom, and is used as a screening operation or drain section when liquids are present in the conveyed material. The size of the perforations in the trough will vary depending on the material and application. RECTANGULAR TROUGH is made with a at bottom and can be formed from a single sheet or with sides and bottom of separate pieces. This type trough is frequently used in handling abrasive materials capable of forming a layer of material on the bottom of the trough. The material thus moves on itself, protecting the trough from undue wear. Also in handling hot materials, the material will form its own internal insulation with this type trough.

CONVEYORS H-110

TAPERED BOTTOM TROUGH is used to prevent a dead space in the trough at the small end of a tapered conveyor screw. With some materials the tapered trough is necessary to prevent bridging in the trough, or contamination of the material. TUBULAR TROUGH is furnished in either solid tube construction or split tube construction with anges for bolting or clamping the two halves together. This trough is a complete tube enclosure and is used for weather-tight applications, for loading to full cross sections, and for inclined or vertical applications where fall back necessitates the housing to operate at a full loading.
*Conveyors shown without cover for illustration purposes only. Please follow manufacturing safety guidelines when operating conveyors.

Trough
CLOSE CLEARANCE TROUGH is of conventional construction except with a closer clearance between the outside of the conveyor screw and the inside of the trough. This type trough leaves less material in the trough and is often used when a greater clean-out of conveyed material is required. This type trough also minimizes fall back of certain materials in an inclined conveyor.

E OS CL

DROP BOTTOM TROUGH is equipped with either a bolted or clamped and completely removable drop bottom, or hinged on one side with bolts or clamps on the opposite side. This design offers ease in cleaning of the trough and screw conveyor, and is often used when handling food products where internal inspection and cleaning of the screw conveyor is necessary. DUST SEAL TROUGH (Sometimes referred to as SAND SEAL TROUGH) has Z-bar top anges and formed channel cross members making a continuous channel pocket around the top of the trough into which a special anged cover is set. The channel is lled with sand or dust of the product being conveyed, thus creating an effective seal against the escape of dust from within the conveyor. CHANNEL SIDE TROUGH is made with separate detachable trough bottoms, bolted or clamped to formed or rolled steel channels. The channels may be of any reasonable length to span widely spaced supports. This type of trough is occasionally used for easy replacement of trough bottoms, and to facilitate repairs when conveyor screw and hangers are not accessible from the top. The channel side trough can also be used without a bottom for lling bins and hoppers. HIGH SIDE TROUGH is of conventional construction except that the trough sides extend higher than standard from the center line to the top of the trough. This type trough is frequently used in conveying materials which mat together and travel as a mass on top of the conveyor screw. High side trough will conne this type material in the trough, but still affords the necessary expansion room. JACKETED TROUGH consists of a formed jacket continuously welded to the trough. This type trough is widely used for heating, drying or cooling of materials. Pipe connections are provided for supply and discharge of the heating or cooling media. Special construction must be provided for higher pressures.
*Conveyors shown without cover for illustration purposes only. Please follow manufacturing safety guidelines when operating conveyors.

H-111

CONVEYORS

Trough

HOLD DOWN ANGLES are used to hold the conveyor screw in the trough when the conveyor is operated without intermediate hangers or when chunks of material may tend to ride under the conveyor screw and push it up. The angle is constructed of formed or regular angle iron and is attached to one side of the full length of trough far enough above the conveyor screw to allow approximately one-half inch clearance between the bottom angle and the conveyor screw.

SCREW ROTATION

INSULATED CONVEYOR TROUGH is used when handling hot or cold materials. There are many types of insulation materials and arrangements that can be used.

CONVEYORS

RIDER BARS are at bars one to one and one-half inches in width running part of length or full length of the trough. Two or four bars are normally used and are spaced an equal distance apart along the curved bottom of the trough. The bars are used to support the conveyor screw to prevent wear on the trough when internal hanger bearings are not used. Rider bars are sometimes referred to as Riing Bars when they are used to assist in conveying materials that tend to stick to the conveyor screw and rotate with it.

SADDLE TYPE WEAR PLATES are plates curved to the contour of the inside of the trough and of slightly less thickness than the clearance between the conveyor screw and trough. The plates are made in lengths of approximately one and one-half times the pitch of the conveyor screw and are normally spaced at intervals equal to the distance between hangers. They are used to support the conveyor screw to prevent damage to the trough when internal hanger bearings are not used. STRIKE OFF PLATE (Shroud Bafe) is a single plate bolted vertically to the upper portion of the trough and is cut out to the contour of the screw. This plate is used to regulate the ow of material from an inlet by preventing ooding across the top of the conveyor screw.

H-112

*Conveyors shown without cover for illustration purposes only. Please follow manufacturing safety guidelines when operating conveyors.

Conveyor Screws

SPLIT FLIGHT COUPLINGS permit installation or removal of individual sections of conveyor screw without disturbing adjoining sections. When they are installed on both sides of each hanger, sections of screw can be removed without disturbing the hangers. These must be furnished complete with matching shafts.

WEAR FLIGHTS, or wearing shoes, attached with countersunk bolts to the carrying side of conveyor screw ights are used for handling highly abrasive materials and are easily replaceable.

QUICK DETACHABLE KEY CONVEYOR SCREW is designed for easy removal from the conveyor trough. Each section of screw is provided with a removable key located at one end of the pipe. By removing this key, a conveyor screw section and coupling with a hanger can be quickly removed without disturbing other components.

Width of Application Chart

Screw Diameter

6 9 12 14 16 18 20 24

Standard Width of Application

1 112 2 2 212 212 3 3

NOTE: Weld-on type normally 116 thick.

HARD SURFACED FLIGHTS sometimes called abrasive resistant conveyors can be furnished using one of many hardsurfacing processes. The hard surfaced area is normally an outer portion of the face of the ight on the carrying side of the conveyor screw. This process is applied to the conveyor screw to resist wear when handling highly abrasive materials.

Helicoid

Sectional

H-113

CONVEYORS

Conveyor Screws

SHORT PITCH CONVEYOR SCREWS are of regular construction except that the pitch of the ights is reduced. They are recommended for use in inclined conveyors of 20 degrees slope and over, and are extensively used as feeder screws, and for controlling cross sectional loading in the balance of a conveyor when short pitch is used at the inlet opening.

TAPERING FLIGHT CONVEYOR SCREWS are frequently used as feeder screws for handling friable lumpy material from bins or hoppers and also to draw the material uniformly from the entire length of the feed opening.

STEPPED DIAMETER CONVEYOR SCREWS consist of ights of different diameters, each with its regular pitch, mounted in tandem on one pipe or shaft. They are frequently used as feeder screws, with the smaller diameter located under bins or hoppers to regulate the ow of material.

CONVEYORS

STEPPED PITCH CONVEYOR SCREWS are screws with succeeding single or groups of ights increasing in pitch and are used as feeder screws to draw free-owing materials uniformly from the entire length of the feed opening.

CONE SCREW to withdraw material evenly from a hopper or bin. Constant pitch reduces bridging. Requires less start-up horsepower.

H-114

Conveyor Screws

DOUBLE FLIGHT CONVEYOR SCREWS of regular pitch promote a smooth gentle ow and discharge of certain materials. Double ight can be used at hanger points only, for smooth ow past hangers.

DOUBLE FLIGHT SHORT PITCH CONVEYOR SCREWS assure more accurate regulation of feed and ow in screw feeders and effectively deter ushing action of uid materials.

BREAKER PINS. The breaker pin is a rod approximately the same in length as the diameter of the conveyor screw and is inserted through the diameter of the pipe over the discharge to help break up lump materials.

CONTINUOUS WELDING of the conveyor screw ight to the pipe can be furnished with welding one side or both sides. This welding is added to prevent stripping of ight from the pipe under extreme loads. The continuous welding can also be added to ll the slight crack between the ight and pipe for sanitary purposes.

H-115

CONVEYORS

MULTIPLE RIBBON FLIGHT CONVEYOR SCREWS. This type of screw consists of two or more ribbon ights of different diameters and opposite hand, mounted one within the other on the same pipe or shaft by rigid supporting lugs. Material is moved forward by one ight and backward by the other, thereby inducing positive and thorough mixing. (Made per customer specications.)

Conveyor Screws

BEARING SHOES (Nylon, Teon, Brass, and other bearing type materials.) Bearing shoes are used in place of internal bearings and are bolted to the conveyor screw. They are made from bearing type material, and when attached to the conveyor screw ight, the bearing shoe projects beyond the outer edge of ighting and rotates with the screw thereby preventing metal to metal contact between the conveyor screw and the trough. The bearing shoes extend around the helix slightly more than one pitch and are spaced along the screw at approximately the same intervals as internal bearings.

External Sleeves

Bolt Pads

EXTERNAL SLEEVES OR BOLT PADS are added to the outside diameter of conveyor screw pipe at the end where the couplings are attached to reinforce the pipe at the bolt area.

CONVEYORS
KICKER BARS are at bars projecting from the conveyor screw pipe extending to the outside diameter of the screw over the discharge spout and are used to assist the discharge of materials. MULTIPLE HOLE DRILLING of the conveyor screw pipe and shafts will increase the torque rating of the bolted sections.

H-116

Conveyor Screws

OPPOSITE HAND FLIGHTS are short sections (approximately one-half pitch) of ight added to the conveyor screw beyond the discharge point and are the opposite hand of the rest of the screw. This ight opposes the ow of material that tends to carry past the discharge spout and pack at the end plate and forces the material back to the spout for discharge.

ODD DIAMETER CONVEYOR SCREW is of conventional construction except oversize or undersize in diameter. This type conveyor screw is used to provide a close clearance or wide clearance between the screw and trough and enable the use of standard component parts.
DISC

CLOSE COUPLED CONVEYOR SCREW. This type screw forms a continuous helix when two or more conveyor screws are close coupled by drilling the shaft of each to align the connecting ight.

ROTARY JOINTS FOR COOLING AND HEATING are attached to one or both end shafts to provide a ow of heating or cooling media through the conveyor screw pipe.

H-117

CONVEYORS

END DISC ON CONVEYOR SCREW. This disc is welded ush with the end of the conveyor screw pipe and is the same diameter as the screw. It rotates with the conveyor screw and assists in relieving the thrust of the conveyed material against the end plate shaft seal.

Discharges
ANGULAR DISCHARGES can be furnished when necessary for certain applications. This type discharge is normally used on inclined conveyors when it is necessary that the discharge be parallel to ground level, or at other times when material must be discharged to one side.

LONGER THAN STANDARD DISCHARGE SPOUTS are approximately one and one-half times the length of the standard discharge spouts. This discharge is used with materials hard to discharge due to the material trying to convey past the discharge opening. This discharge is also used when operating high speed conveyors. ROUND DISCHARGE SPOUTS are furnished where required for attaching tubular attachments, or when one conveyor discharges into another conveyor at an angle other than a right angle. By using a round discharge and round inlet the connection is easily made. FLUSH END DISCHARGE SPOUTS are furnished with a special trough end plate constructed on trough end side of the spout. This type spout offers a complete discharge without a ledge at the end plate for material build up. It is used primarily in handling food products, where infestation may occur.

CONVEYORS H-118

AIR OPERATED FLAT SLIDE GATES are similar in action and purpose to rack and pinion gates. The gate movement is accomplished by an air cylinder. These gates are usually employed when remote control and automatic operation is desired.

LEVER OPERATED GATES are a modication of standard slide discharges with a lever attached for opening and closing the gates. This attachment provides a leverage for ease of operation and a convenient means for quick opening and closing.

ENCLOSED DUST-TIGHT OR WEATHER-PROOF rack and pinion discharge spouts can be furnished in either at or curved slide and are similar in construction to conventional rack and pinion slide gates except that the slide, rack, and pinion are fully enclosed in a housing.

Discharges and Inlets

AIR OPERATED CURVED SLIDE GATES are similar to standard rack and pinion gates except they are operated with an air cylinder. The air operated gate is usually used for remote control and automatic operation. These gates can also be furnished in dusttight or weather-proof construction with the cylinder and gate fully enclosed in the housing. CUSHION CHAMBER INLETS (DEAD BED INLETS) serve the same purpose as the deector plate inlet, but are constructed with a ledge that forms a cushion for materials fed into the conveyor.

SIDE INLETS are equipped with a gate to furnish a means of regulating or stopping the inlet ow to relieve the conveyor screw from excessive material pressures. When using the side inlet, the screw rotation should be toward the inlet opening to assure a constant ow rate.

HAND SLIDE INLET GATES are normally used when multiple inlets are required. These inlets must be adjusted or closed manually to assure proper feed to the conveyor.

ROUND INLET SPOUTS are used for tubular attachments or when connecting the discharge of one conveyor to the inlet of another at other than a right angle. This type connection is easily made with round discharges and inlets. DEFLECTOR PLATE INLETS are used when materials fall vertically into the inlet creating the possibility of impact damage or abrasion to the conveyor screw. The rectangular inlet is equipped with deector plates, or bafes, that dampen the impact of the material in order to feed the conveyor more gently.

HANGER POCKETS are used with tubular trough, mounted on top of the tubular trough at hanger bearing points. The hanger pocket forms a U-shape section for a short length, allowing the use of standard conveyor hangers and providing easy access to the hanger.

H-119

CONVEYORS

Installation & Maintenance

Installation and Erection......................................................................................................... H-120 Operation and Maintenance................................................................................................... H-121 Hazardous Operations ........................................................................................................... H-121 Warning & Safety Reminder................................................................................................... H-122

INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE SECTION V

All standard screw conveyor components are manufactured in conformity with Industry Standards. Special components are usually designed and manufactured to the particular job specications. Screw conveyors may be ordered either as complete units or by individual components. Complete units are normally shop assembled and then match marked and disassembled for shipment and eld re-assembly. When components only are ordered, shipment is made as ordered, and these components must be sorted out and aligned in eld assembly. Because shop assembled screw conveyors are pre-aligned and match marked at the factory, they are easier to assemble in the eld and require the minimum installation time. When individual components are ordered, more careful alignment and assembly are required. More time is required for eld installation. Assembly bolts are not included with parts orders but are included with preassembled units. Caution: All Martin Conveyors must be assembled and maintained in accordance with this section. Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious personal injury or property damage.

SECTION V General

Installation
Receiving
Check all assemblies or parts with shipping papers and inspect for damage. Specically check for dented or bent trough, bent anges, bent ighting, bent pipe or hangers or damaged bearings. If any components are severely damaged in shipment, claims should be led immediately with the carrier. NOTE: Handle Carefully! Fork lifts should have spreader bars to lift max. 24 lengths of assembled conveyors. Lift points should not exceed 10 - 12 feet. For shop assembled conveyors, units are match marked and shipped in longest sections practical for shipment. Field assembly can be accomplished by connecting match marked joints, and in accordance with packing list, and/or drawing if applicable. In eld erection, the mounting surfaces for supporting the conveyor must be level and true so there is no distortion in the conveyor. Shims or grout should be used when required. Check for straightness as assembly is made. For conveyor assemblies purchased as parts or merchandise, assemble as follows: Place conveyor troughs in proper sequence with inlet and discharge spout properly located. Connect the trough anges loosely. Do not tighten bolts. Align the trough bottom center-lines perfectly using piano wire (or equivalent) then tighten ange bolts. Tighten all anchor bolts.

Erection

CONVEYORS

Piano Wire Stretch Tight

Angle Clip

Assembly of conveyor screws should always begin at the thrust end. If the unit does not require a thrust unit, assembly should begin at the drive end. If a thrust end is designated, assemble trough end and thrust bearing. Insert the end, or drive shaft, in the end bearing. Do not tighten set screws until conveyor assembly is completed. Place the rst screw section in the trough, slipping the end, or drive shaft, into the pipe end. Secure tightly with coupling bolts. Install so that conveyor end lugs are opposite the carrying side of the ight. Place a coupling shaft into the opposite end of conveyor pipe. Tighten coupling bolts. Insert coupling shaft into hanger bearing and clamp hanger to trough. Assemble alternately, conveyor screws, couplings and hangers until all screws are installed.

Trough Joint

H-120

Installation & Maintenance

1) With Hangers: Assemble screw section so that ighting at each end is approximately 180 from ends of ighting of adjacent sections. Also, adjust conveyor screw and thrust unit so that hangers are equally spaced between adjacent screws. 2) Without Hangers: (close coupled) Assemble screws so that ighting at adjoining ends of screw sections align to produce a continuous helix surface. (Note coupling holes have been drilled in assembly to allow for ight alignment.) Remove hanger clamps and bolt hanger to trough with the bearing centered between conveyor screws. Install trough covers in proper sequence. Properly locate inlet openings. Handle covers with reasonable care to avoid warping or bending. Attach covers to trough with fasteners provided. Install drive at proper location and in accordance with separate instructions or drawing provided. Check screw rotation for proper direction of material travel after electrical connections have been made but before attempting to handle material. Incorrect screw rotation can result in serious damage to the conveyor and to related conveying and drive equipment. If necessary, reconnect electrical leads to reverse rotation of conveyor and direction of material ow. Lubricate all bearings and drives per service instructions. Gear reducers are normally shipped without lubricant. Refer to service instructions for lubrication. In start-up of the conveyor, operate several hours empty as a break in period. Observe for bearing heat up, unusual noises or drive misalignment. Should any of these occur, check the following and take necessary corrective steps. (Non-lubricated hanger bearings may cause some noise.) 1) When anti-friction bearings are used, check for proper lubrication. Insufcient or excess lubricant will cause high operating temperatures. 2) Misalignment of trough ends, screws, hangers and trough end can cause excessive maintenance and poor life expectancy. 3) Check assembly and mounting bolts; tighten if necessary. Do not overload conveyor. Do not exceed conveyor speed, capacity, material density or rate of ow for which the conveyor and drive were designed. If the conveyor is to be inoperative for a prolonged period of time, operate conveyor until cleared of all material. This is particularly important when the material conveyed tends to harden or become more viscous or sticky if allowed to stand for a period of time. It may be necessary to recenter hanger bearings after running material in conveyor. Practice good housekeeping. Keep the area around the conveyor and drive clean and free of obstacles to provide easy access and to avoid interference with the function of the conveyor and drive. Establish routine periodic inspections of the entire conveyor to insure continuous maximum operating performance. To replace conveyor screw section, proceed as follows: 1) Removal of a section, or sections, usually must proceed from the end opposite the drive. Make sure drive and electrical power are disconnected before starting to disassemble. 2) Remove the trough end, sections of screws, coupling shafts and hangers until all sections have been removed or until the damaged or worn section is reached and removed. 3) To reassemble follow the above steps in reverse order. 4) Quick detachable conveyor screws can be removed at intermediate locations without rst removing adjacent sections. Replacement parts can be identied from a copy of the original packing list or invoice. The coupling bolt contains a lock nut that may become damaged when removed. It is recommended practice to replace them rather than re-use them when changing conveyor screw sections. Screw conveyors are not normally manufactured or designed to operate handling hazardous materials or in a hazardous environment. Hazardous materials can be those that are explosive, ammable, toxic or otherwise dangerous to personnel if they are not completely and thoroughly contained in the conveyor housing. Special construction of screw and conveyor housing with gaskets and special bolted covers can sometimes be used for handling this type of material. Special conveyors are not made or designed to comply with local, state or federal codes for unred pressure vessels.

Operation

Maintenance

Hazardous Operations

H-121

H-121

CONVEYORS

Warning & Safety Reminder

WARNING AND SAFETY REMINDERS FOR SCREW , DRAG , AND BUCKET ELEVATOR CONVEYORS
It is the responsibility of the contractor, installer, owner and user to install, maintain and operate the conveyor, components and, conveyor assemblies in such a manner as to comply with the Williams-Steiger Occupational Safety and Health Act and with all state and local laws and ordinances and the American National Standards Institute (ANSI) B20.1 Safety Code. In order to avoid an unsafe or hazardous condition, the assemblies or parts must be installed and operated in accordance with the following minimum provisions.

APPROVED FOR DISTRIBUTION BY THE SCREW CONVEYOR SECTION OF THE CONVEYOR EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (CEMA)
on the caution labels afxed to the equipment. 6. Do not place hands, feet, or any part of your body, in the conveyor. 8. Do not use conveyor for any purpose other than that for which it was intended.

7. Never walk on conveyor covers, grating or guards. 9. Do not poke or prod material into the conveyor with a bar or stick inserted through the openings. 10. Keep area around conveyor drive and control station free of debris and obstacles. 11. Eliminate all sources of stored energy (materials or devices that could cause conveyor components to move without power applied) before opening the conveyor 12. Do not attempt to clear a jammed conveyor until power has been LOCKED OUT.

bler as we have no information regarding plant wiring, plant environment, the interlocking of the screw conveyor with other equipment, extent of plant automation, etc. Other devices should not be used as a substitute for locking out the power prior to removing guards or covers. We caution that use of the secondary devices may cause employees to develop a false sense of security and fail to lock out power before removing covers or guards. This could result in a serious injury should the secondary device fail or malfunction.

1. Conveyors shall not be operated unless all covers and/or guards for the conveyor and drive unit are in place. If the conveyor is to be opened for inspection cleaning, maintenance or observation, the electric power to the motor driving the conveyor must be LOCKED OUT in such a manner that the conveyor cannot be restarted by anyone; however remote from the area, until conveyor cover or guards and drive guards have been properly replaced. 2. If the conveyor must have an open housing as a condition of its use and application, the entire conveyor is then to be guarded by a railing or fence in accordance with ANSI standard B20.1.(Request current edition and addenda)

There are many kinds of electrical devices for interlocking of conveyors and conveyor systems such that if one conveyor in a system or process is stopped other equipment feeding it, or following it can also be automatically stopped.

13. Do not attempt eld modication of conveyor or components.

3. Feed openings for shovel, front loaders or other manual or mechanical equipment shall be constructed in such a way that the conveyor opening is covered by a grating. If the nature of the material is such that a grating cannot be used, then the exposed section of the conveyor is to be guarded by a railing or fence and there shall be a warning sign posted.

4. Do not attempt any maintenance or repairs of the conveyor until power has been LOCKED OUT. 5. Always operate conveyor in accordance with these instructions and those contained

CEMA insists that disconnecting and locking out the power to the motor driving the unit provides the only real protection against injury. Secondary safety devices are available; however, the decision as to their need and the type required must be made by the owner-assem-

14. Conveyors are not normally manufactured or designed to handle materials that are hazardous to personnel. These materials which are hazardous include those that are explosive, ammable, toxic or otherwise dangerous to personnel. Conveyors may be designed to handle these materials. Conveyors are not manufactured or designed to comply with local, state or federal codes for unred pressure vessels. If hazardous materials are to be conveyed or if the conveyor is to be subjected to internal or external pressure, manufacturer should be consulted prior to any modications.

Electrical controls, machinery guards, railings, walkways, arrangement of installation, training of personnel, etc., are necessary ingredients for a safe working place. It is the responsibility of the contractor, installer, owner and user to supplement the materials and services furnished with these necessary items to make the conveyor installation comply with the law and accepted standards. Conveyor inlet and discharge openings are designed to connect to other equipment or machinery so that the ow of material into and out of the conveyor is completely enclosed.

One or more warning labels should be visible on conveyor housings, conveyor covers and elevator housings. If the labels attached to the equipment become illegible, please order replacement warning labels from the OEM or CEMA. The Conveyor Equipment Manufacturers Association (CEMA) has produced an audiovisual presentation entitled Safe Operation of Screw Conveyors, Drag Conveyors, and Bucket Elevators. CEMA encourages acquisition and use of this source of safety information to supplement your safety program.

CONVEYORS

PROMINENTLY DISPLAY THESE SAFETY LABELS ON INSTALLED EQUIPMENT

NOTICE: This document is provided by CEMA as a service to the industry in the interest of promoting safety. It is advisory only and it is not a substitute for a thorough safety program. Users should consult with qualied engineers and other safety professionals. CEMA makes no representations or warranties, either expressed or implied, and the users of this document assume full responsibility for the safe design and operation of equipment.

H-122

Bucket Elevators
SECTION VI

BUCKET ELEVATORS SECTION VI

Introduction............................................................................H-124 Standard Features Series 100 & 700 ....................................H-125 Elevator Selection Procedure ................................................H-126 Materials Table ......................................................................H-127 Centrifugal Discharge Elevator Series 100 and 200 Chain............................................H-128 Series 100 and 200 Belt...............................................H-129 Continuous Discharge Elevators Series 700 and 800 Chain............................................H-130 Series 700 and 800 Belt...............................................H-131 Mill duty Centrifugal Discharge Elevators Series MDC26 and MDC30 Chain ...............................H-132 Series MDB30 Belt.......................................................H-133 Series DRB30 Belt .......................................................H-134 Super Capacity Continuous Discharge Elevators Series SC700 Chain.....................................................H-135 Bucket Elevator Dimensions Elevator Sketch ............................................................H-136 Dimensions, 100 & 700 Belt & Chain ...........................H-137 Buckets and Chain ................................................................H-138 Bucket Punching....................................................................H-139 Calculations for Numbers of Buckets ....................................H-140 High Speed Grain Centrifugal Disc. Elevator Series 500 Belt.............................................................H-141

H-123

CONVEYORS

Introduction
vators to efciently handle most varieties of dry, free-owing bulk materials. High design standards, quality manufacturing, the best possible service through many branch locations and an excellent distributor network assure many years of economical, trouble-free service.

Martin designs and manufactures various types of bucket ele-

This catalog is designed to make a preliminary selection of a bucket elevator. It shows the variety of elevators manufactured by Martin. Contact your local Martin Service Center or Martin distributor for a recommendation.

Types Centrifugal Discharge

Centrifugal discharge type elevators are offered as: Series 100 (boot take up) and Series 200 (head take up). Either series is available with buckets mounted on chain or belt and will handle free-owing materials with small to medium size lumps. The standard inlet chute and standard curved bottom plate direct the material into the buckets and reduce the digging action. The speed of the elevator is sufcient to discharge the material by centrifugal force. Many types of drives and elevator materials of construction are available.

Continuous Discharge

Continuous discharge elevators are offered as: Series 700 (boot take up) and Series 800 (head take up). Either series is available with buckets mounted on chain or belt and will handle free-owing material, sluggish material or materials that are abrasive. The closely spaced fabricated buckets, with extended sides, form a chute to direct material into the bucket. At the discharge, the bucket conguration allows the material to discharge by gravity over the back of the proceeding bucket. Various materials of construction and thicknesses are available.

High-Speed Centrifugal Grain

Series 500 (double leg) and Series 400 (single leg) high-speed centrifugal discharge bucket elevators are specially designed to economically handle grain and other free-owing materials. These elevators are not self-supporting; therefore, intermediate supports must be provided by others. Although the charts in this catalog are based on one type of bucket, many other styles are available. For specic recommendations contact your local Martin Service Center or Martin Conveyor Division distributor for a recommendation.

CONVEYORS

Centrifugal Discharge - Mill Duty

Centrifugal Mill Duty type elevators are offered with style AC centrifugal discharge buckets mounted on a single strand of chain, or on a belt. Chain units have a single row of buckets mounted on a single strand of chain. Belt type units may have a single or double row of buckets bolted to heavy duty rubber covered belting. Product is centrifugally discharged as material passes over the head wheel or pulley. A head mounted traction wheel is utilized in the chain type units, where practical. Lagged pulleys are standard for belt type units. Housing construction is heavy duty for severe service.

Continuous Discharge - Super Capacity

Continuous Discharge Super Capacity type elevators are offered with style SC continuous discharge buckets mounted between two strands of chain. These units are used where higher capacities, severe duty, or higher shaft centers are required. Housing construction is heavy duty for severe service.

H-124

Standard Features Series 100 and Series 700

1. Shaft Mount Type Drive . . . . . . . . . . Furnished as standard. Other types available. Backstops are required to prevent reverse rotation. Various types are available. 2. Split Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 gauge 3. Inspection Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Near side

4. Head Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fabricated of 12 gauge steel with bearing pedestal structurally reinforced

5. Discharge Spout (Style 1 shown) . . . Fabricated of 10 gauge plate steel with externally adjustable 4-ply belting throat lip (not shown). Style 2 (45) available. Wear liners available. 6. Intermediate Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fixture welded 12 gauge casing continuously welded for dust tight construction. Sides are cross crimped for additional stiffness. Vertical corner angles are full length. 7. Inlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fabricated of 316 inch thick plate steel 8. Clean Out Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bolted for easy removal 9. Curved Bottom Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reduces build-up in boot

10. Take-Up Ball Bearing Screw Type . . For positive take-up tension. Available with roller bearings. Internal gravity type also available.

Elevator Number 100 thru 800 Series

Example B43-139 Mounting B B = Belt C = Chain Bucket Size 43 43 = 4 3 64 = 6 4 85 = 8 5 106 = 10 6 Etc. Series 1 1 = 100 2 = 200 5 = 500 7 = 700 8 = 800 Unit No. 39 Unit 39

B43-139 is a belt (B) elevator with 4 3 (43) buckets, centrifugal discharge type with boot take up (Series 100), Unit 39. Specications may be found on pages H-129.

H-125

CONVEYORS

11. Boot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fabricated of 316 inch thick plate steel.

Elevator Selection
General
To properly select a bucket elevator, the following factors must be determined: 1. Volumetric Capacity in cubic feet per hour. Bucket elevators must be uniformly and continuously fed. The volumetric capacity used for selection must be the maximum the elevator will experience. Use Table 1-1 for conversions if necessary. 2. Centers or Lift in feet 3. Lump Size and Lump Class Lump size is the largest particle dimension, and lump class is the percentage these lumps represent of the whole. 4. Material Characteristics See Material Classication Code Chart. 5. Operating Conditions Conditions affecting operation include location (indoors, outdoors), number of hours per day operation, etc.

Procedure

The following steps should be followed to select an elevator:

TABLE 1-1

1. Determine proper elevator series See material table for recommendation. 2. Select Elevator Number For the series selected, refer to the Capacity chart, and select an elevator number for which the capacity in cubic feet per hour listed equals or exceeds the required volumetric capacity. If the required volumetric capacity of centers exceed those listed, contact the Martin for a recommendation. 3. Check Lump Size/Lump Class Check actual lump size/lump class against that listed for the elevator number selected. If the actual lump size/lump class is larger than that listed, choose a larger elevator where the actual is equal to or less than that listed. 4. Determine Horsepower Requirements Consult Martin. 5. List Specications Refer to capacity, horsepower and dimension charts for the elevator number selected. List the specications for the preliminary selection of the elevator. Contact your local Martin Service Center or a recommendation.

Tons per hour (short) TPH Bushels per hour BPH Pounds per hour Lbs/hour

To convert

CFH = CFH =

CFH = BPH 1.24

Pounds per hour Density (in pounds per cubic foot; PCF or LBS/FT3)

TPH 2000 Density (in pounds per cubic foot; PCF or LBS/FT3)

To cubic feet per hour (CF or FT3/HR)

Martin, distributor for

Material Classication Code Chart

Major Class Density Bulk Density, Loose Very Fine Size Fine Granular Lumpy Flowability Abrasiveness ` Material Characteristics Included No. 200 Sieve (.0029) and Under No. 100 Sieve (.0059) and Under No. 40 Sieve (.016) and Under No.
1

Code Description Actual Lbs/CF A200 A100 A40

2 and Under (6 Sieve to 12) 3 and Under (12 to 3) 7 and Under (3 to 7) 16 and Under (0 to 16) Over 16 To Be Specied X = Actual Maximum Size

6 Sieve (.132) and Under

B6

C12 D3 D7 DX E 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 D16

CONVEYORS H-126

Irregular

Very Free Flowing Free Flowing Average Flowability Sluggish

Stringy, Fibrous, Cylindrical, Slabs, Etc.

Mildly Abrasive Moderately Abrasive Extremely Abrasive

Miscellaneous Properties or Hazards

Builds Up and Hardens Generates Static Electricity Decomposes Deteriorates in Storage Flammability Becomes Plastic or Tends to Soften Very Dusty Aerates and Becomes a Fluid Explosiveness Stickiness Adhesion Contaminable, Affecting Use Degradable, Affecting Use Gives Off Harmful or Toxic Gas or Fumes Highly Corrosive Mildly Corrosive Hygroscopic Interlocks, Mats or Agglomerates Oils Present Very Light and Fluffy May Be Windswept Elevated Temperature

F G H J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W Y Z

Materials Table
Material Density LBS/FT3 Material Code

*Elevator Series Designation A = Series 100 Chain B = Series 100 Belt C = Series 200 Chain

Alfalfa Meal Almonds, Broken Almonds, Whole Shelled Alum, Fine Alum, Lumpy Alumina Aluminum Chips, Dry Aluminum Oxide Ashes, Coal, Dry 3 Asphalt, Crushed 12 Bakelite, Fine Baking Powder Bauxite, Crushed 3 Beans, Castor, Whole Shelled Beans, Navy, Dry Bentonite, Crude Bentonite 100 Mesh Boneblack Bonemeal Bones, Crushed Bones, Ground Borax, Fine Bran, Rice-Rye-Wheat Brewers Grain, spent, dry Brewers Grain, spent, wet Buckwheat Calcium Oxide (See Lime, unslaked) Cast Iron, Chips Cement, Clinker Cement, Portland Chalk, Crushed Chalk, Pulverized Charcoal, Lumps Cinders, Coal Clay, Brick, Dry, Fines Coal, Anthracite, Sized 12 Coal, Bituminous, Mined, Slack Coffee, Green Bean Coffee, Roasted Bean Coke, Breeze Coke, Loose Coke, Petrol, Calcined Copra, Cake, Ground Copra, Cake, Lumpy Copra, Lumpy Copra, Meal Cork, Granulated Corn, Cracked Corn Germ Corn Grits Cornmeal Corn Shelled Corn Sugar Cottonseed, Cake, Lumpy Cottonseed, Dry, Delinted Cottonseed, Dry, Not Delinted Cottonseed, Hulls Cottonseed, Meal, Extracted Cottonseed, Meats, Dry Distillers Grain, Spent Dry Dolomite, Crushed Ebonite, Crushed Feldspar, Ground

14-22 27-30 28-30 45-50 50-60 55-65 7-15 60-120 35-40 45 30-45 40-55 75-85 36 48 34-40 50-60 20-25 50-60 35-50 50 45-55 16-20 14-30 55-60 37-42

B6-45WY C12-35Q C12-35Q B6-35U B6-25 B6-27MY E-45V A100-17M D3-46T C12-45 B6-25 A100-35 D3-36
1

Recommended Elevator Series*

Material

Density LBS/FT3

Material Code

43-50 25-32 20-30 25-35 23-35 35-45 40-45 25-30 22 40-45 12-15 40-50 21 40-45 32-40 45 30-35 40-45 22-40

D = Series 200 Belt E = Series 500 Belt F = Series 700 Chain

18-25 12 35-40 40 30 80-100 63-70 65-80

C12-45T C12-25PQ C12-25PQ C12-37 D7-37 D7-37 B6-45HW D3-35HW E-35HW B6-35HW C12-35JY B6-25P B6-35PY B6-35P B6-35P C12-25 B6-35PU D7-45HW C12-25X

C12-45XY B6-35Y B6-45HW B6-35HW B6-35 C12-36 C12-35 A100-37

A, F A, F A, F B, D D D A, C, F, G A, C, F A, C, F A, C, F, G F, H F, H A, C A, C A, C E A, C A, C B, D B, D F, G A, C A, C A, C A, F F A, C, F,

130-180 80-90 55-65 20-35 50-60 40-43 30-40 18-25 27-30 40 40 45-50 12-15 25-45 55-65 60 45-48 40-45 18, 28 10-30

D3-37Y C12-36 B6-36 A40-36Y A-35 D3-35W C12-36NW C12-35Y A40-35Mn B6-35 B6-35T C12-26NW C12-26 C12-35X B6-35PX B6-36 C12-25N B6-25N B6-25 D3-45VY

F F A, C F, H A, F C A A, C B, D A, C A, C E F, H F, H A, C A, F E A, C A, C B, D

G = Series 700 Belt H = Series 800 Chain

H-127

CONVEYORS

49-61

130-200 75-95 94 75-95 67-75 18-28 40 100-120

C 2-15W C12-15 D3-45X A100-25MXY A100-25Y B6-35 D3-45 B6-35 B6-25T B6-35NY C12-45 C12-45T B6-25N C12-45 D3-36 A100-26M D3-25 A100-25MXY D3-45Q D3-36T C12-36 C12-25

F A, F A, F A, F A, F F A, F B A, F

A, C, F, H A, C, F, H A, C A, C F A, C A, C, F, H A, C, F, H A, C A, C A, C A, C E

F, H C, F, H F A, F A, F G F F C A, C, F F F A, C, F

Feldspar, Powder Flaxseed Flaxseed Cake (Linseed Cake) Flaxseed Meal (Linseed Meal) Fullers Earth, Dry, Raw Fullers Earth, Oily, Spent Glass, Batch Granite, Fine Gypsum, Calcined Gypsum, Calcined, Powdered Gypsum, Raw 1 Hops, Spent, Dry Hops, Spent, Wet Ice, Crushed Ilmenite Ore Lime, Ground, Unslaked Lime, Hydrated Lime, Pebble Limestone, Agricultural Limestone, Crushed Malt, Dry, Ground Malt, Meal Malt, Dry Whole Marble, Crushed Milk, Malted Oats Oats, Rolled Oxalic Acid Crystals Ethane Diacid Crystals Phosphate Rock, Broken Phosphate Rock, Pulverized Potash (Muriate) Dry Pumice 18 Rice, Bran Rice, Grits Rice, Hulled Rye Salt Cake, Dry Coarse Salt, Dry Fine Sand Dry Bank (Damp) Sand Dry Bank (Dry) Sand Foundry (Shake Out) Shale, Crushed Slag, Blast Furnace Crushed Slate, Crushed 12 Soda Ash, Heavy Soda Ash, Light Sodium Phosphate Soybean, Cake Soybean, Cracked Soybean, Flake, Raw Soybean, Flour Soybean Meal, Cold Soybean Meal, Hot Soybeans, Whole Sugar Beet, Pulp, Dry Sugar Beet, Pulp, Wet Sugar, Raw Trisodium Phosphate, Granular Wheat Wheat, Cracked Wheat, Germ Wood Chips, Screened

48-50

100 43-45

A200-36 B6-35X D7-45W B6-45W A40-25 C12-450W C12-37 C12-27 B6-35U

Recommended Elevator Series*

F, H E C

25-45 30-40 60-65 80-100 80-90 55-60

60-80 70-80 35 50-55 35-45 140-160 60-65 40 53-56 68 85-90 20-30 36-40 20-30 80-95 27-30 26 19-24 60 75-85 60 70 42-48 20 42-45 45-49 42-48 85 70-80 110-130 90-110 90-100 85-90

B6-35QS DX-36 B6-36 B6-37 B6-46 B6-35NY B6-35P C12-25P B6-15N B6-36TU B6-36TU B6-47 B6-37 D3-37Z C12-36

A100-35U D3-25 D3-35 D3-45V D3-35Q D3-37 B6-35U B6-35LM C12-25HU B6-35 DX-36 B6-35NP B6-25P C12-35N B6-37 A40-45PX C12-25MN C12-35NY

A, C B, D B, D B, D F A, C, F, H

B, D A, C, F, H A, C, F, H A, C, F F E A, C E E A, C, F, H F, H B, G B, G B, G B, H

A, F F A, C A, C A, F A, C, F, G A, C, F, G F A, F A, C, F, H F, H A, C A, C A, C F A E A, C

Centrifugal Discharge Chain

Series 100 Chain (Series 200 is for Head Take-up)
Centrifugal discharge chain type elevators handle a variety of relatively free-owing dry materials with small to medium lump sizes that are mildly to moderately abrasive.

Buckets
Capacities and horsepower listed are for style AA buckets. Style A, AA-RB and Salem can be furnished. Style C may also be used to handle wet or sticky materials. Consult the factory for a specific recommendation.

Chain
Centrifugal discharge chain type elevators are furnished with either combination chain for light to medium service or all steel (steel knuckle) chain for medium to severe service or when a higher chain working load is required.

#100 Chain Centrifugal Discharge Bucket Elevator

ELEVATOR Number CAPACITY Max. C.F.H. Width BUCKETS Proj. Depth Spacing No. CHAIN Pitch F.P.M. MAX. LUMP SIZE 100% 10% NOM. CASING SIZE Width Depth HEAD SPROCKET Number Teeth Pitch Dia. RPM BOOT SPROCKET Number Pitch Shaft Te.eth Diameter Diameter

C43-101 C64-102 C85-103 C85-104 C85-105 C85-107 C85-108 C106-110 C106-111 C106-112 C106-113 C106-116 C127-117 C127-120 C147-123 C127-119 C147-124 C127-122 C147-127 C147-126 C147-128 C147-130 C168-131 C168-132 C168-133 C168-134 C188-136 C188-138 C208-140 C208-142 C248-146 C2410-150

73 280 473 532 532 591 591 891 891 900 900 1013 1425 1568 1569 1603 1656 1763 1798 1863 1898 2135 2319 2448 2657 2805 2808 3218 3024 3465 4703 6518

4 6 8 8 8 8 8 10 10 10 10 10 12 12 14 12 14 12 14 14 14 14 16 16 16 16 18 18 20 20 24 24

2 3/4 4 5 5 5 5 5 6 6 6 6 6 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 10

3 4 1/4 5 1/2 5 1/2 5 1/2 5 1/2 5 1/2 6 1/4 6 1/4 6 1/4 6 1/4 6 1/4 7 1/4 7 1/4 7 1/4 7 1/4 7 1/4 7 1/4 7 1/4 7 1/4 7 1/4 7 1/4 8 1/2 8 1/2 8 1/2 8 1/2 8 1/2 8 1/2 8 1/2 8 1/2 8 1/2 10 1/2

9.25 13 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 18 18 16 18 18 19 16 18 16 19 16 18 16 19 18 19 18 18 18 18 18 18 18

977 C188 N102B N102B HSB102B N102B HSB102B N102B HSB102B N110 HSB110 N102B HSB110 HSB110 N111 N102B HSB110 N102B N111 N102B HSB110 N102B N111 HSB110 N111 HSB110 HSB110 HSB110 HSB110 HSB110 HSB833 HSB833

2.308 2.609 4.000 4.000 4.000 4.000 4.000 4.000 4.000 6.000 6.000 4.000 6.000 6.000 4.760 4.000 6.000 4.000 4.760 4.000 6.000 4.000 4.760 6.000 4.760 6.000 6.000 6.000 6.000 6.000 6.000 6.000

125 225 200 225 225 250 250 220 220 250 250 250 250 275 240 250 240 275 275 240 275 275 240 240 275 275 240 275 240 275 275 275

1/2 1/2 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 2

1 2 1/2 3 3 3 3 3 3 1/2 3 1/2 3 1/2 3 1/2 3 1/2 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 1/2 4 1/2 4 1/2 4 1/2 4 1/2 4 1/2 4 1/2 4 1/2 4 1/2 4 1/2

8 9 3/4 11 3/4 11 3/4 11 3/4 11 3/4 11 3/4 13 3/4 13 3/4 13 3/4 13 3/4 13 3/4 15 3/4 15 3/4 17 3/4 15 3/4 17 3/4 15 3/4 17 3/4 17 3/4 17 3/4 17 3/4 19 3/4 19 3/4 19 3/4 19 3/4 21 3/4 21 3/4 23 3/4 23 3/4 28 3/4 30 3/4

18 35 35 39 39 42 42 42 42 48 48 48 48 54 48 48 48 54 54 48 54 54 48 48 54 54 48 54 48 54 54 60

10 24 14 16 16 19 19 16 16 13 13 19 13 16 16 19 13 24 20 19 16 24 16 12 20 16 12 16 12 16 16 16

7.50 20.00 18.00 20.50 20.50 24.25 24.25 20.50 20.50 25.00 25.00 24.25 25.00 30.75 24.50 24.25 25.00 30.50 30.50 24.25 30.75 30.50 24.50 23.00 30.50 30.75 23.00 30.75 23.00 30.75 30.75 30.75

63.7 43 42.4 41.9 41.9 39.4 39.4 41 41 38.2 38.2 39.4 38.2 34.2 37.4 39.4 36.7 34.4 34.4 37.8 34.2 34.4 37.4 39.9 34.4 34.2 39.9 34.2 39.9 34.2 34.2 34.2

10 18 10 10 10 14 14 12 12 11 11 16 9 12 12 14 9 19 16 14 12 19 11 9 14 11 9 11 9 11 11 11

7.50 15.00 13.00 13.00 13.00 18.00 18.00 15.50 15.50 21.25 21.25 20.50 17.50 23.25 18.25 18.00 17.50 24.25 24.25 18.00 23.25 24.25 17.00 17.50 21.25 21.25 17.50 21.25 17.50 21.25 21.25 21.25

1.5000 1.5000 1.5000 1.5000 1.5000 2.0000 2.0000 2.0000 2.0000 2.0000 2.0000 2.0000 2.0000 2.4375 2.4375 2.0000 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375

CONVEYORS

All Dimensions in inches. Max. CFH capacity is at 75% bucket load. Consult Martin for head shaft size and horsepower requirements. Other chain may be substituted based on chain pull requirements.

H-128

Centrifugal Discharge Belt

Series 100 Belt (Series 200 is for Head Take-up)
Centrifugal Discharge belt type Bucket Elevators handle a variety of relatively free-owing dry materials with small to medium lump sizes that are mildly, moderately or extremely abrasive.

Buckets
Capacities listed are for style AA buckets. Style A, AA-RB and Salem can be furnished. Style C may also be used to handle wet or sticky materials. Consult the factory for a specic recommendation.

Belt
Centrifugal Discharge belt type Bucket Elevators are furnished with 100% polyester carcass PVC belting or rubber covered ply belts specifically designed for elevator service. Many other types of belts and covers are available.

#100 Belt Centrifugal Discharge Bucket Elevator

ELEVATOR Number CAPACITY Max.C.F.H. Width BUCKETS Proj. Depth Spacing Width BELT F.P.M. MAX. LUMP SIZE 100% 10% NOM. CASING SIZE Width Depth HEAD PULLEY Diameter RPM BOOT PULLEY Diameter Shaft Dia.

B43-139 B64-141 B64-140 B85-142 B85-143 B106-144 B106-145 B127-146 B127-147 B147-148 B147-149 B168-150 B168-152 B188-160 B208-164 B188-162 B208-166 B127-146S B248-168 B2410-170

95 293 324 543 591 911 1,013 1,425 1,596 1,691 1,932 2,550 2,856 2,925 3,150 3,276 3,528 4,489 4,788 6,636

4 6 6 8 8 10 10 12 12 14 14 16 16 18 20 18 20 12 24 24

2-3/4 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 7 7 8 8 8 8 8 8 7 8 10

3 4.25 4.25 5.5 5.5 6.25 6.25 7.25 7.25 7.25 7.25 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 7.25 8.5 10.5

8 13 13 16 16 16 16 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 16 18 18

5 7 7 9 9 11 11 13 13 15 15 17 17 19 21 19 21 24 25 25

140 235 260 230 250 225 250 250 280 245 280 250 280 250 250 280 280 350 280 280

1/4 1/4 1/2 3/4 3/4 1 1 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/4 1-1/2 1-1/2

1 2-1/2 2-1/2 3 3 3-1/2 3-1/2 4 4 4 4 4-1/2 4-1/2 4-1/2 4-1/2 4-1/2 4-1/2 4 4-1/2 4-1/2

8 11-3/4 11-3/4 13-3/4 13-3/4 15-3/4 15-3/4 17-3/4 17-3/4 19-3/4 19-3/4 22-3/4 22-3/4 24-3/4 26-3/4 24-3/4 26-3/4 28 30-3/4 30-3/4

18 35 39 39 42 42 48 48 54 48 54 48 54 48 48 54 54 66 54 60

8.00 20.00 24.00 20.00 24.00 20.00 24.00 24.00 30.00 24.00 30.00 24.00 30.00 24.00 24.00 30.00 30.00 42.00 30.00 30.00

62.9 43.8 40.5 42.9 39 41.9 39 39 35.1 38.2 35.1 39 35.1 39 39 35.1 35.1 31.5 35.1 35.1

8.00 16.00 16.00 14.00 16.00 16.00 20.00 20.00 24.00 20.00 24.00 20.00 24.00 20.00 20.00 24.00 24.00 30.00 24.00 24.00

1.5000 1.5000 1.5000 2.0000 2.0000 2.0000 2.0000 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375

All Dimensions in inches. Max. CFH capacity is at 75% bucket load. Consult Martin for head shaft size and horsepower requirements.

H-129

CONVEYORS

Continuous Discharge Chain

Series 700 Chain (Series 800 is for Head Take-up)
Continuous Discharge chain type Bucket Elevators will handle various free-owing dry or sluggish materials which contain medium to large lumps and are mildly, moderately, or extremely abrasive.

Buckets
Capacities listed are for a medium-front, non-overlapping style fabricated steel bucket. High front style buckets are available. Consult the factory for a specic recommendation.

Chain
Continuous Discharge chain type Bucket Elevators are furnished with combination chain for mild to moderate service or all steel (steel knuckle) chain for moderate to severe service or when a higher chain working load is required.

#700 Chain Continuous Discharge Bucket Elevator

ELEVATOR Number CAPACITY Max. C.F.H. Width BUCKETS Proj. Depth Spacing No. CHAIN Pitch F.P.M. MAX. LUMP SIZE 100% 10% NOM. CASING SIZE Width Depth HEAD SPROCKET Number Teeth Pitch Dia. RPM BOOT SPROCKET Number Pitch Shaft Teeth Diameter Diameter

C85-766 C85-767 C105-768 C105-769 C107-770 C107-771 C127-772 C127-773 C147-774 C147-775 C128-776 C128-777 C148-778 C148-779 C168-781 C188-783 C208-785 C248-787 C2010-786 C2410-788

567 567 729 729 1,013 1,013 1,226 1,226 1,423 1,423 1,547 1,547 1,828 1,828 2,109 2,363 2,784 3,375 3,881 4,669

8 8 10 10 10 10 12 12 14 14 12 12 14 14 16 18 20 24 20 24

5 5 5 5 7 7 7 7 7 7 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 10 10

7-3/4 7-3/4 7-3/4 7-3/4 11-5/8 11-5/8 11-5/8 11-5/8 11-5/8 11-5/8 11-5/8 11-5/8 11-5/8 11-5/8 11-5/8 11-5/8 11-5/8 11-5/8 11-5/8 11-5/8

8 8 8 8 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12

N102B HSB102B N102B HSB102B N110 HSB110 N110 HSB110 N110 HSB110 N110 HSB110 N110 HSB110 HSB110 HSB110 HSB833 HSB833 HSB833 HSB833

4.000 4.000 4.000 4.000 6.000 6.000 6.000 6.000 6.000 6.000 6.000 6.000 6.000 6.000 6.000 6.000 6.000 6.000 6.000 6.000

120 120 120 120 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125

3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 2 2

2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4-1/2 4-1/2 4-1/2 4-1/2 4-1/2 4-1/2

11-3/4 11-3/4 13-3/4 13-3/4 13-3/4 13-3/4 15-3/4 15-3/4 17-3/4 17-3/4 15-3/4 15-3/4 17-3/4 17-3/4 19-3/4 22-3/4 24-3/4 28-3/4 24-3/4 28-3/4

39 39 39 39 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 54 54

16 16 16 16 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13

20.50 20.50 20.50 20.50 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00

22.4 22.4 22.4 22.4 19.1 19.1 19.1 19.1 19.1 19.1 19.1 19.1 19.1 19.1 19.1 19.1 19.1 19.1 19.1 19.1

11 11 11 11 10 10 10 10 10 10 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9

14.25 14.25 14.25 14.25 19.50 19.50 19.50 19.50 19.50 19.50 17.50 17.50 17.50 17.50 17.50 17.50 17.50 17.50 17.50 17.50

1.5000 1.5000 2.0000 2.0000 2.0000 2.0000 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375

CONVEYORS

All Dimensions in inches. Max. CFH capacity is at 75% bucket load. Consult Martin for head shaft size and horsepower requirements. Other chain may be substituted based on chain pull requirements.

H-130

Continuous Discharge Belt

Series 700 Belt (Series 800 is for Head Take-up)
Continuous Discharge belt type Bucket Elevators will handle various free-owing dry or sluggish materials which contain medium to large lumps and are mildly, moderately, or extremely abrasive.

Buckets
Capacities listed are for a medium front, non-overlapping style fabricated steel bucket. High front style buckets are available. Consult the factory for a specic recommendation.

Belt
Continuous Discharge belt type Bucket Elevators are furnished with 100% polyester carcass PVC belting or rubber covered ply belts specically designed for elevator service. Many other types of belt and covers are available.

#700 Belt Continuous Discharge Bucket Elevator

ELEVATOR Number CAPACITY Max.C.F.H. Width BUCKETS Proj. Depth Spacing BELT Width F.P.M. MAX. LUMP SIZE 100% 10% NOM. CASING SIZE Width Depth HEAD PULLEY Diameter RPM BOOT PULLEY Diameter Shaft Dia.

B85-790 B105-791 B107-792 B127-793 B147-794 B128-795 B148-796 B168-797 B188-798 B208-720 B248-722 B2010-724 B2410-726

756 972 1296 1570 1822 1980 2340 2700 3024 3564 4320 4968 5976

8 10 10 12 14 12 14 16 18 20 24 20 24

5 5 7 7 7 8 8 8 8 8 8 10 10

7-3/4 7-3/4 11-5/8 11-5/8 11-5/8 11-5/8 11-5/8 11-5/8 11-5/8 11-5/8 11-5/8 11-5/8 11-5/8

8 8 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12

9 11 11 13 15 13 15 17 19 21 25 21 25

160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160

3/4 3/4 1 1 1 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2

2-1/2 2-1/2 3 3 3 4 4 4-1/2 4-1/2 4-1/2 4-1/2 4-1/2 4-1/2

11-3/4 13-3/4 13-3/4 15-3/4 17-3/4 15-3/4 17-3/4 19-3/4 22-3/4 24-3/4 28-3/4 24-3/4 28-3/4

39 39 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 54 54

20.00 20.00 24.00 24.00 24.00 24.00 24.00 24.00 24.00 24.00 24.00 24.00 24.00

29.8 29.8 24.9 24.9 24.9 24.9 24.9 24.9 24.9 24.9 24.9 24.9 24.9

14.00 14.00 20.00 20.00 20.00 20.00 20.00 20.00 20.00 20.00 20.00 20.00 20.00

1.5000 1.5000 2.0000 2.0000 2.0000

2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375 2.4375

All Dimensions in inches. Max. CFH capacity is at 75% bucket load. Consult Martin for head shaft size and horsepower requirements.

H-131

CONVEYORS

2.0000

Mill Duty Centrifugal Discharge Chain

Series MDC26 & MDC30 Chain
Mill Duty Centrifugal Discharge chain type Bucket Elevators handle a variety of relatively free owing dry materials with small to medium lump sizes that are mildly to moderately abrasive. Extensively used in the cement industry.

Buckets
Capacities listed are for style AC buckets. Buckets may be vented for handling light, uffy materials.

Chain
Mill Duty Centrifugal Discharge chain type Bucket Elevators are furnished with heavy duty steel knuckle chain for medium to severe service, selected for required work loads.

Mill Duty Chain Centrifugal Discharge Bucket Elevator

ELEVATOR Number CAPACITY Max. C.F.H. Width BUCKETS Proj. Depth Spacing No. CHAIN Pitch F.P.M. MAX. LUMP SIZE 100% 10% NOM. CASING SIZE Width Depth HEAD SPROCKET Number Teeth Pitch Dia. RPM BOOT SPROCKET Number Pitch Shaft Teeth Diameter Diameter

MDC26 -128A MDC26 -148A MDC26 -168A MDC26 -128B MDC26 -148B MDC26 -168B MDC26-1810A

2,226 2,624 3,021 3,339 3,935 4,532 4,929 5,387 5,470 5,859 6,502 6,758 7,394 8,033 8,204 8,789 9,,752 10136 12,049

12 14 16 12 14 16 18 16 20 18 20 24 18 24 20 18 20 24 24

8 8 8 8 8 8 10 8 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

8-1/2 8-1/2 8-1/2 8-1/2 8-1/2 8-1/2 10-1/2 8-1/2 10-1/2 10-1/2 10-1/2 10-1/2 10-1/2 10-1/2 10-1/2 10-1/2 10-1/2 10-1/2 10-1/2

18 18 18 12 12 12 18 12 18 18 18 18 12 18 12 12 12 12 12

HSB833 HSB833 HSB833 HSB833 HSB833 HSB833 HSB856 HSB833 HSB856 HSB856 HSB856 HSB856 HSB859 HSB856 HSB859 HSB859 HSB859 HSB859 HSB859

6.000 6.000 6.000 6.000 6.000 6.000 6.000 6.000 6.000 6.000 6.000 6.000 6.000 6.000 6.000 6.000 6.000 6.000 6.000

265 265 265 265 265 265 265 315 265 315 315 265 265 315 265 315 315 265 315

1-1/2 1-1/2 1-3/4 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-3/4 2 1-3/4 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

4 4 4-1/2 4 4 4-1/2 5 4-1/2 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5

20 22 24 20 22 24 26 24 28 26 28 32 26 32 28 26 28 32 32

56 56 56 56 56 56 64 60 64 68 68 64 64 68 64 68 68 64 68

26 26 26 26 26 26 26 30 26 30 30 26 26 30 26 30 30 26 30

27.00 27.00 27.00 27.00 27.00 27.00 27.25 31.00 27.25 31.25 31.25 27.25 28.00 31.25 28.00 32.00 32.00 28.00 32.00

37.5 37.5 37.5 37.5 37.5 37.5 37.1 38.8 37.1 38.5 38.5 37.1 36.2 38.5 36.2 37.6 37.6 36.2 37.6

13 13 13 13 13 13 13 15 13 15 15 13 13 15 13 15 15 13 15

25.03 25.03 25.03 25.03 25.03 25.03 25.05 28.81 25.05 28.82 28.82 25.05 25.05 28.82 25.05 28.82 28.82 25.05 28.82

3.000 3.000 3.000 3.000 3.000 3.000 3.000 3.000 3.000 3.000 3.000 3.000 3.000 3.000 3.000 3.000 3.000 3.000 3.000

CONVEYORS

MDC30 - 168B MDC26-2010A MDC30-1810A MDC30-2010A MDC26-2410A MDC26-1810B MDC30-2410A MDC26-2010B MDC30-1810B MDC30-2010B MDC26-2410B MDC30-2410B

All Dimensions in inches. Max. CFH capacity is at 75% bucket load. Consult Martin for head shaft size and horsepower requirements. Other chain may be substituted based on chain pull requirements. Internal gravity take-ups are standard.

H-132

Mill Duty Centrifugal Discharge Belt

Series MDB30 Belt
Mill Duty Centrifugal Discharge belt type Bucket Elevators handle high capacities of various relatively free owing dry materials with small to medium lump sizes that are mildly to moderately abrasive.

Buckets
Capacities listed listed are for style AC buckets. Buckets may be vented for handling light, uffy materials.

Belt
Mill Duty Centrifugal Discharge belt type Bucket Elevators are furnished with heavy duty rubber covered ply belts or 100% polyester carcass PVC belts specically selected for elevator service.

Mill Duty Belt Centrifugal Discharge Bucket Elevator

ELEVATOR Number CAPACITY Max.C.F.H. BUCKETS Proj. BELT Width MAX. LUMP SIZE 100% 10% NOM. CASING SIZE Width Depth HEAD PULLEY Diameter RPM BOOT PULLEY Diameter Shaft Dia.

Width

Depth

Spacing

F.P.M.

MDB30-128A MDB30-148A MDB30-168A MDB30-128B MDB30-148B MDB30-168B MDB30-1810A MDB30-2010A MDB30-2410A MDB30-1810B MDB30-2010B

2,520 2,970 3,420 3,780 4,455 5,130 5,580 6,192 7,650 8,370 9,288

12 14 16 12 14 16 18 20 24 18 20 24

8 8 8 8 8 8 10 10 10 10 10 10

8-1/2 8-1/2 8-1/2 8-1/2 8-1/2 8-1/2 10-1/2 10-1/2 10-1/2 10-1/2 10-1/2 10-1/2

18 18 18 12 12 12 18 18 18 12 12 12

14 16 18 14 16 18 20 22 26 20 22 26

300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300

1-1/2 1-1/2 1-3/4 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-3/4 2 2 2 2 2 2

4 4 4-1/2 4 4 4-1/2 5 5 5 5 5 5

22 24 26 22 24 26 28 30 34 28 30 34

58 58 58 58 58 58 64 64 64 64 64 64

30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00

37.6 37.6 37.6 37.6 37.6 37.6 37.6 37.6 37.6 37.6 37.6 37.6

24.00 24.00 24.00 24.00 24.00 24.00 24.00 24.00 24.00 24.00 24.00 24.00

3.0000 3.0000 3.0000 3.0000 3.0000 3.0000 3.0000 3.0000 3.0000 3.0000 3.0000 3.0000

MDB30-2410B 11,475

All Dimensions in inches. Max. CFH capacity is at 75% bucket load. Consult Martin for head shaft size and horsepower requirements. Screw take-ups are standard.

H-133

CONVEYORS

Double Row Mill Duty Centrifugal Discharge Belt

Series DRB30 Belt
Double Row Mill Duty Centrifugal Discharge belt type Bucket Elevators handle high capacities of various relatively free owing dry materials with small to medium lump sizes that are mildly to moderately abrasive.

Buckets
Capacities listed are for a double row of style AC buckets. Buckets may be vented for handling light, uffy materials.

Belt
Double Row Mill Duty Centrifugal Discharge belt type Bucket Elevators are furnished with heavy duty rubber covered ply belts or 100% polyester carcass PVC belts specically selected for elevator service.

Double Row Mill Duty Belt Centrifugal Discharge Bucket Elevator

ELEVATOR Number CAPACITY Max.C.F.H. Width BUCKETS Proj. Depth Spacing BELT Width F.P.M. MAX. LUMP SIZE 100% 10% NOM. CASING SIZE Width Depth HEAD PULLEY Diameter RPM BOOT PULLEY Diameter Shaft Dia.

DRB30-128A DRB30-1210A DRB30-148A DRB30-1410A DRB30-168A DRB30-1610A

8,316 9,207 9,801 10,841 11,286 12,499 15,345 17,028 21,038

12 12 14 14 16 16 18 20 24

8 10 8 10 8 10 10 10 10

8-1/2 10-1/2 8-1/2 10-1/2 8-1/2 10-1/2 10-1/2 10-1/2 10-1/2

10 12 10 12 10 12 12 12 12

26 26 30 30 34 34 38 42 50

275 275 275 275 275 275 275 275 275

1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-3/4 1-3/4 2 2-1/4 2-1/2

4 4 4 4 4-1/2 4-1/2 4-1/2 4-3/4 5

34 34 38 38 42 42 46 50 58

58 62 58 62 58 62 62 62 62

30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00

34.4 34.4 34.4 34.4 34.4 34.4 34.4 34.4 34.4

30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00

3.000 3.000 3.000 3.000 3.000 3.000 3.000 3.000 3.000

CONVEYORS

DRB30-1810A DRB30-2010A DRB30-2410A

All Dimensions in inches. Max. CFH capacity is at 75% bucket load. Consult Martin for head shaft size and horsepower requirements. Screw take-ups are standard.

H-134

Super Capacity Continuous Discharge Chain

Series SC700 Chain
Super Capacity Continuous Discharge chain type Bucket Elevators handle high capacities of various free owing dry materials ranging from nes to lumps, moderate to extremely abrasive, and those that tend to pack.

Buckets
Capacities listed are for style SC continuous fabricated steel buckets, mounted between two strands of chain.

Chain
Super Capacity Continuous Discharge chain type Bucket Elevators are furnished with two strands of heavy duty steel knuckle chain for moderate to severe service, selected for required work loads.

Super Capacity Continuous Discharge Bucket Elevator

ELEVATOR Number CAPACITY BUCKETS Max. C.F.H. Width Proj. Depth Spacing CHAIN No. Pitch F.P.M. MAX. LUMP SIZE 100% 10% NOM. CASING SIZE Width Depth HEAD SPROCKET Number Teeth Pitch Dia. RPM BOOT SPROCKET Number Pitch Shaft Teeth Diameter Diameter

SC700-128 SC700-148 SC700-168 SC700-188 SC700-208 SC700-1612 SC700-2012 SC700-2412 SC700-3012 SC700-3612 SC700-4212 SC700-4812

2,250 2,700 3,150 3,600 4,050 5,625 7,125 8,250 10,500 12,375 14,437.5 16,500

12 14 16 18 20 16 20 24 30 36 42 48

8.75 11.625 8.75 11.625 8.75 11.625 8.75 11.625 8.75 11.625 12.75 17.625 12.75 17.625 12.75 17.625 12.75 17.625 12.75 17.625 12.75 17.625 12.75 17.625

12 12 12 12 12 18 18 18 18 18 18 18

6102-1/2 6102-1/2 6102-1/2 6102-1/2 6102-1/2 9124 9124 9124 9124 9124 9150 9150

12 12 12 12 12 9 9 9 9 9 9 9

100 100 100 100 100 125 125 125 125 125 125 125

2 2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 3-1/2 3-1/2 3-1/2 3-1/2 3-1/2 3-1/2 3-1/2

4 4 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 8 8 8

26 28 30 32 34 33 37 41 47 53 60 66

56 56 56 56 56 68 68 68 68 68 68 68

8 8 8 8 8 12 12 12 12 12 12 12

31.36 31.36 31.36 31.36 31.36 34.77 34.77 34.77 34.77 34.77 34.77 34.77

12.2 12.2 12.2 12.2 12.2 13.7 13.7 13.7 13.7 13.7 13.7 13.7

6 6 6 6 6 12 12 12 12 12 12 12

23.96 23.96 23.96 23.96 23.96 34.77 34.77 34.77 34.77 34.77 34.77 34.77

2.4375 2.4375 3.0000 3.0000 3.0000 3.0000 3.0000 3.0000 3.0000 3.4375 3.4375 3.4375

All Dimensions in inches. Max. CFH capacity is at 75% bucket load. Consult Martin for head shaft size and horsepower requirements. Internal gravity take-ups are standard.

H-135

CONVEYORS

Bucket Elevator Dimensions

112 V R Head Shaft Dia.

As Reqd

D-1

AS A

B Lift Std. Intermediate 10-0

Shaft Centers Overall Height

CONVEYORS
AP K J L L N Anchor Bolt Plan F Take- G Up H M M

H-136

Bucket Elevator Dimensions

100 & 700 Belt & Chain Dimensions (In Inches)
Elevator Number Chain Elevator Number Belt Elevator Number Belt Elevator Number Chain Casing A B F G H J Boot K L M N P R S T U Head V Y Z D-1

C43-101 C64-102 C85-103 C85-104 C85-105 C85-107 C85-108 C106-110 C106-111 C106-112 C106-113 C106-116

B43-139 B64-140 C85-766 C85-767 C105-768 C105-769 C107-770 C107-771 C127-772 C127-773 C128-776 C128-777

B85-790 B105-791

B64-141

1134 1134 1134 1134 1334 1334 1334 1534 1534 1534 28

934

35 39 35 39 42 39 42 48 42 48 54

18

13 14 13 14 16 14 16 19 16 19 21

9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9

2612 43 2612 43 2612 43 2612 43 3212 50 2612 43 3212 50 4012 60 3212 50 4012 60 39

2714 3634

42

72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72

1712 1412 1312 13 1912 1612 1512 13 1712 1412 1512 13 1912 1612 1512 13 21 21 24 21 24 1912 1612 1712 13 18 21 18 21 1712 13 1712 15 1912 13 1912 15 1912 17 18 1512 13

10

15

2934 3112 2934 3112 3234 3112 3234 3534 3214 3534 3814

10 10 10 10 10 10 10 13 10 13 17 17

1712 2812 3012 2812 3012 3314 3012 3314 3612 3314 3612 4112 4612

36 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 48 42 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48

14

1912 1712 3012 13 2112 1912 3212 14 1912 1712 3012 14 2112 1912 3212 14 24 24 2112 1912 3212 15 21 21 3614 1412 3614 1512 4058 16

2014 13

B85-142

B85-143

B107-792

B106-144 B106-145 B127-146S

2712 24 24 21

3614 17 4058 17 53

C127-117 C127-119 C127-120 C127-122 C147-123 C147-124 C147-126 C147-127 C147-128 C147-130 C168-131 C168-132 C168-133 C168-134

B127-793 B128-795

B147-794 B148-796

B127-146 B127-147 B147-149

1734 1734 1934 1934 2234 2234

48 54 48 54 48 54

19 21 20 21 19 21

10 10

4012 60 39 6012

72 72 72 72

24 27 27 27

21 24 24 24

2112 15 2112 17 2312 17 2612 17

3534 3814 3534 3814 3534 3814

13 17 13 17 13 17

3612 4112 3612 4112 3612 4112

2712 24 31 31 31 27 27 27

4058 18 45 45 45 1914 20 22

B168-797 B188-798

B147-148 B168-150

C168-780 C168-781 C188-782 C188-783

1

10 10 10 10

4012 60 39 39 4012 60

6012 6012

72 72

24 24

21 21

2312 15 2612 15

2712 24 2712 24

4058 19 4058 21

B168-152

NOT certied for construction. 2 Normal maximum for largest headshaft listed. For units not shown, contact Martin.

H-137

CONVEYORS

C147-774 C147-775 C148-778 C148-779

64

26

10

10

2934 6012

6012

72 72

27 32

24 29

2712 24 31 3612 32 27

3012 2614 36

45

1814 24

Buckets and Chain

Style AA
Ductile iron buckets for general use with most types of relatively free owing material in centrifugal discharge elevators. Can be mounted on chain or belt and furnished in various plastic materials.
Bucket Size

4
A

6 10 12 14 16 8

234
B

4 5

414 512 614 714 714 812 4 4 4 4

C

Weight Lbs.

2.7 4.8 7.7

1.0

Capacity cu. ft. XX

.03 .07 .12

.01

6 7 7 8

12.0 13.9 21.8

Weight Lbs.

.19 .23 .34

Bucket Size

Style C

Fabricated buckets are used in centrifugal discharge elevators to handle materials that tend to pack or stick, such as sugar, clay, salt or wet grains.

6 10 12 14 16
Bucket Size

412 412 5 5 7 7

2.0 2.8

Capacity cu. ft. XX

.026 .035

4.0 4.8

.052 .061

512 512
Weight Lbs. 12 Ga.

10.5
16 4

8.5

.138

.158

Continuous

Medium front non-overlapping fabricated steel buckets are used in continuous discharge elevators for general service. Heavier gauges should be used when handling abrasive materials. Available fabricated from various materials. High front continuous buckets are available also. Plastic buckets available in most sizes.
z vEMvoxqrN

10 10 12 14 12 14 16 18

8
A

5 7 7 7 8 8 8 8

1158 1158 1158 1158 1158 1158 1158

734
C

734

5.1 5.9 9.3

10 Ga.

10.4 11.6 11.2 12.4 13.7 14.9

11.9

6.3 7.4

13.4 14.9 14.4 16.0 17.6 19.2

10.2 16.5

8.7

Capacity cu. ft. XX

18.6 20.7 20.0 22.2 24.5 26.7

1/4 Steel

.070 .090 .180

26.1 29.1 32.0 35.0

.218 .253

.275 .325 .375 .420

Bucket Size, Inches P Proj.

Weight

AC Welded Steel
CONVEYORS

High front for greater capacity. Hooded back for closer spacing. Typical in cement, gypsum powder or other powdery materials. Venting available for clean lling and discharge. Mounted on chain or belt.

L Length

nE MnozrN

ZU

^Weights do not include bolt reinforcing plates. Bolt reinforcing plates are recommended if less than 8 bolts are used. Vent holes in bottom are optional in style AC buckets.
k z MzytSN vEMvoxqrN

SC Welded Steel

Mounted between two strands of chain. Suitable for the heaviest materials. Designed for super capacity elevators. Typical in asphalt and concrete applications. Design offers increased capacity.

Weight 10 L P D A Gauge 3/16 1/4 Length Proj. Depth Inches Steel Steel Steel

12 14 16 18 20 24 27

Bucket Size, Inches

8 8 8 10 10 10 12

812 812 812 1012 1012 1012 12 12

D Depth

18.25 20.30 22.48 31.15 33.68 39.67 53.84

3/16 Steel

24.30 27.00 29.98 38.95 42.10 52.69 71.46

n MnozrN

*Note: Actual capacity depends on angle of repose of material handled and inclination of elevator.

Chain

H-138

NOTE: All dimensions are inside to inside of bucket.

Combination chains, C-, have cast block links and steel connecting side bars. All steel (steel knuckle), SS, are fabricated of steel. Attachments are available either on the connecting side bars or block link.

C-977 C-188 C-102B C-110 C-111 SS-102B SS-110

Chain No.

Pitch in Inches

2.308 2.609 4.0 6.0 4.76 4.0 6.0

Average Ultimate Strength Lbs.

11,000 14,000 24,000 24,000 36,000 40,000 40,000

Rated Working Value Lbs.

1830 1950 4000 4000 5,950 6,290 6290

Wt. Per Ft. Lbs Attachment Every Other Pitch

12 14 16 16 18 20 20 24 30 36

834 834 834 12 834 834 12 12 12 12

1158 1158 1158 1758 1158 1158 1758 1758 1758 1758

4916 4916 4916 612 4916 4916 612 612 612 612

22 23 25 43 27 29 49 55 65 73
7

29 31 34 58 36 39 67 75 88 99

2.2 4.8 7.8 7.3 10.7 9.0 8.6

Attachment Number

K-1 K-2 K-2 K-2 K-2 K-2 K-2

Pin Diameter

16 2 5 8 5 8 3 4 5 8 5 8
1

Dimension in Inches Side Barrel or Bar Knuckle Dia.

39 41 45 76 48 52 88 104 117 132

Cap. Cu. Feet* Filled Filled 5/16 to Line to Line Steel X-X X-Y

.231 .271 .311 .488 .542 .651 1.072

Cap. Cu. Feet^ Filled Filled to Line to Line X-X X-Y

.303 .356 .408 .691 .768 .921 1.474

49 51 56 95 60 65 110 130 146 165

.35 .41 .46 1.11 .52 .58 1.40 1.68 2.11 2.53

.54 .63 .72 1.55 .81 .90 1.94 2.33 2.91 3.49

16 78 4 118 3 8 112 3 8 112 3 8 134 3 8 112 3 8 112

1 3

8 8 1132 1516 11532 1 114

7 7

Bucket Punching (Belt)

CEMA Standard (Formerly P1 thru P9)

B1
B

B2

C BOLTS

B3
1

B4
1

B5
Bucket Length Salem and Other Similar Light Buckets Punch

B6

B7
M.I. & Steel Buckets Style A, AA, AA-RB, B, C, etc. C*
1 1 1 1 1

B8
Continuous Buckets

12 14 16 18

B-3 B-4 B-5

338 278 3

*C = Bolt Diameter. See Chart on Page H-140.

8 8 8

4-516 4- 16 4-516
5

B-6 B-7 B-7

412 412 4

Attachment Number

8 8 8

4 -516
5 5

B-7
B

B=

16 16

B-6 B-7 B-7

412 412 4

DEPTH 1 2

10

B-2

B-1

B-2

3116 418

438

B
5 7

8 8 8

4-516 4-516

Punch

B-1 B-6 B-6

4-38 312 3

8 8

1 1

4 -516 4 -516

C*

Punch

B-6 B-6

312

1 1

4-516 4-516 4-516

5 5

C*

16 16

16
E
3

Bucket Punching Chain

E BOLT DIA

C-977 C-188 C-110 C-111

Chain Number

C-102B SS-102B SS-110

K-1 K-2 K-2 K-2 K-2 K-2

1
3 7 3 3 7

4 8 4 4 8

114 2516 134 134 134 134

4316 5516 5516 5516 5516 614

234 338 218 338 2 2

8 8 8 8 8 8 8

3 3

Style AA, C, SC, etc.

Continuous High Speed Grain

K-2

Bucket Size

Punch

C
1 1

75 95 11 6 12 6 Consult 14 7 96

B2 B2 B2 B3 B3 B4

21116 3 8 358 338 3 3

5

134 1 4 2 2
3

4 4 4 4 4

2 2

1 1 1 5

Martin for AC and SC Bucket Punching.

16

Platforms Head section service platforms are of structural steel, angle hand rails and heavy non-skid grating. The platform mounts securely to the elevator head section. Various sizes and congurations are available. Rest platforms are also available and required at 30 intervals. Ladders/Safety Cages Ladders with safety cages are available. They are constructed of heavy gauge steel and sized to provide easy access to platforms. Ladders with safety cage are easily bolted to the elevator casings.

H-139

CONVEYORS

Formulas for Calculating Number of Buckets, Bucket Bolts, Washers and Length of Chain or Belt
Centrifugal Discharge Chain Series 100
Elevator Number C43-101 C64-102 C85-103 C85-104 C85-105 C85-107 C85-108 C106-110 C106-111 C106-112 C106-113 C106-116 C127-117 C127-119 C127-120 C127-122 C147-123 C147-124 C147-126 C147-127 C147-128 C147-130 C168-131 C168-132 C168-133 C168-134 Size (Inches) 43 64 85 85 85 85 85 10 6 10 6 10 6 10 6 10 6 12 7 12 7 12 7 12 7 14 7 14 7 14 7 14 7 14 7 14 7 16 8 16 8 16 8 16 8 Spacing (Inches) 9 4 13 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 18 18 16 18 16 18 16 19 18 16 19 18 16 19 18 19 18
1

Number of Buckets, Bucket Bolts, Washers and Length of Chain.

Bucket Bolts and Lock Washers Hex Head Cap Screws Chain Attachment Every _ Link K1- 4th K1-5th K2-4th K2-4th K2-4th K2 - 4th K2 - 4th K2 - 4th K2 - 4th K2 - 3rd K2 - 3rd K2 - 4th K2 - 3rd K2 - 4th K2 - 3rd K2 - 4th K2 - 4th K2 - 3rd K2 - 4th K2 - 4th K2 - 3rd K2 - 4th K2 - 4th K2 - 3rd K2 - 4th K2 - 3rd Length (Feet)

Buckets Style AA Malleable $ Quantity

1.5 + (2.58 Shaft Ctrs) 4.4 + (1.85 Shaft Ctrs) 2.75 + (1.5 Shaft Ctrs) 3.5 + (1.5 Shaft Ctrs) 3.5 + (1.5 Shaft Ctrs) 4.25 + (1.5 Shaft Ctrs) 4.25 + (1.5 Shaft Ctrs) 3.75 + (1.5 Shaft Ctrs) 3.75 + (1.5 Shaft Ctrs) 4.33 + (1.33 Shaft Ctrs) 4.33 + (1.33 Shaft Ctrs) 4.5 + (1.5 Shaft Ctrs) 4.0 + (1.33 Shaft Ctrs) 4.25 + (1.5 Shaft Ctrs) 5.0 + (1.33 Shaft Ctrs) 5.5 + (1.5 Shaft Ctrs) 3.79 + (1.26 Shaft Ctrs) 4.0 + (1.33 Shaft Ctrs) 4.25 + (1.5 Shaft Ctrs) 4.74 + (1.26 Shaft Ctrs) 5.0 + (1.33 Shaft Ctrs) 5.5 + (1.5 Shaft Ctrs) 3.48 + (1.26 Shaft Ctrs) 3.66 + (1.33 Shaft Ctrs) 4.51 + (1.26 Shaft Ctrs) 4.66 + (1.33 Shaft Ctrs)

4 1 1 4 1 8 114 3 8 114 3 8 114 3 8 114 3 8 114 3 8 114 3 8 114 3 8 114 3 8 114 3 8 114 3 8 114 3 8 114 3 8 114 3 8 114 1 2 112 3 8 114 3 8 114 1 2 112 3 8 114 3 8 114 1 2 112 3 8 114 1 2 112 3 8 114
1 3

Size (Inches)

Quantity 2 (No. of Buckets) 2 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets)

Number C-77 C-188 C-102B C-102B SS-102B C-102B SS-102B C-102B SS-102B C-110 SS-110 C-102B SS-110 C-102B SS-110 C-102B C-111 SS-110 C-102B C-111 SS-110 C-102B C-111 SS-110 C-111 SS-110

2.31 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 4.79 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 3.66 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 4.66 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 4.66 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 5.66 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 5.66 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 5.0 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 5.0 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 6.5 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 6.5 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 6.0 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 6.0 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 5.66 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 7.5 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 7.33 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 6.0 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 6.0 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 5.66 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 7.5 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 7.5 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 7.33 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 5.55 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 5.5 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 7.13 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 7.0 + (2 Shaft Ctrs)

Centrifugal Discharge Belt Series 100

Elevator Number B43-139 B64-140 B64-141 B85-142 B85-143 B106-144 B106-145 B127-146 43 64 64 85 85 10 6 10 6 12 7 Staggered 12 7 12 7 14 7 14 7 16 8 16 8 Size (Inches) Buckets Style AA Malleable Spacing (Inches) 8 13 13 16 16 16 16 18 $ Quantity Size (Inches)
1 1 1

Number of Buckets, Bucket Bolts, Washers and Length of Belt.

Bucket Bolts and Lock Washers (Norway Elevator Bolts) Quantity 2 (No. of Buckets) 2 (No. of Buckets) 2 (No. of Buckets) 5 (No. of Buckets) 5 (No. of Buckets) 5 (No. of Buckets) 5 (No. of Buckets) 5 (No. of Buckets) 5 (No. of Buckets) 5 (No. of Buckets) 7 (No. of Buckets) 7 (No. of Buckets) 7 (No. of Buckets) 7 (No. of Buckets) Belt (Including 3 Buckets Overlap) No. of Holes to be Punched in Belt Length (Feet)

B127S-146S B127-147 B147-148 B147-149 B168-150 B168-152

16 18 18 18 18 18

3.12 + (3 Shaft Ctrs) 4.85 + (1.85 Shaft Ctrs) 4.34 + (1.85 Shaft Ctrs) 3.34 + (1.5 Shaft Ctrs) 4.13 + (1.5 Shaft Ctrs) 3.53 + (1.5 Shaft Ctrs) 4.34 + (1.5 Shaft Ctrs) 3.86 + (1.33 Shaft Ctrs) 6.28 + (3 Shaft Ctrs) 4.72 + (1.33 Shaft Ctrs) 3.86 + (1.33 Shaft Ctrs) 4.72 + (1.33 Shaft Ctrs) 3.31 + (1.33 Shaft Ctrs) 4.72 + (1.33 Shaft Ctrs)

4 1 4 1 4 1 1 4 114 1 4 114 5 16 114 5 16 114 5 16 112 16 112 16 112 16 112 5 16 112 5 16 112 5 16 112
5 5 5

6 + (No. of Bolts) 6 + (No. of Bolts) 6 + (No. of Bolts) 15 + (No. of Bolts) 15 + (No. of Bolts) 15 + (No. of Bolts) 15 + (No. of Bolts) 15 + (No. of Bolts) 15 + (No. of Bolts) 15 + (No. of Bolts) 21 + (No. of Bolts) 21 + (No. of Bolts) 21 + (No. of Bolts) 21 + (No. of Bolts)

5 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 9 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 9 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 9 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 10 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 9 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 10 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 11 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 15 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 13 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 11 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 13 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 10 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 13 + (2 Shaft Ctrs)

CONVEYORS

Continuous Discharge Chain Series 700

Elevator Number C85-766 C85-767 C105-768 C105-769 C107-770 C107-771 C127-772 C127-773 C147-774 C147-775 C128-776 C128-777 C148-778 C148-779 C168-781 C168-783 Size (Inches) Buckets Medium Front Continuous Steel Buckets Spacing (Inches) 8 8 8 8 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 $ Quantity

Number of Buckets, Bucket Bolts, Washers and Length of Chain.

Bucket Bolts and Lock Washers Hex Head Cap Screws Size (Inches) Quantity 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) 4 (No. of Buckets) Number C-102B SS-102B C-102B SS-102B C-110 SS-110 C-110 SS-110 C-110 SS-110 C-110 SS-110 C-110 SS-110 SS-110 SS-110 Chain Attachment Every _ Link K2 - 2nd K2 - 2nd K2 - 2nd K2 - 2nd K2 - 2nd K2 - 2nd K2 - 2nd K2 - 2nd K2 - 2nd K2 - 2nd K2 - 2nd K2 - 2nd K2 - 2nd K2 - 2nd K2 - 2nd K2 - 2nd Length (Feet)

8 5 734 8 5 734 10 5 734 10 5 734 10 7 1158 10 7 1158 12 7 1158 12 7 1158 14 7 1158 14 7 1158 12 8 1158 12 8 1158 14 8 1158 14 8 1158 16 8 1158 18 8 1158

6.57 + (3 Shaft Ctrs) 6.57 + (3 Shaft Ctrs) 8.25 + (3 Shaft Ctrs) 8.25 + (3 Shaft Ctrs) 6.06 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 6.06 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 5.60 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 5.60 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 5.60 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 5.60 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 5.60 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 5.60 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 5.60 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 5.60 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 5.33 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 5.33 + (2 Shaft Ctrs)

8 114 8 114 8 114 3 8 114 3 8 114 3 8 114 3 8 114 3 8 114 3 8 114 3 8 114 3 8 114 3 8 114 3 8 114 3 8 114 3 8 114 3 8 114
3 3 3

4.66 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 4.66 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 5.0 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 5.0 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 6.5 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 6.5 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 6.0 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 6.0 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 6.0 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 6.0 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 6.0 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 6.0 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 6.0 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 6.0 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 5.5 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 5.5 + (2 Shaft Ctrs)

Continuous Discharge Belt Series 700

Elevator Number B85-790 B105-791 B107-792 B127-793 B147-794 B128-795 B148-796 B168-797 B183-798 Size (Inches) Buckets Medium Front Continuous Steel Buckets Spacing (Inches) 8 8 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 $ Quantity

Number of Buckets, Bucket Bolts, Washers and Length of Chain.

Bucket Bolts and Lock Washers (Norway Elevator Bolts) Size (Inches)
5 5 1 3

Belt (Including 3 Buckets Overlap) Width (Inches) 9 11 11 13 15 13 15 17 19 No. of Holes to be Punched in Belt Length (Feet)

Quantity 5 (No. of Buckets) 5 (No. of Buckets) 5 (No. of Buckets) 5 (No. of Buckets) 7 (No. of Buckets) 5 (No. of Buckets) 7 (No. of Buckets) 7 (No. of Buckets) 7 (No. of Buckets)

$ If answer is a fraction, go to next whole number. Consult

8 5 7 4 10 5 734 10 7 1158 12 7 1158 14 7 1158 12 8 1158 14 8 1158 16 8 1158 18 8 1158

3

H-140

Martin for units not shown.

7.88 + (3 Shaft Ctrs) 6.5 + (3 Shaft Ctrs) 5.75 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 5.75 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 5.75 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 5.75 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 5.75 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 5.75 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 4.96 + (2 Shaft Ctrs)

4 4 16 1 16 1 16 114 5 16 114 5 16 114 5 16 114 5 16 114 5 16 114

5

15 + (No. of Bolts) 15 + (No. of Bolts) 15 + (No. of Bolts) 15 + (No. of Bolts) 21 + (No. of Bolts) 15 + (No. of Bolts) 21 + (No. of Bolts) 21 + (No. of Bolts) 21 + (No. of Bolts)

8 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 7 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 10 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 10 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 10 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 10 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 10 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 10 + (2 Shaft Ctrs) 9 + (2 Shaft Ctrs)

High Speed Grain Centrifugal Discharge Belt Series 500

AS REQ'D.

SHAFT CENTERS SWAY BRACE LIFT

4'- 0"

TAKE-UP

Capacity No. Martin Bucket Model No. Rows Buckets Standard Duty Plastic C.F.H.
@ "Y-Y +5 Deg." Max. Useable @ "Y - Y" (W.L.)

at Speed Belt FPM H.S. RPM Typical Style Width In.

Belt Width

Pulley Head Boot Width Pulley Pulley Dia. In.

Boot Shaft Dia. In.

Hd. & Bt. Casing Dimensions Depth Width "C" In. "A" In.

Intermediate Casing Dimensions Depth "C" In. Width "B" In. Head

Casing Thicknesses Inlet Height

Proj. Spacing Dia. Inches Inches In. In. In.

Boot

Int.

B64-508 * B65-512A B65-512B B95-518A B95-518B B95-518C B96-524 B96-530 B106-530 B136-530 B127-536 B147-536 B167-536 B168-542 B188-542 B2108-548 B2138-548 B2168-548 B2188-548 B3168-548 B4158-548 B4188-548

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 4 4

782 1,079 1,541 1,853 2,470 3,176 3,974 4,406 4,931 6,388 8,879 10,747 12,000 14,751 16,740 20,648 26,412 33,314 37,800 49,971 63,222 75,600

697 980 1,400 1,640 2,187 2,812 3,600 3,991 4,534 5,864 8,123 9,900 11,289 13,798 15,764 19,164 23,706 31,681 35,595 47,521 59,652 71,190

265 350 350 440 440 440 460 510 510 510 600 600 600 620 620 700 700 700 700 700 700 700

119 107 107 90 90 90 70 63 63 63 62 62 62 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55

HD-MAX HD-MAX HD-MAX HD-MAX HD-MAX HD-MAX HD-MAX HD-MAX

6.250 4.500 6.250 5.625 6.250 5.625 9.375 5.625 9.375 5.625 9.375 5.625 9.375 6.625 9.375 6.625

7 10 7 12 9 7 8 8 8 8 9 9 9 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

7 7 7 10 10 10 10 10 11 14 13 15 17 17 20 22 28 34 38 50 62 74

7 8 8 11 11 11 11 11 12 15 15 16 19 19 22 24 30 36 40 52 64 76

8 12 12 18 18 18 24 30 30 30 36 36 36 42 42 48 48 48 48 48 48 48

8 12 12 18 18 18 24 30 30 30 36 36 36 42 42 48 48 48 48 48 48 48

1 3/16 1 7/16 1 7/16 1 7/16 1 7/16 1 7/16 1 15/16 1 15/16 1 15/16 1 15/16 2 7/16 2 7/16 2 7/16 2 7/16 2 7/16 2 15/16 2 15/16 2 15/16 3 7/16 3 7/16 3 7/16 3 7/16

8 9 9 12 12 12 13 15 15 18 18 21 21 23 26 28 34 40 44 56 68 80

20 27 27 34 34 34 42 48 48 48 56 56 56 68 68 74 74 74 74 74 74 74

8 9 9 12 12 12 13 15 15 18 18 21 21 23 26 28 34 40 44 56 68 80

20 * 8 8 9 9 9 10 10 10 10 11 11 11 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14

12 ga. 12 ga. 12 ga. 12 ga. 12 ga. 12 ga. 12 ga. 12 ga. 12 ga. 12 ga. 10 ga. 12 ga. 12 ga. 10 ga. 12 ga. 12 ga. 10 ga. 12 ga. 10 ga. 10 ga. 12 ga. 10 ga. 3/16" 10 ga. 3/16" 10 ga. 3/16" 10 ga. 3/16" 10 ga. 3/16" 10 ga. 3/16" 3/16" 3/16" 3/16" 3/16" 3/16" 3/16" 3/16" 3/16" 3/16" 3/16" 3/16" 1/4" 1/4" 1/4" 1/4" 1/4" 1/4" 1/4" 12 ga. 12 ga. 12 ga. 12 ga. 12 ga. 12 ga. 12 ga. 12 ga. 10 ga. 10 ga. 10 ga. 10 ga. 10 ga. 10 ga. 10 ga.

30 32 32 39 39 39 44 48 48 48 56 56 56 72 72 76 76 76 76 76 76 76

HD-MAX 10.375 6.625 HD-MAX 13.375 6.625 HD-MAX 12.500 7.750 HD-MAX 14.500 7.750 HD-MAX 16.500 7.750 HD-MAX 16.500 8.750 HD-MAX 18.500 8.750 HD-MAX 10.500 8.750 HD-MAX 13.500 8.750 HD-MAX 16.500 8.750 HD-MAX 18.500 8.750 HD-MAX 16.500 8.750 HD-MAX 15.500 8.750 HD-MAX 18.500 8.750

* Single Leg intermediate casing; 50' maximum height.

Head shaft diameter to be determined by customer's application and specications.

Plastic buckets are available as Nylon, HDP, or Urethane. Steel is available on special request.

H-141

CONVEYORS

Drag Conveyors
Drag Conveyors Section VII

SECTION VII
DRAG CONVEYOR SECTION VII
Safety..................................................................................................................................... H-143 Round Bottom Drag Conveyor ............................................................................................... H-144 Flat Bottom Drag Conveyor ................................................................................................... H-147 L & S Path Drag Conveyor..................................................................................................... H-151
CONVEYORS

H-142

*Conveyors shown without cover for illustration purposes only. Please follow manufacturing safety guidelines when operating conveyors.

Safety
WARNING AND SAFETY REMINDERS FOR SCREW , DRAG , AND BUCKET ELEVATOR CONVEYORS
It is the responsibility of the contractor, installer, owner and user to install, maintain and operate the conveyor, components and, conveyor assemblies in such a manner as to comply with the Williams-Steiger Occupational Safety and Health Act and with all state and local laws and ordinances and the American National Standards Institute (ANSI) B20.1 Safety Code. In order to avoid an unsafe or hazardous condition, the assemblies or parts must be installed and operated in accordance with the following minimum provisions.

APPROVED FOR DISTRIBUTION BY THE SCREW CONVEYOR SECTION OF THE CONVEYOR EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (CEMA)
on the caution labels afxed to the equipment. 6. Do not place hands, feet, or any part of your body, in the conveyor. 8. Do not use conveyor for any purpose other than that for which it was intended.

7. Never walk on conveyor covers, grating or guards. 9. Do not poke or prod material into the conveyor with a bar or stick inserted through the openings. 10. Keep area around conveyor drive and control station free of debris and obstacles. 11. Eliminate all sources of stored energy (materials or devices that could cause conveyor components to move without power applied) before opening the conveyor 12. Do not attempt to clear a jammed conveyor until power has been LOCKED OUT.

bler as we have no information regarding plant wiring, plant environment, the interlocking of the screw conveyor with other equipment, extent of plant automation, etc. Other devices should not be used as a substitute for locking out the power prior to removing guards or covers. We caution that use of the secondary devices may cause employees to develop a false sense of security and fail to lock out power before removing covers or guards. This could result in a serious injury should the secondary device fail or malfunction.

1. Conveyors shall not be operated unless all covers and/or guards for the conveyor and drive unit are in place. If the conveyor is to be opened for inspection cleaning, maintenance or observation, the electric power to the motor driving the conveyor must be LOCKED OUT in such a manner that the conveyor cannot be restarted by anyone; however remote from the area, until conveyor cover or guards and drive guards have been properly replaced. 2. If the conveyor must have an open housing as a condition of its use and application, the entire conveyor is then to be guarded by a railing or fence in accordance with ANSI standard B20.1.(Request current edition and addenda)

There are many kinds of electrical devices for interlocking of conveyors and conveyor systems such that if one conveyor in a system or process is stopped other equipment feeding it, or following it can also be automatically stopped.

13. Do not attempt eld modication of conveyor or components.

3. Feed openings for shovel, front loaders or other manual or mechanical equipment shall be constructed in such a way that the conveyor opening is covered by a grating. If the nature of the material is such that a grating cannot be used, then the exposed section of the conveyor is to be guarded by a railing or fence and there shall be a warning sign posted.

4. Do not attempt any maintenance or repairs of the conveyor until power has been LOCKED OUT. 5. Always operate conveyor in accordance with these instructions and those contained

PROMINENTLY DISPLAY THESE SAFETY LABELS ON INSTALLED EQUIPMENT

CEMA insists that disconnecting and locking out the power to the motor driving the unit provides the only real protection against injury. Secondary safety devices are available; however, the decision as to their need and the type required must be made by the owner-assem-

14. Conveyors are not normally manufactured or designed to handle materials that are hazardous to personnel. These materials which are hazardous include those that are explosive, ammable, toxic or otherwise dangerous to personnel. Conveyors may be designed to handle these materials. Conveyors are not manufactured or designed to comply with local, state or federal codes for unred pressure vessels. If hazardous materials are to be conveyed or if the conveyor is to be subjected to internal or external pressure, manufacturer should be consulted prior to any modications.

Electrical controls, machinery guards, railings, walkways, arrangement of installation, training of personnel, etc., are necessary ingredients for a safe working place. It is the responsibility of the contractor, installer, owner and user to supplement the materials and services furnished with these necessary items to make the conveyor installation comply with the law and accepted standards. Conveyor inlet and discharge openings are designed to connect to other equipment or machinery so that the ow of material into and out of the conveyor is completely enclosed.

One or more warning labels should be visible on conveyor housings, conveyor covers and elevator housings. If the labels attached to the equipment become illegible, please order replacement warning labels from the OEM or CEMA. The Conveyor Equipment Manufacturers Association (CEMA) has produced an audiovisual presentation entitled Safe Operation of Screw Conveyors, Drag Conveyors, and Bucket Elevators. CEMA encourages acquisition and use of this source of safety information to supplement your safety program.

NOTICE: This document is provided by CEMA as a service to the industry in the interest of promoting safety. It is advisory only and it is not a substitute for a thorough safety program. Users should consult with qualied engineers and other safety professionals. CEMA makes no representations or warranties, either expressed or implied, and the users of this document assume full responsibility for the safe design and operation of equipment.

H-143

CONVEYORS

Round Bottom Drag Conveyor

BOLTED COVER UHMW FLIGHT

UHMW FORMED FLANGE IDLER SPROCKET TROUGH 9" THRU 24" ANGLE FLANGE TROUGH 9 THRU 36

Martin

Idler Return
BOLTED COVER RAIL RETURN UHMW FLIGHT

Round Bottom Tail Take-up

FORMED FLANGE TROUGH 9" THRU 24"

ANGLE FLANGE TROUGH 9 THRU 36

OPTIONAL A.R. WEAR STRIP

CONVEYORS

Rail Return

Self-Cleaning Tail Standard Features Bolted Flanged Covers Welded Steel Chain Jig Welded Flight Attachment UHMW Flights Heavy Duty Form Flange Trough Heat Treated Sprockets Rail Return System Flow Through Inlets Heavy Duty Backing Plate Popular Options By-Pass Inlets Hip Roof Cover Self-Cleaning Tail Section Intermediate Discharge Bend Section Flight Saver Idler Return System Optional A.R. Wear Strip Split Sprockets

H-144

Head Take-up

*Conveyors shown without cover for illustration purposes only. Please follow manufacturing safety guidelines when operating conveyors.

Round Bottom Drag Conveyor

ROUND BOTTOM CONVEYOR

Capacity FPM/RPM
100 FPM Series Size CFH RPM CFH RPM CFH RPM CFH RPM CFH RPM 125 FPM 150 FPM 175 FPM 200FPM

NOTES:
1. Capacities are based on 100% loading with free-owing grains at 48 pounds per cubic foot. 2. Selection of conveyors should be based upon material characteristics. 3. Capacities and speeds will vary for other types of materials and for materials conveyed at an incline. Please consult Martin if you have any questions concerning your application.

1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 2400

900

12 14 16 18 20 24

2040

3475 4750 6050 8100

33

33 33 32 32 23 23

2600

4300 5900 7600

41

41 40 40 40 29 29

3050

5200 7100 9150

50

50 50 48

3500

6075 8300

58

58 58 56 56 40 40

4080

6950 9500

66

66 66 64 64 46 46

10500 14800

10150 13000 18150

12300 15650 22000

48 35 35

14300 18200 25750

10600

12100 16200 21000 29600

Note: Dimensions not certied for construction.

Material Thickness and Approximate Shipping Weights

Series Adj. Tail
3 3 3 3 3

Weight1

Bypass
3 3 3 3 3 3 3

Weight

Fixed Head
3 3 3 3 3 3 3

Weight Standard Duty

Intermediate Weight2 Specic Duty

3 3 3 3 3 3 3

Weight3

Cover

1200 1400 1600 1800 2400 2000

900

16 16 16 16 16
1 1

367 394 412 475 575 856 899

16 16 16 16 16 16 16

127 140 160 238 295 370

89

16 16 16 16 16 16 16

187 210 221 257 281 486 665

14 ga. 12 ga. 12 ga. 12 ga. 10 ga. 10 ga. 10 ga.

185 285 310 365 507 578 742

16 16 16 16 16 16 16

255 420 460 520 640 705 870

14 ga. 14 ga. 14 ga. 14 ga. 12 ga. 12 ga. 12 ga.

4 4

NOTES: 1. Tail and head weights shown include bearings, shafts, and standard sprockets. 2. Intermediate weights include return rails and bolted covers.

6", 30", and 36" Drag conveyors are also available upon request. Please contact Martin for quote.

Martin has designed its Round Bottom with the

user in mind. We have incorporated larger heattreated sprockets into our designs to reduce noise, vibration and chordal action while increasing chain and sprocket life. Our goal is to reduce maintenance and operating costs for the user. We offer the Martin Round Bottom Drag with

either a rail return or optional Flight Saver Idler return system. Both systems assure long life and quiet operation. All drag ights are a (food safe) white UHMW polyethylene material attached to welded steel chain, with exception of the 6" drag conveyor which uses combination chain.

H-145

CONVEYORS

Round Bottom Drag Conveyor

C ( TAKE- UP ) E L A D

FLOW DIRECTION

NOTE : DRIVE NEAR SIDE

F G
P

SAFETY STICKER

N M

BY-PASS INLET

SERIES

1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 2400

900

38

38 38 38 38 41 41

18

20 20 24 24 29 34

9 9 9 9

1414 1414 1414 1414 1414 16 16

2158 2334 2712 24 26

1118 1414 1634 1918 24 29 2158

21516 31116 5716 414 3516 3316

3316

10 10 12 1412 22 17

10 516 111316 151316 1478 11516

91316

9516

36 36 36 36 24 24 24

18 21 23 25 27 29 33

13 13 13 13 13 16 16

1214 1312 1478 1914 16 20

938

8 38 1034 1314 18116 1478 1178 912

2078 2438 2438 2838 29 34 39

1513 1513 1513 1614 2012 2058 16

13516 13516 13516 1812 1414 1414

12 12

3612

3314

1858

CONVEYORS
SERIES

G D E F

( J ) EQ SPCS @ 6" CNTRS

1200 1400 1600 1800 2400 2000

900

10

B
7 7 7 7 7 9 9

13 15 17 19 21

16 16 16 16 16 16 16

114 114 1 4 114 112 1 2

1 1

518 312 4316 478 5 8

5

3 4
3

312 438 434 5 8

5

312 438 434 5 2

1

514 4

514 3 8 358 6 2
1 5

18

514 4

20 20 24 24 34

2 2 2 2 4

NOTE: Dimensions not certied for construction.

25

29

D C H

BY-PASS INLET, HEAD & INTERMEDIATE DISCHARGE LOCK OUT POWER before removing covers, guards or before servicing. Exposed moving parts can cause severe injury. WARNING AND SAFETY REMINDER
Note: Dimensions not certied for construction.

H-146

*Conveyors shown without cover for illustration purposes only. Please follow manufacturing safety guidelines when operating conveyors.

Flat Bottom Drag Conveyor

BOLTED COVER RAIL RETURN

UHMW FLIGHT

OPTIONAL BOLTED LINER

OPTIONAL A.R. WEAR STRIP FLAT BOLTED BOTTOM WITH OPTION OF A.R.

Rail Return Bolted Replaceable Bottom Bolted Flanged Covers Jig Welded Flight Attachment UHMW Flights Heat Treated Sprockets Rail Return System Flow Through Inlets Heavy Duty Backing Plate

Flat Bottom Tail Take-Up

Standard Features

Intermediate Discharge Liners of Various Materials A.R. Steel Bottom Plate Controlled Feed Inlets Split Sprockets

Popular Options

Self-Cleaning Tail

Super Duty Conveyor

*Conveyors shown without cover for illustration purposes only. Please follow manufacturing safety guidelines when operating conveyors.

H-147

CONVEYORS

Flat Bottom Drag Conveyor

Flat Bottom Conveyor

1 FPM SERIES CFH 100 FPM CFH RPM 125 FPM CFH RPM 150 FPM CFH RPM 175 FPM CFH RPM 200 FPM CFH RPM

1809 2409 2412 2414 2416 2418 3016 3018 3020 3024

28.13 54.38 68.25 78.75 89.25 96.19 111.56 121.13 133.88 159.38

2,813 5,438 6,825 7,875 8,925 9,619 11,156 12,113 13,388 15,938

37 27 27 27

3,516 6,798 8,531 9,844

46 34 34 34 34 34 29 29 29 29

4,220 8,157 10,238 11,813 13,388 14,429 16,734 18,170 20,082 23,907

55 40 40 40 40 40 34 34 34 34

4,923 9,517 11,944 13,781 15,619 16,833 19,523 21,198 23,429 27,892

65 47 47 47 47 47 40 40 40 40

5,626 10,876 13,650 15,750 17,850 19,238 22,312 24,226 26,776 31,876

74 54 54 54 54 54 46 46 46 46

27 11,156 27 12,024 23 13,945 23 15,141 23 16,735 23 19,923

NOTES: 1. Capacities are based on 90% loading with free-owing grains at 48 pounds per cubic foot. 2. Selection of conveyors should be based upon material characteristics. 3. Capacities and speeds will vary for other types of materials and for materials conveyed at an incline. 4. Capacities at 90% bed depth. Please consult Martin if you have any questions concerning your application. NOTES: 1. Tail and head weights shown include bearings, shafts and standard sprockets. 2. Intermediate weights include return rails, and bolted covers. LOCK OUT POWER before removing covers, guards or before servicing. Exposed moving parts can cause severe injury. Warning And Safety Reminder

MATERIAL THICKNESS & APPROXIMATE SHIPPING WEIGHTS INTERMEDIATE SERIES ADJ. TAIL WGT. HEAD WGT. STD. DUTY WGT. COVER

1809

10 GA. 10 GA. 10 GA. 10 GA. 10 GA. 10 GA. 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/16

333 432 454 467 482 497 642 655 690 749

10 GA. 10 GA. 10 GA. 10 GA. 10 GA. 10 GA. 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/16

206 277 306 315 322 335 438 452 485 613

10 GA. 10 GA. 10 GA. 10 GA. 10 GA. 10 GA. 10 GA. 10 GA. 10 GA. 10 GA.

403 460 492 514 532 544 655 679 703 745

14 GA. 14 GA. 14 GA. 14 GA. 14 GA. 12 GA. 12 GA. 12 GA. 12 GA. 12 GA.

CONVEYORS

2409 2412 2414 2416 2418 3016 3018 3020 3024

Martin offers a complete line of standard Flat

H-148

The Martin Flat Bottom drag conveyor is constructed with heavy-duty formed channel sides,

Bottom Drags to handle capacities up to 31,876 CFH. Martin Super Duty Flat Bottom drags have been successfully used in applications with conveyors reaching lengths of over 660 feet and large capacities.

The Martin Flat Bottom drag conveyor is especially suited for handling free owing grains. When heavier abrasive materials need to be conveyed, contact Martin about our Mill Duty Drag conveyor with Forged Chain.

with replaceable bolted bottoms and covers. The replaceable rail return system is offered with an optional rail liner when wear is a concern.

Note: Dimensions not certied for construction.

Flat Bottom Drag Conveyor

C ( TAKE - UP ) D

FLOW DIRECTION
K

E L A

.
M F

SAFETY STICKER

NOTE: DRIVE NEAR SIDE

Flat Intermediate
1414 2014 2014 2014 2014 2014 2514 2514 2514 2514
K C F G

SERIES

1809 2409 2412 2414 2416 2418 3016 3018 3020 3024

37 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 37
K M N N P

25 25 30 30 30 30 36 36 36 36

9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9

1812 2412 2412 2412 2412 2412 2912 2912 2912 2912

4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

17 34 17 12 17 12 17 12 17 12 2012 2012 2012 2012 15

10 18 10 18 10 18 10 18 12 58 12 58 12 58 12 58
G D

714

30 30 35 35 35 35 41 41 41 41

16 16 18 20 22 25 22 25 27 31

13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13

10 10 13 15 17 19 17 19 21 25
G C

9 38 1214 1312 1478 1478 1914 16 16 20 9 38

16 16 16 16 1912 1912 1912 1912 16

10 18

E E F

Head & Intermediate Discharge

SERIES

Standard Inlet
3 414 514 314 314 6 5 5 5 3
G

1809 2409 2412 2414 2416 2418 3016 3018 3020 3024

7 10 12 14 15 14 15 17 21 7

16 16 18 20 22 25 22 25 27 31

1 114 114 114 112 112 112 112 112 1

412 412 412 314 312 314 312 334 4 4

*** *** *** ***

*** *** *** ***

2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 4 2

10 13 15 17 17 21 19 19 25 10

25 30 30 30 36 36 30 36 36 25

312 414 414 414 412 412 412 412 414 312

3 3 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 5

4 4

518 312 4716 4716 5 58 478 334 334

*** 4 4

***

4 514 312 438 438 434 512 4 4 4

Q
7 7

16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16

314 312 314 312 334 4

314 312 314 312 334 4

312 438 438 434 512

***

7 7 7

9 7

9 9 9

Note: Dimensions not certied for construction.

H-149

CONVEYORS

( L) EQ SPCS @ 6" CNTRS

( H ) EQ SPCS @ 6" CNTRS

Flat Bottom Drag Conveyor

Mill Duty Conveyor Standard Features Forged Chain and Steel Flights A.R. Steel Return Tray or Rail Return System Spring Loaded Take-up Split Sprockets Popular Options A.R. Steel Side Liners By-pass Inlet Self-cleaning Tail
Capacities and Speeds
FPM SERIES 1200 MD 1600 MD 2000 MD 2400 MD CFH 58 96 1400 CFH RPM 7.5 5 5 8 2800 6500 9600 CFH RPM 16 10 10 15 25 FPM 50 FPM

130 192

2400

3250 4800

4800

The Martin Mill Duty Drag is designed for handling heavy and abrasive materials, such as limestone, aggregate, and sand. Please consult Martin if you have any questions concerning your application.
CONVEYORS

LOCK OUT POWER before removing covers, guards or before servicing. Exposed moving parts can cause severe injury. Warning And Safety Reminder

H-150

Special Application Drag

Martin-Built Take-up

L-Path Drag Conveyor

57 610 913 1020 1224 1236 1342
Series 1FPM CFH

12 20 35 58 87 129 150

600 1000 1750 2900 4350 6450 7500

CFH

50 FPM RPM

75 FPM

17 11 8 11 11 10 10

900 1500 2625 4350 6525 9675 11250

CFH

26 16-1/2 12 16-1/2 16-1/2 15 15

RPM

1200 2000 3500 5800 8700 12900 15000

100 FPM CFH RPM

35 22 16 22 22 20 20

L-Path Conveyor

Single Chain Conguration

S-Path Conveyor NOTES: 1. Capacities are based on the handling of non-abrasive materials (as listed). Cotton Seed Hulls Cotton Seed Meal Delinted Cotton Seed Ground Feed Whole Soybeans Hot Soybean Meal Whole Corn Whole Rice 2. CAUTION should be observed when handling ne granular materials (as listed). Wheat Flour Sugar Powdered Lime Starch Carbon Black Soda Ash

Double Chain Conguration CHAIN FEATURES Welded Steel or Forged Chain UHMW Flights Jig Welded Attachments Heavy Duty Backing Plates Please consult Martin if you have any questions concerning your application.

H-151

CONVEYORS

L-Path Drag Conveyor

L-Path Conveyor
Series

K
96 38-5/8 12 2 28-1/4 6 120 116 60 44 44-1/2 44-1/2 37 4-1/8 29 48-1/8
1236

Consult factory for information on 57 Series and other sizes.

Note: Dimensions not certied for construction.

10'-0" STANDARD

A B C D E F G H I J K L M N P Q

68 29 12 2 14-1/2 3 96 82 36 32 18-3/4 18-3/4 11 4-1/8 21-1/2 36-1/8

610

89 37 12 2 20 3 96 108 42 38 22-1/2 22-1/2 14 4-1/8 25 42-1/8

913

96 35 12 2 22-1/4 6 96 108 54 40 28-1/2 28-1/2 21 4-1/8 25 44-1/8

1020

96 38-5/8 12 2 28-1/4 6 120 116 60 44 32-1/2 32-1/2 25 4-1/8 29 48-1/8

1224

96 38-5/8 12 2 28-1/4 6 120 116 60 44 50-1/2 50-1/2 43 4-1/8 29 48-1/8

1342

I
P
Q

A C ( TAKE UP ) B

10'-0" STANDARD

RA

DI

US

Standard Inlet
I D E E F A (H ) EQ SPECS @ 6" CENTRS I C L P

Head Discharge 45 90
(Q) EQ SPECS @ 6" CENTRS

Head Discharge 0 45
P C T P (Q) EQ SPECS @ 6" CENTRS P C

(N) EQ SPECS @ 6" CENTRS M L

(U) EQ SPECS @ 6" CENTRS S T

I
R G C K G

CONVEYORS

D C B G

SERIES

610 913

1020 1224 1342 1236

10

17 21 33

18

16

27 31 43

114 112 112 112 112

412 4 4 434 412 512

*** 4

*** 6 6

412 4 6 6 5

***

G
7

7 9 9 9 9

16 16 16 16 16 16

2 2 3 4 6 7

414 6 5 412 5

22 12 33 45 29

1834

36 60 60 54 42

438 438 *** 412 *** 4

434 *** *** 412 ***

***

434

4 6 8

412 412 412 412

414

6 8 9 9 9

14 21 25 37 43

11

434 412 *** *** 4

***

312 312 412 5 5 4

312 1 1 3 5 5

Note: Dimensions not certied for construction.

38

48

51

60

H-152

Vertical Screw Elevator

SECTION VIII
VERTICAL SCREW ELEVATOR SECTION VIII
Warning and Safety Reminder ...........................................................H-154 Introduction ........................................................................................H-155 Screw Elevator Types ........................................................................H-156 Standard Components .......................................................................H-157 Standard Screw Elevator Speed and Capacity ..................................H-158 Type B Dimensions ............................................................................H-159 Super Screw Elevator Speed and Capacity .......................................H-160 Super Screw Drive Unit ......................................................................H-161 Super Screw Elevator Dimensions.....................................................H-162

Standard Screw Elevator

H-153

CONVEYORS

Warning & Safety Reminder

WARNING AND SAFETY REMINDERS FOR SCREW , DRAG , AND BUCKET ELEVATOR CONVEYORS
It is the responsibility of the contractor, installer, owner and user to install, maintain and operate the conveyor, components and, conveyor assemblies in such a manner as to comply with the Williams-Steiger Occupational Safety and Health Act and with all state and local laws and ordinances and the American National Standards Institute (ANSI) B20.1 Safety Code. In order to avoid an unsafe or hazardous condition, the assemblies or parts must be installed and operated in accordance with the following minimum provisions.

APPROVED FOR DISTRIBUTION BY THE SCREW CONVEYOR SECTION OF THE CONVEYOR EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (CEMA)
on the caution labels afxed to the equipment. 6. Do not place hands, feet, or any part of your body, in the conveyor. 8. Do not use conveyor for any purpose other than that for which it was intended.

7. Never walk on conveyor covers, grating or guards. 9. Do not poke or prod material into the conveyor with a bar or stick inserted through the openings. 10. Keep area around conveyor drive and control station free of debris and obstacles. 11. Eliminate all sources of stored energy (materials or devices that could cause conveyor components to move without power applied) before opening the conveyor. 12. Do not attempt to clear a jammed conveyor until power has been LOCKED OUT.

bler as we have no information regarding plant wiring, plant environment, the interlocking of the screw conveyor with other equipment, extent of plant automation, etc. Other devices should not be used as a substitute for locking out the power prior to removing guards or covers. We caution that use of the secondary devices may cause employees to develop a false sense of security and fail to lock out power before removing covers or guards. This could result in a serious injury should the secondary device fail or malfunction.

1. Conveyors shall not be operated unless all covers and/or guards for the conveyor and drive unit are in place. If the conveyor is to be opened for inspection cleaning, maintenance or observation, the electric power to the motor driving the conveyor must be LOCKED OUT in such a manner that the conveyor cannot be restarted by anyone; however remote from the area, until conveyor cover or guards and drive guards have been properly replaced. 2. If the conveyor must have an open housing as a condition of its use and application, the entire conveyor is then to be guarded by a railing or fence in accordance with ANSI standard B20.1.(Request current edition and addenda)

There are many kinds of electrical devices for interlocking of conveyors and conveyor systems such that if one conveyor in a system or process is stopped other equipment feeding it, or following it can also be automatically stopped.

13. Do not attempt eld modication of conveyor or components.

3. Feed openings for shovel, front loaders or other manual or mechanical equipment shall be constructed in such a way that the conveyor opening is covered by a grating. If the nature of the material is such that a grating cannot be used, then the exposed section of the conveyor is to be guarded by a railing or fence and there shall be a warning sign posted.

4. Do not attempt any maintenance or repairs of the conveyor until power has been LOCKED OUT. 5. Always operate conveyor in accordance with these instructions and those contained

CEMA insists that disconnecting and locking out the power to the motor driving the unit provides the only real protection against injury. Secondary safety devices are available; however, the decision as to their need and the type required must be made by the owner-assem-

14. Conveyors are not normally manufactured or designed to handle materials that are hazardous to personnel. These materials which are hazardous include those that are explosive, ammable, toxic or otherwise dangerous to personnel. Conveyors may be designed to handle these materials. Conveyors are not manufactured or designed to comply with local, state or federal codes for unred pressure vessels. If hazardous materials are to be conveyed or if the conveyor is to be subjected to internal or external pressure, manufacturer should be consulted prior to any modications.

Electrical controls, machinery guards, railings, walkways, arrangement of installation, training of personnel, etc., are necessary ingredients for a safe working place. It is the responsibility of the contractor, installer, owner and user to supplement the materials and services furnished with these necessary items to make the conveyor installation comply with the law and accepted standards. Conveyor inlet and discharge openings are designed to connect to other equipment or machinery so that the ow of material into and out of the conveyor is completely enclosed.

One or more warning labels should be visible on conveyor housings, conveyor covers and elevator housings. If the labels attached to the equipment become illegible, please order replacement warning labels from the OEM or CEMA. The Conveyor Equipment Manufacturers Association (CEMA) has produced an audiovisual presentation entitled Safe Operation of Screw Conveyors, Drag Conveyors, and Bucket Elevators. CEMA encourages acquisition and use of this source of safety information to supplement your safety program.

CONVEYORS

PROMINENTLY DISPLAY THESE SAFETY LABELS ON INSTALLED EQUIPMENT

H-154

NOTICE: This document is provided by CEMA as a service to the industry in the interest of promoting safety. It is advisory only and it is not a substitute for a thorough safety program. Users should consult with qualied engineers and other safety professionals. CEMA makes no representations or warranties, either expressed or implied, and the users of this document assume full responsibility for the safe design and operation of equipment.

Screw Elevator Martin Screw Elevators

For over fty years, Martin Standard Screw Elevators have been elevate larger capacities to greater heights. The successfully elevating a wide range of materials. In 1956, we added the heavier duty Superscrew Elevator, giving our customers the ability to Screw Elevator is ideally suited to elevate a wide range of

bulk materials in a relatively small space. If a material can be classied as very free owing or free owing, it can probably be elevated in a Screw Elevator. requirements. ferent drive arrangements to meet our customers individual We offer both our Standard and Superscrew Elevators with several difthroughout the U.S.A. and Canada that can help you design the right screw elevator for your application. We have the capability of Contact your nearest manufacturing our screw elevators in six locations in the U.S.A. and we will design the right elevator for your needs.
Partial Material List
Alfalfa Meal Barley, Malted Bone Meal Cement Coffee Corn Meal Cotton Seed Cryolite Flours Grains Hops Ice Kaolin Clay Lead Oxide Lime Malt Mica Milk, Dried Mixed Feeds Mustard Seed Oats Paper Pulp Peanuts Resin Rubber, Ground Salt Sawdust Screened Wood Chips Shellac, Powder Soda Ash Soybean Meal Sugar Sunower Seeds Tobacco Wheat Wood Flour

Martin

Martin has an experienced staff in over twenty locations

Martin facility with your application information

CONVEYORS
Type 4 Superscrew Elevator

*Conveyors shown without cover for illustration purposes only. Please follow manufacturing safety guidelines when operating conveyors.

H-155

Screw Elevator Martin Screw Elevators

To help better meet the needs of our customers, we offer both the Martin Standard and Superscrew Elevators in sixteen different types. The different types allow us to vary the drive location, discharge location and feed arrangement. We are also able to drive the feeder or take-away conveyor by the screw elevator drive. The need lateral support when installed. disassembled prior to shipment. All

Martin

Screw Elevators are easy to install because they are factory assembled, match-marked and

Martin

Screw Elevators are of a sturdy self-supporting design and only

The drives for the Martin Standard and Superscrew Elevators are manufactured by Martin and are specically designed for use with our screw elevators. We can also offer a Screw Conveyor Drive arrangement for lighter duty applications.

Standard Screw Elevator Types

Type B Straight Inlet Top Drive, Pedestal Base

Type BO Offset Inlet Top Drive, Pedestal Base

Type AF2 Offset Inlet Top Drive, Bottom P.T.O. With Drive

Type EAF1 Straight Inlet Bottom Drive, Thrust Head

Type HAF2 Offset Inlet Bottom Drive, Thrust Head With Drive

Type IAF-2 Offset Inlet Bottom Drive, Thrust Head

CONVEYORS H-156

SuperScrew Elevator Types

Type 1 Straight Inlet Top Drive, Pedestal Base

Type 2 Offset Inlet Top Drive, Pedestal Base

CAUTION: Never operate without covers and guards. Always LOCKOUT/TAGOUT electrical power when working on equipment for inspection, cleaning, maintenance, or other purposes.

NOTE: All elevators are furnished less feeder and/or feeder drive unless otherwise specied.

Type 4 Offset Inlet Top Drive, Bottom P.T.O. With Drive

Type 5 Straight Inlet Bottom Drive, Thrust Head

Type 6 Offset Inlet Bottom Drive, Thrust Head

Type 8 Offset Inlet Bottom Drive, Thrust Head With Drive

Screw Elevator
All Martin Screw Elevators come with heavy duty helicoid or sectional screws which are checked for straightness and run-out to insure a smooth running elevator. When handling free owing material, we add stabilizers as needed, as the height of the elevator increases. The stabilizer bearings are available in a wide range of bearing materials to meet our customers requirements, including wood, hard iron, bronze, UHMW, and others. Both the Martin Standard Screw and Superscrew Elevators are supplied with split intermediate housing to allow easier maintenance. Standard Screw Thrust Unit

Martins specially engineered inlet/bottom section assures a smooth transfer to conveyed material from the horizontal to vertical with a minimum of back-up and product degradation.
The bottom inspection panel is bolted to minimize any product leakage. It also has a shroud to assure that the conveyed material is moving smoothly through the area. The drives for both the Standard Screw and the Superscrew Elevator are manufactured by Martin to guarantee their quality and availability.

Stabilizer Bearing Used on Standard Screw Elevator

Clearance Between Screw and Housing

Standard Elevator Size Type of Housing Clearance Top and Intermediate Bottom Sectons Superscrew Elevator Screw Intermediate Screw

Standard Clearance 6 Close Fitting Clearance Standard Clearance

12 14 12 14 12 14 12 14

14 14 12 12 10 10

14 14 12 12 10 10

6H304 6.5S312* 9H306 9.5S312* 12H408 12.5S412*

14 14 12 12 10 10 10 10

10 10 316 316 316 316 316 316

6H304 6.5S312* 9H306 9.5S312* 12H408 12.5S412* 16H610 16.5S612*

Standard Screw Pedestal Base

9 Close Fitting Clearance Standard Clearance 12 Close Fitting Clearance Standard Clearance 16
* Close clearance sectional screws supplied as required.

Close Fitting Clearance

Standard Screw Thrust Head

H-157

CONVEYORS

Top and Bottom Sectons

Standard Screw Elevator

The Martin Standard Screw Elevator is designed to handle under normal conditions, capacities ranging from 360 CFH to 3600 CFH in 6 dia., 9 dia., and 12 dia. sizes. With complete information, Martin engineering staff can help you design the right Screw Elevator for your application.

Martin Standard Screw Elevator Speed / Capacity

L Recommended Minimum and Maximum Speeds Size Vertical Shaft Diameter Ratio Top Drive Ratio Bottom Drive Vertical Screw Input Top Drive Input Bottom Drive

6 9 12

112 112 2

2:1 2:1 2:1

1.4:1 1.4:1 2:1

200 215 275 170 200 230 155 165 200

400 430 550 340 400 460 310 330 400

280 301 385 238 280 322 310 330 400

RPM Horizontal Feeder Screw 45 Percent Loading

Capacity Cubic Foot per Hour

165 177 226 139 163 187 147 156 189

360 400 500 1100 1300 1500 2700 3000 3600

L For speeds in excess or less than shown, consult

The Standard Screw Elevator drive unit will function efciently with the elevator erected at any angle of incline from horizontal to vertical. The input shaft can be driven in either direction, and the input shaft extension may be used to drive a horizontal feeder or discharge conveyor.

Martin .

Both top and bottom drives are required when the elevator, feeder and discharge conveyor are all driven from one power source. A top drive and pedestal base are used when the elevator and discharge conveyor are driven from one source. A bottom drive and thrust unit are necessary if the elevator and feeder are driven from one power source. The drives are designed and constructed to withstand all radial and thrust loads and support the entire weight of a fully loaded elevator.

Housing Length = Lift +U

Grease Level

Oil Level

Bolts

CONVEYORS

Screw Length = Lift +V

Bolts

Grease Cavity Oil Level

T Bolts

SEE PAGE i-27

Dimensions in Inches
Ratio Size Top Drive Bottom Drive A Top Drive B Bottom Drive C E F G H J L

U B & BO All Other Types

V All Types

*258 lg. adapter for 6 head not illustrated

CAUTION: Never operate without covers and guards. Always LOCKOUT/TAGOUT electrical power when working on equipment for inspection, cleaning, maintenance, or other purposes.
Note: Dimensions not certied for construction.

12

6* 9

2:1

2:1

2:1

1.4:1 2:1

1.4:1

112 2

112

2 2

112 112 2

5 1312 14

5 1312 14 5 1312 14

1514 1514 1514

758 478 5

41516 41516 41516

10 13

414 414 5

5916 14716 378 4916 1314

412 111132 338 31316 1314 412 111132 338 31316 1314

No. Recd

Size
3 3 1

4 8 8

8-16 NC 8-16 NC 2-13 NC

1678 2112 26

2318 2734 3134

1234

658 834

H-158

Standard Screw Elevator

Type B Type BO

Lift

Lift

Screw elevator shown is offset to right for illustration purpose only. This elevator will normally be furnished offset to left, unless otherwise specied. See page H-156 for typical elevator arrangements.

Type BO
Size of Elevator

12

6 9

512 8

1118 14 4
1

15

434 614 8

5 5

1312 1312 13 2
1

14 14 14

2 2 2

41516 41516 4 16
15

23 25 29

12 14 18

758 4 8
7

512 8 4
3

718

14 16
7

1138 1138

112 112 2

Type B
Size of Elevator

12

6 9

512 8

Note: Dimensions not certied for construction.

14 4 15 Dimensions in Inches
1

1118

1312 1312 13 2
1

14 14 14

2 2 2

41516 41516 4 16
15

23 25 29

12 14 18

758 4 8
7

512 834 718

H-159

CONVEYORS

Super Screw Elevator

The Martin Superscrew Elevator is designed to handle capacities ranging from 360 CFH to 7000 CFH in 6 dia., 9 dia., 12 dia., and 16 dia. sizes.

Martin SuperScrew Elevator Speed / Capacity

L Recommended Minimum and Maximum Speeds Size Vertical Shaft Diameter Ratio Top Drive Ratio Bottom Drive Vertical Screw Input Top Drive Input Bottom Drive

1 6

2 112

3 2:1

4 2:1

200 275 215 330 170 200 240 155 165 210 155 165 210

400 550 430 660 340 400 480 310 330 420 319 340 433

400 550 430 660 340 400 480 310 330 420 319 340 433

RPM Horizontal Feeder Screw 45 Percent Loading

Capacity Cubic Foot per Hour

165 226 177 272 139 163 196 147 189 156 199 151 161 205 195 187

360 500 400 600

Up to 425 9 2 2:1 2:1 230

Up to 850 460

Up to 850 460

1100 1300 1600 2800 3600 3000 3800 2800 3000 3800 3600 1500

Up to 425 2716 12 2716# 3 2.06:1 2.06:1 2:1 2:1 200

Up to 850 400

Up to 850 400

Up to 425 200

Up to 850 412

Up to 850 412

CONVEYORS H-160

Up to 425 138 150 2.06:1 2.06:1 161

Up to 876 284 309 332

Up to 876 284 309 332

132 144 155

6000 6500 7000

16

# Consult . L For speeds in excess or less than those shown, consult

Up to 425

Up to 876

Up to 876

Martin

Martin.

CAUTION: Never operate without covers and guards. Always LOCKOUT/TAGOUT electrical power when working on equipment for inspection, cleaning, maintenance, or other purposes.

Type 7 Superscrew Elevator

Elevator Offset to the Right of Inlet

Straight Inlet

Elevator Offset to the Left of Inlet

Super Screw Elevator

Super Screw Elevator D.S.D. (Dry Shaft Drive)

Housing & Screw Length = Lift + M

Bolts

DSD (Dry Shaft Drive) is a completely new design and construction concept especially developed to enable the SuperScrew Elevator to broaden the application of screw elevators. The DSD unit is designed to meet special conditions encountered in vertical installations and may be installed in the range of 70 to 90 incline. If a smaller angle of incline is required, special units may be furnished. A patented lubrication system precisely meters the proper amount of lubricant to those points where needed with no danger of damaging seals.

D Size 6 9 Ratio 2:1 2:1 A 112 2 B 158 158 158

3 3

L Bottom 5 5 5 5 5 5 E 16 18.1 16 16 F 618 6 8 618 6 8 6 8

7 7 1

C 4 414 4 4 4 4
1 1

Top 434 4 4 478 478 5 5

3

G 12 1258 12 8 12 8
5 5

H 712 7 2 712 714 7 4 7 4

1 1 1

K 1018 13 4 1614 1714 17 8 20 4

1 3 1

M No. 8 8 8 12 8 8 Size
3 3 1 1 1 1

12 16

2.06:1 2.06:1

2:1

2.06:1

2716 3 3

2716

1 8
5

4 4

2 16 2 16

18.1 18.1

678

12 12

8 8 2 2 2 2

1214 1314 1814 1814 1814 2414

Note: Dimensions not certied for construction.

Spider Type Stabilizer Used on SuperScrew

SuperScrew Thrust Head

SuperScrew Pedestal Base

H-161

CONVEYORS

DSD units may be furnished at both the top and the bottom of the elevator. The top drive incorporates special design features to assure that no lubricant may pass into the elevator to contaminate the material being elevated. In the bottom drive unit other special features prevent entrance of foreign material into lubricant.

DSD units may also be furnished at the top only with a pedestal base or at the bottom only with a thrust head.

The compactness of the DSD requires a minimum of head room providing maximum lift with minimum overall elevator height.

DSD units are sturdily constructed to withstand all radial and thrust loads encountered and to support the entire weight of elevators and materials handled.

Super Screw Elevator Dimensions

Type 1 Type 2

Dia.

Dia.

Lift

Lift

CONVEYORS

Normally Furnished Offset to the Left

Type 1
Size of Elevator 6 9 12 Vert. Shaft Dia. 112 2 2716 2716 3 3 2:1 2:1 2:1 2.06:1 2.06:1 2.06:1 Ratio Ratio 412 618 734 734 734 1058 B B 1012 12 15 15 15 20 C C 16 16 16 18.1 18.1 18.1 D E E 4 4 4 414 414 414 G G 158 158 158 2316 2316 2316 J J 634 634 634 71516 71516 71516 K K 2634 2814 3214 3438 3438 3978 L L 7 10 13 13 13 17 M M 612 612 612 714 714 714 N N 434 434 434 434 434 5 O O 5 718 878 878 878 1118 P P 838 778 878 9 9 912 S S 1178 1278 1538 1512 1512 18 V V 1314 1314 1314 1738 1738 1738 X X Z 112 112 2 2 2 3 Z

Type 2
Size of Elevator 6 9

16

Vert. Shaft Dia. 112 2 2716 2716 3 3

12 16

CAUTION: Never operate without covers and guards. Always LOCKOUT/TAGOUT electrical power when working on equipment for inspection, cleaning, maintenance, or other purposes.

Dimensions in Inches Horizontal coupling diameter may vary upon length of feeder. Consult Martin before using.

2:1 2:1 2:1 2.06:1 2.06:1 2.06:1

412 618 734 734 734 1058

1012 12 15 15 15 20

434 614 8 8 8 1012

16 16 16 18.1 18.1 18.1

4 4 4 414 414 414

158 158 158 2316 2316 2316

634 634 634 71516 71516 71516

2334 2514 2914 3138 3138 3634

7 10 13 13 13 17

612 612 612 714 714 714

434 434 434 434 434 5

5 718 878 878 878 1118

838 778 878 9 9 912

1178 1278 1538 1512 1512 18

1314 1314 1314 1738 1738 1738

112 112 2 2 2 3

H-162

Note: Dimensions not certied for construction.

Modular Plastic Screw

MODULAR PLASTIC SCREW SECTION IX

SECTION IX

Introduction ..........................................................................................................................H-163 Warning and Safety Reminder .............................................................................................H-164 Technical and Design Data...................................................................................................H-165

Another patented Innovation. Well give your customers another reason to give you their business.
Plastic modules consist of a helical ight spiraling once around a hollow square hub.

Martin

Eliminates need to spot or continuously weld metal ights to shaft. Polyurethane - used where impact/abrasive wear is a problem. Lab tests show it up to 3 times more wear resistant than carbon or stainless steel in certain applications. All-plastic material does not corrode, is impervious to acids, caustics and other chemicals.

Durable, lightweight injection-molded modules stack on square tube. Polypropylene - general purpose material for high temperature service. FDA approved for food contact. Highly resistant to corrosion. Modules are individually replaceable without welding or burning.

Assembled conveyor is comparatively lightweight, easier to handle, and bearing life is prolonged. Polyethylene - general purpose material. FDA approved for food contact. Good abrasive and excellent corrosion resistance in a wide temperature range.
*Conveyors shown without cover for illustration purposes only. Please follow manufacturing safety guidelines when operating conveyors.

Slick surface simplies cleaning.

H-163

CONVEYORS

Warning & Safety Reminder

WARNING & SAFETY REMINDER
Safety must be considered a basic factor in machinery operation at all time. Most accidents are the results of carelessness or negligence. All rotating power transmission products are potentially dangerous and must be guarded by the contractor, installer, purchaser, owner, and user as required by applicable laws, regulations, standards, and good safety practice. Additionally specic information must be obtained from other sources including the latest editions of American Society of Mechanical Engineers; (ANSI) Safety Code. A copy of this standard may be obtained from the American Society of Mechanical Engineers at 345 East 47th Street, New York, NY 10017 (212-705-7722). It is the responsibility of the contractor, installer, purchaser, owner, and user to install, maintain, and operate the parts or components manufactured and supplied by Martin Sprocket & Gear, Inc., in such a manner as to comply with the Williams-Steiger Occupational Safety Act and with all state and local laws, ordinances, regulations, and the American National Standard Institute Safety Code.

Guards, access doors, and covers must be securley fastened before operating any equipment.

CAUTION

If parts are to be inspected, cleaned, observed, or general maintenance performed, the motor driving the part or components is to be locked out electrically in damage. such a manner that it cannot be started by anyone, however remote from the area. Failure to follow these instructions may result in personal injury or property

CONVEYORS

WARNING
Warning: Static Electricity Static Electricity may accumulate on modular plastic conveyor screws which carry non-conductive materials and may produce an electrical spark. Do Not Use to Convey Non-Conductive Materials in a Combustible Environment.
H-164

Modular Plastic Screw Conveyors - Design Data Martin Solutions

to Screw Conveyor Problems
Currently available in 6", 9" and 12" diameters, in right hand only. Assembled conveyors compatible with CEMA standards; easily retrotted. Flight modules available in polyethylene, polypropylene, and polyurethane, each with characteristics to ll specic needs (see Technical Data). Flights and hubs are integrally molded, resulting in consistent diameter, pitch and thickness with a uniform, smooth nish. Plastic modules eliminate metal contamination to food.

The Martin Screw Conveyor System consists of plastic modules stacked on a square metal tube. A shaft is inserted at each tube end and secured by a recessed pin. Modules are secured at tube ends by retainer rings and washers.

Plastic ights may operate at close clearances, or when conveying many materials, directly on the trough without danger of metal contamination. Modules are individually replaceable. Balance is excellent allowing high speed operation.

H-165

CONVEYORS

Assembled conveyor is light in weight, is safe and easy to handle; bearing life is MOUNTED SCREW CONVEYOR prolonged.

Technical & Design Data

Screw Conveyor Capacities
CUBIC FEET PER HOUR PER R.P.M. FULL PITCH HORIZONTAL CONVEYOR LOAD DIAMETER PITCH FULL 45% 30%

Horsepower Ratings
DIA. SHAFT

6" 9" 12" 14" 16"

9" 9" 12" 14" 16"

5.72 2.75 1.72 16.73 7.53 5.02 39.27 17.67 11.78 NOT CURRENTLY AVAILABLE NOT CURRENTLY AVAILABLE

6"-9" 6"-9" 12" 12" 14" 14" 16"

1-1/2" 2" 2" 3" 3" 2-7/16" 2-7/16"

RATINGS FOR CARBON STEEL SHAFT AND TUBE 50 R.P. M. 75 R.P.M. 100 R.P.M. 150 R.P.M.

5.6 8.0

3.4 9.1

12.0

8.4

5.1

Maximum Recommended Conveyor Speed / Horizontal Operation / R.P.M.

DIA. SHAFT

NOT CURRENTLY AVAILABLE NOT CURRENTLY AVAILABLE

NOT CURRENTLY AVAILABLE

13.6

16.0

11.2

6.8

10.1 16.8 24.0 27.3

18.2

* Close coupled limitations apply to screw lengths over 12 ft. (for 6" and 9" dia.) or 15 ft. (for 12" dia). For longer lengths or units without intermediate bearing supports, locate end bearing no more than 3-1/8" (for 6" size); 4-5/8" (for 9" size); or 6-1/8" (for 12" size); centers above the inside bottom of the conveyor trough.

6" 9" 9" 12" 12" 14" 14" 16"

1-1/2" 1-1/2" 2" 2" 2-7/16" 2-7/16" 3" 3"

TYPE OF INTERMEDIATE BEARING WOOD, NYLATRON, BRONZE CLOSE COUPLED*

165 90 165 80 150 80 145 70 140 70 NOT CURRENTLY AVAILABLE NOT CURRENTLY AVAILABLE NOT CURRENTLY AVAILABLE

NOTE: The above limitations are based on Martin modular plastic construction throughout. The use of coupling bolts, as required for an external adaptor, may reduce horsepower capacity.

Materials of Construction
POLYETHYLENE POLYPROPYLENE POLYURETHANE

FDA Approved Abrasive Resistance Corrosive Resistance Impact Resistance Temperature Limit Release

Yes Good Excellent Good

Yes Fair Excellent Fair

No Excellent Good Excellent

-60 to +150 F +40 to +220 F -20 to +150 Excellent Good Good

Note: Release pertains to the capability of conveying sticky products. usually 1/8" to 1/4" wide. The ends are capped and tted with an O ring to seal around the shaft. The cap may be of alternate construction as detailed below. Bonded Construction has USDA acceptance for use as a component part of food processing equipment in federally inspected meat and poultry processing plants.
TROUGH END PLATE EXTENDED END CAP RETAINING RING AT FEED END OF EACH CONVEYOR SCREW

Design Data for Bonded Construction

Bonded Construction is used in the handling of a nished food product or for the conveying of any product in which it is necessary to guard against material entering the internal clearances between the modules or into the inside of the square tube.

CONVEYORS

The hubs of the individual modules are heat fused together, the ends of the ights may be fused or may be cut to create a clean out gap,
FLAT END CAP RETAINING RING AT FEED END OF EACH CONVEYOR SCREW

SQUARE METAL TUBE

SQUARE METAL TUBE

PLASTIC MODULE

PLASTIC MODULE SPECIFIED CONVEYOR LENGTH DRIVE ORTAIL SHAFT EXTENSION

4"

SPECIFIED CONVEYOR LENGTH AT MAXIMUMTEMPERATURE

DRIVE,TAIL OR COUPLING SHAFT EXTENSION

AT MAXIMUMTEMPERATURE

H-166

Flat End Caps are the basic construction for conveying nished food products. Drive and Tail End Shafts are shipped factory installed. If used with coupling shafts, the thrust bearing must be at the feed end of the conveyor assembly. Retaining ring may be eliminated in some applications depending upon length and temperature involved.

FLAT END CAPS

Extended End Caps are used in the handling of products which require a total elimination of cracks and crevices on the conveyor screw. This precludes the use of coupling shafts and therefore limits the unit to one conveyor length, a maximum of 20 feet. Retainer rings and shafts are entirely outside the product area. Drive and Tail End Shafts are shipped factory installed.

EXTENDED END CAPS

Shaftless Screw Conveyors

SHAFTLESS SCREW CONVEYORS SECTION X

SECTION X

Typical Applications..............................................................................................................H-170 Feature- Function & Benet .................................................................................................H-170 Warning and Safety Reminder .............................................................................................H-171 Size and Capacity ................................................................................................................H-172
*Conveyors shown without cover for illustration purposes only. Please follow manufacturing safety guidelines when operating conveyors.

H-167

CONVEYORS

Shaftless Screw Conveyors

Typical Applications
Rendering Poultry Processing Meat Processing Fish Processing Chicken Feathers Whole Carcasses Animal Waste Fish/Animal Bones Pulp & Paper, Gypsum Board, Particle Board Lime Mud Oversized Wood Chips Agriculture Fertilizer Corn Gluten Hogged Bark Shavings

Hospital Waste Processing, Recycle Plants Shredded Cans Bottles Paper Medical Disposables Wine & Beverage Industries Grape Skins Stems Pumice Waste Water Solid Waste Treatment Sludge Grit Screenings Chemical & Heavy Industrial Ash Recycle Batteries
CONVEYORS H-168

Sugar Beets/Cane Processing

Chopped Hay

Fruit Peels

Shredded Tires

Solids Removal

Continuous Flight No Tail Seals or Tail Bearings Cold Formed Flight 3/4-1" Flight

FEATURE

Eliminate Hangers Use Blind End Plate Eliminate Buildup On Pipe High Brinell Long Lasting

FUNCTION

Reduces Maintenance Costs Reduces Maintenance Costs Longer Life Lower Maintenance/ Operation Costs Increases Screw Capacity Increases Uptime

BENEFIT

No Center Pipe Required Side Inlet Feeding

No Vertical Transition Necessary

Allows Higher Trough Loading (45%-95%)

Can Handle Particle Sizes Up To 90% Of Spiral O.D.

Lower Installation Cost Reduces Headroom

Size and Capacity

Type of Steel Capacity Diameter Pitches Trough Options Advantages
B

Carbon Steel High Brinell Carbon Steel Stainless Steel Up to 17,000 CFH 6" to 30" (and Larger) Full, 2/3, 1/2 CEMA Standards UHMW Liners, AR Liners, Rider Bars, Drive End Seals Spanning longer distances without intermediate bearings. Transport sticky products and large lumps.

Specications:

A C

45% Trough Loading

NOM. DIA. A B Dia. Inside C Pitch

CFH* Full Pitch

CFH* 2/3 Pitch

CFH* MAX 1/2 Pitch RPM

95% Trough Loading

NOM. DIA. A Dia. B Inside C Pitch

CFH* Full Pitch

CFH* 2/3 Pitch

CFH* MAX 1/2 Pitch RPM

6 9 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 30

6 9 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 30

7 10 11 13 15 17 19 21 25 31

6 9 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 30

65 224 307 530 842 1256 1789 2455 4240 8283

43 149 205 353 561 837 1193 1637 2827 5522

33 112 154 265 421 628 895 1228 2120 4142

25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25

6 9 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 30

6 9 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 30

7 10 11 13 15 17 19 21 25 31

6 9 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 30

140 472 648 1119 1777 2652 3776 5180 8950 17485

93 315 432 746 1185 1766 2517 3453 5967 11657

70 236 324 560 889 1326 1888 2590 4475 8743

25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 CONVEYORS 25

*CFH = Cubic Feet per hour. -**ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN IN INCHES.

H-169

Warning & Safety Reminder

WARNING AND SAFETY REMINDERS FOR SCREW , DRAG , AND BUCKET ELEVATOR CONVEYORS
It is the responsibility of the contractor, installer, owner and user to install, maintain and operate the conveyor, components and, conveyor assemblies in such a manner as to comply with the Williams-Steiger Occupational Safety and Health Act and with all state and local laws and ordinances and the American National Standards Institute (ANSI) B20.1 Safety Code. In order to avoid an unsafe or hazardous condition, the assemblies or parts must be installed and operated in accordance with the following minimum provisions.

APPROVED FOR DISTRIBUTION BY THE SCREW CONVEYOR SECTION OF THE CONVEYOR EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (CEMA)
on the caution labels afxed to the equipment. 6. Do not place hands, feet, or any part of your body, in the conveyor. 8. Do not use conveyor for any purpose other than that for which it was intended.

7. Never walk on conveyor covers, grating or guards. 9. Do not poke or prod material into the conveyor with a bar or stick inserted through the openings. 10. Keep area around conveyor drive and control station free of debris and obstacles. 11. Eliminate all sources of stored energy (materials or devices that could cause conveyor components to move without power applied) before opening the conveyor 12. Do not attempt to clear a jammed conveyor until power has been LOCKED OUT. 13. Do not attempt eld modication of conveyor or components.

1. Conveyors shall not be operated unless all covers and/or guards for the conveyor and drive unit are in place. If the conveyor is to be opened for inspection cleaning, maintenance or observation, the electric power to the motor driving the conveyor must be LOCKED OUT in such a manner that the conveyor cannot be restarted by anyone; however remote from the area, until conveyor cover or guards and drive guards have been properly replaced. 2. If the conveyor must have an open housing as a condition of its use and application, the entire conveyor is then to be guarded by a railing or fence in accordance with ANSI standard B20.1.(Request current edition and addenda)

however, the decision as to their need and the type required must be made by the ownerassembler as we have no information regarding plant wiring, plant environment, the interlocking of the screw conveyor with other equipment, extent of plant automation, etc. Other devices should not be used as a substitute for locking out the power prior to removing guards or covers. We caution that use of the secondary devices may cause employees to develop a false sense of security and fail to lock out power before removing covers or guards. This could result in a serious injury should the secondary device fail or malfunction. There are many kinds of electrical devices for interlocking of conveyors and conveyor systems such that if one conveyor in a system or process is stopped other equipment feeding it, or following it can also be automatically stopped.

3. Feed openings for shovel, front loaders or other manual or mechanical equipment shall be constructed in such a way that the conveyor opening is covered by a grating. If the nature of the material is such that a grating cannot be used, then the exposed section of the conveyor is to be guarded by a railing or fence and there shall be a warning sign posted.

4. Do not attempt any maintenance or repairs of the conveyor until power has been LOCKED OUT. 5. Always operate conveyor in accordance with these instructions and those contained

PROMINENTLY DISPLAY THESE SAFETY LABELS ON INSTALLED EQUIPMENT

CEMA insists that disconnecting and locking out the power to the motor driving the unit provides the only real protection against injury. Secondary safety devices are available;

14. Conveyors are not normally manufactured or designed to handle materials that are hazardous to personnel. These materials which are hazardous include those that are explosive, ammable, toxic or otherwise dangerous to personnel. Conveyors may be designed to handle these materials. Conveyors are not manufactured or designed to comply with local, state or federal codes for unred pressure vessels. If hazardous materials are to be conveyed or if the conveyor is to be subjected to internal or external pressure, manufacturer should be consulted prior to any modications.

Electrical controls, machinery guards, railings, walkways, arrangement of installation, training of personnel, etc., are necessary ingredients for a safe working place. It is the responsibility of the contractor, installer, owner and user to supplement the materials and services furnished with these necessary items to make the conveyor installation comply with the law and accepted standards. Conveyor inlet and discharge openings are designed to connect to other equipment or machinery so that the ow of material into and out of the conveyor is completely enclosed.

CONVEYORS

One or more warning labels should be visible on conveyor housings, conveyor covers and elevator housings. If the labels attached to the equipment become illegible, please order replacement warning labels from the OEM or CEMA. The Conveyor Equipment Manufacturers Association (CEMA) has produced an audiovisual presentation entitled Safe Operation of Screw Conveyors, Drag Conveyors, and Bucket Elevators. CEMA encourages

H-170

NOTICE: This document is provided by CEMA as a service to the industry in the interest of promoting safety. It is advisory only and it is not a substitute for a thorough safety program. Users should consult with qualied engineers and other safety professionals. CEMA makes no representations or warranties, either expressed or implied, and the users of this document assume full responsibility for the safe design and operation of equipment.

ITEM

DRUM PULLEYS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-172 H-177 Machined Drum Pulleys - Crowned . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-173 Machined Drum Pulleys - Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-173 Standard Duty Drum Pulleys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-174 Mine Duty Drum Pulleys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-175 Quarry Duty Drum Pulleys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-176 Engineering Class Drum Pulleys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-177 WING PULLEYS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-178 H-181 Standard Duty Wing Pulleys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-178 Mine Duty Wing Pulleys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-179 Quarry Duty Wing Pulleys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-180 Quarry Duty "AR" Wing Pulleys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-181 LAGGING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-182H-183 Lagging - Vulcanized . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-182 Vulcanized Lagging - Plain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-182 Vulcanized Lagging - Herringbone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-182 Vulcanized Lagging - Diamond Grooved . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-182 Lagging - Ceramic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-183 MSHA-Mine & Safety Hazard Approved . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-183 AR-Abrasive Resistant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-183 Ceramic (Cold bond and Vulcanized) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-183 Lagging - Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-184 Weld On Strip Lagging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-184 Cold Bond . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-184 Molded Urethane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-184 SOF (Static Conductive Oil & Fire resistant) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-184 BUSHINGS FOR CONVEYOR PULLEYS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-185H-186 MXT Bushings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-185 MHE Bushings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-186 SHAFTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-187 WEAR ITEMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-188H-189 Shell Lagging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-188 Steel Wear Rims . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-188 Wing Lagging For CCI Wing Pulleys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-188 Lagged Replaceable Contact Bars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-188 FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-189 TAKE-UP FRAMES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-190H-196 Take-Up Frames Cross Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-190 H-191 CTA Top Angle Take-Up Frames . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-192 CHD Heavy Duty Take-Up Frames . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-193 CCP Center Pulley Take Up Frames . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-194 CWS Wide Slot Take-Up Frames . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-195 TTU Tube Take-Up Frames . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-196 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION PULLEYS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-197H-198 DSP Dead Shaft Wing Pulleys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-197 DSP Dead Shaft Drum Pulleys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-197 DSP Pedestals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-197 Spiral Drum Pulleys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-198 Spiral Wing Pulleys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-198 Sprocket Rollers for Engineered Class Chain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-199 Gudgeon Rollers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-199 Cage Rollers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-199 Nomenclature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-200 Engineering / Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-201H-202 Belt Conveyor Data Sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-203 HD Pulley Data Sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-204 H-171

CONVEYOR PULLEYS - HEAVY DUTY

Heavy Duty Conveyor Pulleys

PAGE

CONVEYORS

Heavy Duty Conveyor Pulleys

now offers a comprehensive line of conveyor pulleys for your bulk material handling needs. Broadening our offering without compromising quality on: Drum Pulleys Lagged and Plain Wing Pulleys Bushings Shafts Wear Items Take-up Frames Specialty Pulleys

Martin

Seeing is believing The Martin difference

All of Martin's conveyor pulleys meet or exceed CEMA standards for construction. Our pulleys are the heaviest, most durable in the industry.

Conveyor Components Locations and Terminology

TROUGHING IDLER
T IDLE R

1 HEAD/DRIVE PULLEY

Rim Face End Disk

IMPAC

T BED IMPAC

ASSEM

BLY

SNUB PULLEY

PRIMARY BELT CLEANER SECONDARY BELT CLEANER

5 TAIL PULLEY

6 RETURN IDLER

3 TAKE-UP BEND
PULLEY

TAKE-UP BEND PULLEY

Hub & Bushing

DRUM PULLEY
Gusset

CONVEYORS

4 TAKE-UP PULLEY

Contact Bar Wing

1. Head Pulley The pulley at the discharge end of a conveyor belt; may be either an idler or a drive pulley. Usually it has a larger diameter than other pulleys in the system and is often lagged to increase traction and pulley life. 2. Snub Pulley Mounted close to the drive pulley on the return side of the belt, the snub pulley's primary job is to increase the angle of wrap around the Hub drive pulley, thereby increasing traction. Its secondary purpose is reducing belt tension, which is important in maximizing conveyor component life. May be lagged for longer wear life. WING PULLEY 3. Take-Up Bend Pulley The bend pulley is used for changing the direction of the belt running to the gravity take-up. May be lagged for longer wear life. 4. Take-Up Pulley An adjustable idler pulley to accommodate changes in the length of a conveyor belt to maintain proper tension. 5. Tail Pulley A pulley at the tail of the belt conveyor opposite the normal discharge end; may be a drive pulley or an idler pulley. 6. Return Idler The idler or roller on which the conveyor belt rides after the load which it was carrying has been dumped.

Martin Sales and Engineering will work with you to completely solve your belt conveying needs. The following pages will assist you in selecting most of the components for your conveyor. Since there are infinite amounts of conveying possibilities and configurations our sales and engineering staff are prepared to assist you with each of them.

See Page H-200 for Part Nomenclature

H-172

Drum Pulleys
Machined Drum Pulleys Crowned or Flat
Martin's Machined Drum Pulleys are manufactured from thick wall pipe or tubing, then machined on a lathe to form the crown and ensure minimum runout in operation. Our Machined Drum Pulleys are the heaviest in the business, featuring a 3/8" minimum end disc, or 3/4" thick integral hub and end discs, minimum 1/4" rims and 1/4" center plates. Because each pulley has been machined, the pulley is the thickest in the center where the load is the highest. Our Machined Drum Pulleys run more concentric than pulleys made by the "expansion" method. This ensures better belt tracking and less vibration transferred to the bearings.

C B

FEATURES:
4 to 10-3/4" Diameter 3/8" minimum End Disc 1/4" minimum Center Plates Several Hub/Bushing systems available

OPTIONS:
Lagging Shafting Bearing Assemblies Take-Up Systems

Estimated Machined Drum Pulley Weights

Diameter (A) Hub Max Bore Setback (B) 8 14 20 26 Face Width (C) 32 38 44 51 57 63

*Nominal

4 4-1/2* 4-1/2* 5 5 5-1/2* 5-1/2* 6 6 6-1/2* 6-1/2* 8 8 8-1/2* 8-1/2* 10 10 10 10-3/4* 10-3/4* 10-3/4*

XT15 XT15 XT20 XT15 XT20 XT15 XT20 XT20 XT25 XT20 XT25 XT25 XT30 XT25 XT30 XT25 XT30 XT35 XT25 XT30 XT35

1-7/16 1-7/16 1-15/16 1-7/16 1-15/16 1-7/16 1-15/16 1-15/16 2-7/16 1-15/16 2-7/16 2-7/16 2-15/16 2-7/16 2-15/16 2-7/16 2-15/16 3-7/16 2-7/16 2-15/16 3-7/16

3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 7/8 3/4 7/8 3/4 7/8 7/8 3/4 7/8 7/8

9 15 16 17 18 19 21 23 26 27 29 36 38 43 45 50 52 58 66 69 75

13 21 22 24 25 26 28 31 34 38 40 47 49 58 60 64 66 72 76 79 85

18 27 28 31 32 33 35 39 42 49 51 58 66 73 75 79 81 87 93 96 101

22 33 34 37 38 41 43 47 50 60 62 70 72 87 89 93 95 101 111 114 120

32 39 40 44 45 48 50 55 58 70 72 81 83 102 104 107 109 115 130 133 139

37 45 46 51 52 56 58 63 66 81 83 92 94 117 119 122 124 130 148 151 157

43 51 52 58 59 63 65 71 74 92 94 104 106 131 133 136 138 144 167 170 176

49 58 59 63 64 72 74 81 84 105 107 117 119 149 151 153 155 161 188 191 197

54 64 65 72 73 79 81 89 92 115 117 128 130 163 165 167 169 175 207 210 216

59 70 71 79 80 87 89 97 100 126 128 140 142 178 180 182 184 190 226 229 235

General position for bushing face for position per application consult engineering.

Consult Factory for dimensional and weight specifications of sizes not shown.

H-173

CONVEYORS

Drum Pulleys
Standard Duty Drum Pulleys
Martin offers Standard Duty Drum Pulleys using a minimum 1/4" rim, 3/8" end discs and 1/4" center discs. Each Standard Drum Pulley features a two piece rolled rim, which has been fabricated on either of our at or custom crowned roll machines. The rims are trimmed and hydraulically seated around the heavy end discs to ensure maximum concentricity. Once the pulley is formed, Martin utilizes a submerged arc weldment to ensure optimum connection of its individual components. Our trademark Standard Duty Pulley is the heaviest off the shelf CEMA grade pulley in the industry. The thicker materials used in our Standard Duty pulleys yield longer life and better resistance to wear and stress that are present in every conveying application.

C B

FEATURES:
12" to 60" Diameter 3/8" minimum End Disc 1/4" minimum Center Plates Several Hub/Bushing systems available

OPTIONS:
Lagging Shafting Bearing Assemblies Take-Up Systems

Estimated Standard Duty Drum Pulley Weights

Face Width (C) Diameter (A) Hub Max Bore Setback (B)

12 12 14 14 16 16 16 18 18 18 20 20 20 24 24 24 30 30 30 36 36 36

XT25 XT30 XT25 XT30 XT25 XT30 XT35 XT25 XT30 XT35 XT30 XT35 XT40 XT35 XT40 XT45 XT40 XT45 XT50 XT40 XT45 XT50

2-15/16 2-15/16 2-15/16 2-15/16 2-15/16 3-15/16 3-15/16 3-15/16 4-15/16 3-15/16 4-15/16 4-7/16 4-7/16 4-7/16 3-7/16 3-7/16 3-7/16 3-7/16 2-7/16 2-7/16 2-7/16

2-7/16

3/4 7/8 3/4 7/8 3/4 7/8 7/8 3/4 7/8 7/8 7/8 7/8 7/8 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

81
20

102 121 126 138 141 146 162 167 174 245 252 261 413 422 445 541 550 573 118

84 99

100
26

125 148 153 169 172 177 198 203 210 291 298 307 494 501 526 644 653 676

103 122 145

148 175 180 201 204 209 234 239 246 336 343 352 575 582 607 746 755 778

122 145 172

119
32

171 202 207 232 235 240 270 275 282 382 389 398 656 663 688 849 858 881

141 168 199

138
38

194 229 234 263 266 271 306 318 427 434 443 737 744 769 952 961 984 311

160 191 226

157
44

248 292 297 336 339 344 465 477 605 612 621 824 831 856

207 245 289

204
51

245 291 294 342 345 350 396 399 404 506 518 662 669 678 899 906 931 511

242
57

283 336 339 394 397 402 456 459 464 548 553 560 719 726 735 973 982

280
63

CONVEYORS

470

1061 1070 1093

1155 1164 1187

1005 1249 1258 1281

General position for bushing face - for position per application consult engineering.

Consult Factory for dimensional and weight specifications of sizes not shown.
H-174

Drum Pulleys
Mine Duty Drum Pulleys
Martin offers Mine Duty Drum Pulleys using a minimum 3/8" rim (up to 20" diameter), 1/2" minimum rim on 24" and larger diameter, 1" minimum end discs and 3/8" center discs. Each Mine Duty Drum Pulley features a two piece rolled rim, which has been fabricated on either of our flat or custom crowned roll machines. The rims are trimmed and hydraulically seated around the heavy end discs to ensure maximum concentricity. Once the pulley is formed, Martin utilizes a double or triple pass submerged arc weldment to ensure optimum connection of its individual components. The Martin Mine Duty Pulley is available in either Flat Face or Crown Face construction.

FEATURES: C B A
10" to 60" Diameter 3/8" thru 1" Rims 1", 1-1/4" and Heavier End Discs 3/8" Center Plates Several Hub/Bushing Systems Available Double Sub-Arc Weldments

Estimated Mine Duty Drum Pulley Weights

Face Width (C) Diameter (A) 12 12 12 14 14 16 16 16 18 18 20 24 20 20 Hub XT25 XT30 XT35 XT30 XT35 XT30 XT35 XT40 XT35 XT40 XT35 XT35 XT45 XT40 Max Bore 2-15/16 2-15/16 2-15/16 3-15/16 3-15/16 3-15/16 3-15/16 3-15/16 4-15/16 3-15/16 4-15/16 4-7/16 4-7/16 4-7/16 3-7/16 4-7/16 3-7/16 3-7/16 3-7/16 3-7/16 3-7/16 2-7/16 Setback (B) 3/4 7/8 7/8 7/8 7/8 7/8 7/8 7/8 7/8 7/8 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 153 156 161 210 215 255 267 315 377 368 260 308 361 26 179 182 187 242 247 292 304 357 424 415 297 350 408 32 205 208 213 273 278 328 340 399 472 463 333 392 456 38 231 234 239 304 309 364 376 441 519 510 369 434 503 44 261 264 269 340 345 407 419 490 574 565 412 483 558 51 288 291 296 371 376 443 448 455 524 531 622 613 606 57 314 317 322 402 407 479 484 491 566 573 669 660 653 63

30 30 30 36 36 36

24

24

XT40 XT45 XT50 XT50 XT45 XT40

XT45

XT40

857 866 889

613

604

597

954 963 986

687

678

671

1051 1060 1083 1427 1404 1395

761

752

745

1148 1157 1180 1548 1525 1516

836

827

820

1261 1270 1293 1690 1667 1658

922

913

906

1359 1368 1391 1812 1789 1780

997

988

981

1071 1456 1465 1910 1901 1488

1062

1055

General position for bushing face - for position per application consult engineering.

1184

1161

1152

1306

1283

1274

1933

Consult Factory for dimensional and weight specifications of sizes not shown.
H-175

CONVEYORS

Drum Pulleys
Quarry Duty Drum Pulleys
Martin offers Quarry Duty Drum Pulleys using a minimum 1/2" rim, 1-1/4" end discs, and 1/2" center discs, as well as an additional center disc. Each Quarry Duty Drum Pulley features a two piece rolled rim, which has been fabricated on either of our flat or custom crowned roll machines. The rims are trimmed and hydraulically seated around the heavy end discs to ensure maximum concentricity. Once the pulley is formed, Martin utilizes a double or triple pass submerged arc weldment to ensure optimum connection of its individual components. Martin 's Quarry Duty Drum Pulley is available in either Flat Face or Crown Face construction.

C B

FEATURES:
12" to 60" Diameter 1/2" thru 1" Rims 1-1/4" and Heavier End Discs 1/2" Center Plates Full Depth Key Bushings Double Sub-Arc Weldments

Estimated Quarry Duty Drum Pulley Weights

Face Width ( C) Diameter (A) Hub Max Bore Setback (B)

CONVEYORS

12 14 16 16 18 18 20 20 20 24 24 24 30 30 30 36 36 36

XT35 XT35 XT35 XT40 XT35 XT40 XT35 XT40 XT45 XT35 XT40 XT45 XT40 XT45 XT50 XT40 XT45 XT50

3-7/16 3-15/16 3-15/16 3-15/16 3-15/16 3-15/16 4-15/16 3-15/16 4-15/16 4-7/16 4-7/16 4-7/16 4-7/16 3-7/16 3-7/16 3-7/16 3-7/16 3-7/16

7/8 7/8 7/8 7/8 7/8 7/8 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

229
26

353 419 502 662 944 493 653 935 967

285 346 412 486 646

264
32

401 475 565 741 556 732

326 394 468 549 725

298
38

449 530 627 819 618 810 611

367 442 523

332
44

497 585 690 897 681 888

408 490 578 674 881

372
51

553 650 462 988 453 979

456 546 643 746 972

406
57

601 705 816 825

497 594 698 809

441
63

649 760 878 887

538 642 753 871

803

1276

1267 1299

1048 1406

1039 1071 1397 1429

1536

1527 1559

1151

1142 1174

1254 1667

1245 1277 1658 1690

1374 1819

1365 1397 1810 1842

1478 1949

1469 1501 1940 1972

1066

1057

1050

1572 1581 2079 1604 2070 2102

1144

1135

1128

General position for bushing face - for position per application consult engineering.

Consult Factory for dimensional and weight specifications of sizes not shown.
H-176

Drum Pulleys
Engineering Class Drum Pulleys
Martin's Engineering Class Drum Pulleys feature our heaviest construction available. Unlike other manufacturers, whose Engineering Class Pulleys may actually feature material construction lighter than their Mine Duty Pulley, our Engineering Class Pulleys are constructed with materials even more aggressive than the Quarry Duty product. Our Engineering Class Pulleys generally feature extra manufacturing steps such as; machining, balancing, NDT weld tests, magnetic particle tested welds and thermally stress relieving to ensure that our pulley will stand up to the most rugged application. The Martin Engineering Class Drum Pulley can be manufactured in many designs; from rigid end disc bushed construction to turbine end disc with keyless compression hubs. The Martin Engineering Class Pulley is typically used in extremely high tension applications where performance is critical. Steel cable and high modulus fabric belt conveyors are perfect applications for the Martin Engineering Class Pulley.

Engineering Class Pulley with FEA Mesh

FEATURES:
Available in Any Diameter End Disc Prole is Engineered per Application Several Shaft Locking Mechanism Systems Available Balancing, Stress Relieving, Weld Testing & Additional Operations are Available.

Turbine End Disc Drum assembly with keyless locking device. Ceramic Lagging.

OPTIONS:
Vulcanized Lagging Shafting Bearing Assemblies Take-Up Frames

Engineering Drum Pulley assembly with keyless locking device. Ceramic Lagging.

Call Martin for fast turn around times on Made-To-Order Engineering Pulleys!
H-177

CONVEYORS

Wing Pulleys
Standard Duty Wing Pulleys
Martins Standard Duty Wing Pulleys are constructed from extremely heavy materials and are recognized in the industry as the most aggressive CEMA grade stock pulley on the shelf. All Martin wing pulleys utilize the unique end-pipe design, which offers ultimate protection against wing folding and hub-weld fatigue. Our minimum 3/8" thick contact bar yields additional life in abrasive applications where our competitors thinner bar does not. Additionally, our " thick wing offers greater structural support in aggressive applications.

FEATURES:
Available in 6" thru 60" Diameter

C B

A A

Minimum 3/8" x 1-1/4" Contact Bars Minimum 1/4" Thick Wings Minimum 10 ga. Gussets Features Unique Martin End Pipe Design - Better Protection Against Wing Folding

A SECTION A-A

- Better Protection Against Hub-Weld Fatigue Several Hub/Bushing Systems Available

Estimated Standard Duty Wing Pulley Weights

Face Width (C) Diameter (A)* Hub Max Bore Setback (B) 20 26 32 38 44 51 57 63

CONVEYORS

12 12 14 14 16 16 16 18 18 18 20 20 20 24 24 24 30 30 30 36 36 36

XT25 XT30 XT25 XT30 XT25 XT30 XT35 XT25 XT30 XT35 XT30 XT35 XT40 XT35 XT40 XT45 XT40 XT45 XT50 XT40 XT45 XT50

2-7/16 2-15/16 2-7/16 2-15/16 2-7/16 2-15/16 3-7/16 2-7/16 2-15/16 3-7/16 2-15/16 3-7/16 3-15/16 3-7/16 3-15/16 4-7/16 3-15/16 4-7/16 4-15/16 3-15/16 4-7/16 4-15/16

3/4 7/8 3/4 7/8 3/4 7/8 7/8 3/4 7/8 7/8 7/8 7/8 1 7/8 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

105 111 120 126 136 142 153 183 189 201 203 212 226 254 268 286 310 328 373 401 419 464

130 136 147 153 168 174 186 230 236 248 250 262 276 314 328 346 374 392 437 493 511 556

154 160 175 181 201 207 218 277 283 294 300 311 326 373 387 405 438 456 501 584 602 647

179 185 203 209 233 239 250 323 329 341 350 361 376 432 447 465 503 521 566 676 694 739

203 209 230 236 265 272 283 370 376 388 400 411 425 492 506 524 567 585 630 767 785 830

232 238 263 269 303 309 320 425 431 442 458 470 484 561 575 593 642 660 705 874 892 937

256 262 290 296 336 342 353 471 477 489 508 519 534 621 635 653 706 724 769 966 984 1029

281 287 318 324 368 374 385 518 524 536 558 569 584 680 694 712 771 789 834 1057 1075 1120

* Nominal General position for bushing face - for position per application consult engineering.

Consult Factory for dimensional and weight specifications of sizes not shown.
H-178

Wing Pulleys
Mine Duty Wing Pulleys
Martin s Mine Duty Wing Pulleys are constructed from extremely heavy materials and are recognized in the industry as the most aggressive Mine Duty stock pulley on the shelf. All Martin wing pulleys utilize the unique end-pipe design, which offers ultimate protection against wing folding and hub-weld fatigue. Our minimum 5/8" thick contact bar yields additional life in abrasive applications where our competitors thinner bar does not. Additionally, our 3/8" thick wing and 1/4" gussets offer greater structural support in aggressive applications.

FEATURES:
Available in 8" thru 60" Diameter Minimum 5/8" x 1-1/2" Contact Bars

C B

A
Minimum 3/8" Thick Wings

Minimum 1/4" Gussets Features Unique Martin End Pipe design - Better Protection Against Wing Folding

A SECTION A-A

- Better Protection Against Hub-Weld Fatigue Several Hub/Bushing Systems Available

Estimated Mine Duty Wing Pulley Weights

Face Width (C) Diameter (A)* Hub Max Bore Setback (B) 26 32 38 44 51 57 63

* Nominal General position for bushing face - for position per application consult engineering.

12 12 12 14 14 14 16 16 16 16 18 18 20 20 20 24 24 24 30 30 30 36 36 36

XT25 XT30 XT35 XT25 XT30 XT35 XT25 XT30 XT35 XT40 XT35 XT40 XT35 XT40 XT45 XT35 XT40 XT45 XT40 XT45 XT50 XT40 XT45 XT50

2-7/16 2-15/16 3-7/16 2-7/16 2-15/16 3-7/16 2-7/16 2-15/16 3-7/16 3-15/16 3-7/16 3-15/16 3-7/16 3-15/16 4-7/16 3-7/16 3-15/16 4-7/16 3-15/16 4-7/16 4-15/16 3-15/16 4-7/16 4-15/16

3/4 7/8 7/8 3/4 7/8 7/8 3/4 7/8 7/8 1 7/8 1 7/8 1 1 7/8 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

193 199 211 221 228 239 255 261 272 287 345 359 384 398 416 462 476 494 522 540 585 699 717 762

232 239 250 266 272 284 307 313 325 339 414 428 462 476 494 556 570 588 620 638 683 838 856 901

272 278 289 311 317 329 360 366 377 392 483 498 540 554 572 649 664 682 718 736 781 977 995 1040

311 317 329 356 362 373 412 418 430 444 553 567 618 632 650 743 757 775 816 834 879 1116 1134 1179

356 363 374 408 414 426 473 479 491 505 633 647 709 723 741 852 867 885 931 949 994 1279 1297 1342

396 402 413 453 459 470 526 532 543 558 702 717 787 802 820 946 960 978 1029 1047 1092 1418 1436 1481

435 441 453 497 507 515 578 584 596 610 772 786 865 880 898 1040 1054 1072 1127 1145 1190 1557 1575 1620

Consult Factory for dimensional and weight specifications of sizes not shown.
H-179

CONVEYORS

Wing Pulleys
Quarry Duty Wing Pulleys
Martins Quarry Duty Wing Pulleys are constructed from extremely heavy materials and are recognized in the industry as the most aggressive wing pulley in the business. All Martin wing pulleys utilize the unique end-pipe design, which offers ultimate protection against wing folding and hub-weld fatigue. Our minimum 3/4" thick contact bar yields additional life in abrasive applications where our competitors thinner bar does not. Additionally, our 3/8" thick wing and 5/16" gussets offer higher structural support in aggressive applications. All Martin Quarry Duty Wing Pulleys utilize full depth keyed bushings which offer maximum clamping force on the shaft and minimize pulley walking. The Quarry Duty Wing Pulley has changed the industry and has spawned many knock-offs, but none have been able to reproduce the original! For the most aggressive applications, specify the best, specify the Martin Quarry Duty Wing Pulley!

FEATURES:
C B A A
Available in 10" thru 60" Diameter Minimum 3/4" x 2" Contact Bars Minimum 3/8" Thick Wings Minimum 5/16" Gussets Several Hub/Bushing Systems Available Features Unique Martin End Pipe Design

A SECTION A-A CONVEYORS

- Better Protection Against Wing Folding - Better Protection Against Hub-Weld Fatigue Features Full Depth Keyed Bushings for Higher Clamping to Shaft

Estimated Quarry Duty Wing Pulley Weights

Face Width (C) Diameter (A)* Hub Max Bore Setback (B) 26 32 38 44 51 57 63

* Nominal General position for bushing face - for position per application consult engineering.

12 14 16 16 18 18 20 20 20 24 24 24 30 30 30 36 36 36

XT35 XT35 XT35 XT40 XT35 XT40 XT35 XT40 XT45 XT35 XT40 XT45 XT40 XT45 XT50 XT40 XT45 XT50

3-7/16 3-7/16 3-7/16 3-15/16 3-7/16 3-15/16 3-7/16 3-15/16 4-7/16 3-7/16 3-15/16 4-7/16 3-15/16 4-7/16 4-15/16 3-15/16 4-7/16 4-15/16

7/8 7/8 7/8 1 7/8 1 7/8 1 1 7/8 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

229 285 346 353 412 419 486 493 502 646 653 662 935 944 967 1267 1276 1299

264 326 394 401 468 475 549 556 565 725 732 741 1039 1048 1071 1397 1406 1429

298 367 442 449 523 530 611 618 627 803 810 819 1142 1151 1174 1527 1536 1559

332 408 490 497 578 585 674 681 690 881 888 897 1245 1254 1277 1658 1667 1690

372 456 546 553 643 650 746 753 762 972 979 988 1365 1374 1397 1810 1819 1842

406 497 594 601 698 705 809 816 825 1050 1057 1066 1469 1478 1501 1940 1949 1972

441 538 642 649 753 760 871 878 887 1128 1135 1144 1572 1581 1604 2070 2079 2102

Consult Factory for dimensional and weight specifications of sizes not shown.
H-180

Wing Pulleys
Quarry Duty "AR" Wing Pulleys
Martin Quarry Duty AR (abrasive resistant) Wing Pulleys are constructed with AR400 3/4" x 2" heavy contact bars and are recognized in the industry as a true problem solving pulley. All Martin Quarry Duty AR Wing Pulleys utilize the unique end-pipe design, which offers ultimate protection against wing folding and hub-weld fatigue. Our 3/4" AR400 contact bar yields maximum life in super abrasive applications where our competitors thinner A36 mild steel bar does not. Additionally, our 1/2" thick wing and 5/16" gussets offer higher structural support in aggressive applications. All Martin Quarry Duty AR Wing Pulleys utilize full depth keyed bushings which offer maximum clamping force on the shaft and minimize pulley walking. The Quarry Duty AR wing pulley has changed the industry and solved the problem of premature bar wear plaguing users in some of the most aggressive applications.

FEATURES:
C B A A
Available in 10" thru 60" Diameter Minimum 3/4" x 2" Contact Bars AR400 Abrasive Resistant Steel Minimum 1/2" Thick Wings Minimum 5/16" Gussets Features Unique Martin End Pipe Design - Better Protection Against Wing Folding

A SECTION A-A

- Better Protection Against Hub-Weld Fatigue

Several Hub/Bushing Systems Available

Estimated Quarry Duty "AR" Wing Pulley Weights

Face Width (C) Diameter (A)* Hub Max Bore Setback (B) 26 32 38 44 51 57 63

* Nominal General position for bushing face - for position per application consult engineering.

12 14 16 16 18 18 20 20 20 24 24 24 30 30 30 36 36 36

XT35 XT35 XT35 XT40 XT35 XT40 XT35 XT40 XT45 XT35 XT40 XT45 XT40 XT45 XT50 XT40 XT45 XT50

3-7/16 3-7/16 3-7/16 3-15/16 3-7/16 3-15/16 3-7/16 3-15/16 4-7/16 3-7/16 3-15/16 4-7/16 3-15/16 4-7/16 4-15/16 3-15/16 4-7/16 4-15/16

7/8 7/8 7/8 1 7/8 1 7/8 1 1 7/8 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

271 335 362 376 462 476 512 526 544 613 627 645 711 729 774 920 938 983

324 402 434 449 558 572 619 634 652 741 756 774 853 871 916 1109 1127 1172

377 470 507 521 654 668 727 741 759 870 884 902 995 1013 1058 1299 1317 1362

430 538 580 594 750 764 834 848 866 998 1012 1030 1137 1155 1200 1489 1507 1552

492 617 665 679 862 876 960 974 992 1148 1162 1180 1303 1321 1366 1710 1728 1773

545 685 738 752 958 972 1067 1081 1099 1277 1291 1309 1444 1462 1507 1900 1918 1963

597 752 810 825 1054 1068 1175 1189 1207 1405 1419 1437 1586 1604 1649 2089 2107 2152

Consult Factory for dimensional and weight specifications of sizes not shown.
H-181

CONVEYORS

Features Full Depth Keyed Bushings for Higher Clamping to Shaft

Lagging - Vulcanized
VRL

Nomenclature
Herringbone Lagging

Vulcanized Rubber Lagging

HBL

Diamond Grooved Lagging

DGL

In any conveying application, conveyor belt slippage can be a problem. There are basically three different factors that can cause slippage between a conveyor belt and a drive pulley. 1. The coefcient of friction might be too low. 2. The wrap angle of the belt on the conveyor pulley might be too small. 3. The tension on the belt might be too low. The most cost efficient way to reduce the risk of slippage is to install the right type of pulley lagging on the drive pulley. The use of lagging on the conveyor pulley performs two functions: 1. Its primary function is to aid in gripping the conveyor belt, thus helping transmit torque from the drive to the pulley in order to carry the load on the conveyor belt. 2. Lagging also prolongs the wear life of the pulley.

Vulcanized lagging is a rubber compound that has been cured in an autoclave, which typically results in a 60-70 durometer material. After curing, the lagging can be grooved and/or machined. Martin offers vulcanized rubber lagging on all of our drum pulleys. We apply rubber directly to the face of our pulleys by extrusion. Our lagging department has perfected the process and can apply rubber in any thickness to any diameter core pulley ranging from 4" to 72". We extrude rubber in the specied thickness, wrap the uncured rubber pulley in Teon impregnated curing tape and bake the pulley in one of our large diameter autoclaves under high pressure at a very high temperature for a set period of time until the rubber is fully cured. We offer several grooving patterns in the cured rubber, but among the most popular are Herringbone and Diamond Groove. The standard hardness for pulley lagging ranges from 60-70, but other durometers are available upon request.

Vulcanized Lagging - Plain

Plain vulcanized lagging is suitable for any pulley in the conveyor system where watershed is not necessary. It provides additional protection against belt wear and increases the life of the pulley.

CONVEYORS H-182

Vulcanized Lagging - Herringbone

Herringbone Grooved Lagging offers superior tractive properties and is desired on all drive pulley applications. Each groove offers a path for water and other liquids to escape between the pulley face and the conveyor belt. Herringbone grooved pulleys are directional and should be applied to the conveyor in a manner in which the grooves point toward the direction of belt travel.

Vulcanized Lagging - Diamond Grooved

Diamond Grooved Lagging also offers superior tractive properties and should be specied on all reversing conveyor applications.

Teon is a Registered Trademark of the E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company or its afliates.

Lagging - Ceramic
MSHA- Mine & Safety Hazard Approved
Mine & Safety Hazard Approved Lagging (MSHA) should be used in all underground coal mining applications and any application where re safety is imperative. Martins MSHA lagging compound has been approved by the United States Federal Government to apply on all pulleys in mining applications where re safety is required. The MSHA compound is clearly labeled on each pulley and stamped with our government ID in several places on each pulley. Minimum required thickness for MSHA lagging is 1/2". The MSHA compound can be shipped as plain, herringbone or diamond grooved

AR- Abrasive Resistant

Abrasive Resistant Lagging is a very popular compound in the most rugged applications where protection against highly abrasive conveyed materials is required. Martins AR (abrasive resistant) compound was developed with the engineering support and technical experience of chemists from the tire industry. The AR compound mimics the substance used in the tires of the giant quarry loaders where resistance to puncture, wear and chunking has been essential. Our suppliers have learned through the years that the same technology can be applied to our rubber lagging compounds. For maximum protection against premature lagging failure, specify Martins AR Lagging!

Ceramic (Cold bond and Vulcanized)

Vulcanized Ceramic Lagging by Martin has proven to be the best in the industry. Martin has worked closely with independent testing labs to study adhesion strengths of several bonding methods. Our studies found that the Martin VC Lagg yield an 83% higher bonding strength than conventional cold bonding methods for ceramic lagging compounds.

H-183

CONVEYORS

Lagging - Other
Weld On Strip Lagging
Weld on Strip Lagging is available from Martins stock and is easily installed on drum pulleys either in our facilities or in the eld. We stock 72" long strips with retainers in diameters from 10" to 48". Not only do we have standard 60 durometer SBR available, but we can provide special compounds like; 40 durometer rubber, EPDM and SOF (Static Conductive Oil & Fire resistant).

Cold Bond
Cold Bond Lagging is another product available from Martin. We stock full rolls of pre-cured rubber suitable for installation directly to the face of the pulley. Our Cold Bond rubber is available in plain or diamond grooved pattern. This product is typically used when pulleys on the conveyor must be re-lagged while still in operation, and can reduce the change-out time required to install a complete new assembly. Simply tell us the diameter and face width of the pulley on which you would like to install our Cold Bond Lagging, and we will generate a quote for a Cold Bond Kit which will include all necessary materials required to lag the subject pulley.

Molded Urethane
CONVEYORS H-184

Molded Urethane Lagging is yet another product offered by Martin which will protect pulleys from extreme abrasion. Our Urethane lagging is actually poured in a liquid state into a fabricated form, which encases the pulley. Once the urethane is cured and hardened, we machine the outside diameter to a concentric OD. We can additionally alter the urethane lagging to either a herringbone or diamond grooved pattern.

SOF (Static Conductive Oil & Fire resistant)

SOF (Static Conductive/Oil Resistant/Flame Resistant): Static Conductive, Oil Resistant, and Flame Resistant properties are combined to reduce the risk of explosion, and re or oil related lagging failures. The static reducing qualities allow the accumulation of static to dissipate through the lagging to ground (in a grounded system). Oil resistance is appropriate for moderately oily conditions involving hydrocarbons, fats, oils, greases, hydraulic uids, solvents, and other moderate chemicals. The self extinguishing characteristics of SOF make it ideal for use in grain and fertilizer applications.

Conveyor Bushings
L B

QD Short Bushings & Taper Bushings also Available.

Please See General Catalog, Section B For More Information.

OD BC

Martin's MXT & CXT Bushings are available from stock to t all popular pulley sizes. Martin stocks both MXT & CXT Bushings in a wide range of bore sizes per hub. Both the MXT & CXT Bushing offers a 2" per foot taper, which reduces end disc pre-stressing, as well as increasing clamping force. All bushings size 50 and larger feature full depth keys.

MXT/ CXT Bushing Dimensions

Part Number Cast / Steel Ductile Max. Bore (In.) Dimensions Cap Screws Length thru Flange Flange Bolt No. Size Bore (L) Width (B) O.D. (OD) Circle (BC) Wt. Lbs. (Approx) Standard Stock Bores Stock Bore (Inches) Keyway* Wrench Torque (Ft./Lbs.)

MXT15

CXT15

1-1/2

1-1/8

3/8

2-7/8

2-7/16

1/4 x 1

0.7

MXT20

CXT20

1-13/32

15/32

3-3/4

3-3/16

5/16 x 1-1/4

1.5

MXT25

CXT25

2-1/2

1-7/8

5/8

4-7/16

3-3/4

3/8 x 1-3/4

2.6

MXT30

CXT30

2-1/16

11/16

5-5/16

4-9/16

7/16 x 1-1/2

4.2

MXT35

CXT35

3-1/2 2-15/32

25/32

6-5/16

5-7/16

1/2 x 1-3/4

7.4

MXT40

CXT40

2-13/16

7/8

7-1/8

6-1/8

9/16 x 2

10.5

MXT45 MXT50 MXT60 MXT70 MXT80

CXT45 CXT50 CXT60 CXT70 CXT80

4-1/2 5 6 7 8 10 12

3-5/16 3-3/4 4-1/8 4-11/16 5-1/8 6-3/16 7-1/16

15/16 1

8 10-1/8

6-7/8 8-5/16 9-7/8

4 4 4

5/8 x 2-1/4 3/4 x 2-1/2 7/8 x 2-1/2 1x 3 1-1/8 x 3-1/2 1-1/8 x 3-1/2 1-1/8 x 3-1/2

14.8 27.8 42.8 66.3 85.7 146.0 216.0

1-1/8 11-15/16

1-5/16 13-15/16 11-9/16 4 1-3/8 15-5/8 12-7/8 4

MXT100 CXT100 MXT120 CXT120

1-9/16 17-15/16 15-9/16 6 1-3/4 20-5/8 18-3/16 8

* Keystock provided for non-standard keyways.

5/8, 3/4, 7/8 1, 1-1/8, 1-3/16, 1-1/4 1-7/16, 1-1/2 3/4 1, 1-3/16, 1-1/4 1-7/16, 1-1/2, 1-11/16 1-15/16, 2 1, 1-3/16, 1-1/4 1-7/16, 1-1/2, 1-11/16 1-15/16, 2, 2-3/16 2-7/16 1-7/16, 1-1/2 1-15/16, 2-3/16 2-7/16, 2-11/16 2-15/16 1-15/16, 2-3/16 2-7/16, 2-11/16 2-15/16 3-7/16 2-7/16 2-15/16 3-7/16 3-15/16 3-7/16 3-15/16 4-7/16 3-15/16, 4-7/16 4-15/16 5-7/16, 5-1/2 5-15/16, 6 6-7/16, 6-1/2 6-15/16, 7 7-1/2 7-15/16, 8 8-1/2, 9 9-7/16, 9-1/2, 10 10-1/2, 11 11-1/2, 12

3/16 x 3/32 1/4 x 1/8 3/8 x 1/8* 3/16 x 3/32 1/4 x 1/8 3/8 x 3/16 1/2 x 3/16* 1/4 x 1/8 3/8 x 3/16 1/2 x 1/4 5/8 x 1/8* 3/8 x 3/16 1/2 x 1/4 5/8 x 5/16 3/4 x 3/16* 1/2 x 1/4 5/8 x 5/16 3/4 x 3/8 7/8 x 5/16* 5/8 x 5/16 3/4 x 3/8 7/8 x 7/16 1 x 3/8* 7/8 x 7/16 1 x 1/2 1 x 3/8* 1 x 1/2 1-1/4 x 5/8 1-1/4 x 5/8 1-1/2 x 3/4 1-1/2 x 3/4 1-3/4 x 3/4 1-3/4 x 3/4 2 x 3/4 2 x 3/4 2-1/2 x 7/8 2-1/2 x 7/8 3x1

17

29

46

70

100

140 250 400 600 750 750 750

H-185

CONVEYORS

Conveyor Bushings
L

OD

QD Short Bushings & Taper Bushings also Available.

Please See General Catalog, Section B For More Information.

BC

Martin's MHE Bushings are available from stock to t all popular pulley sizes. Martin stocks MHE Bushings in a wide range of bore sizes per hub. The MHE Bushing offers a 3" per foot taper, which reduces end disc pre-stressing, as well as increasing clamping force.

MHE Bushing Dimensions

Part Number Max. Bore (In.) Dimensions Cap Screws Length Flange Flange O.D. Bolt No. thru Bore Width Size (OD) Circle (BC) Bolts (L) (B) Wt. Lbs. (Approx) Standard Stock Bores Stock Bore Keyway* Wrench Torque (Ft./Lbs.)

MHE25 2-1/2

2-1/4

3/4

4-5/8

3-15/16

3/8 x 1-1/2

MHE30

2-3/4

7/8

5-5/8

4-11/16

1/2 x 1-3/4

MHE35 3-1/2

7/8

6-5/8

5-9/16

9/16 x 2

MHE40

3-1/2

7-1/2

6-5/16

5/8 x 2-1/2

13

MHE45 4-1/2

1-1/4

8-3/4

7-5/16

5/8 x 2-1/2

22

MHE50

4-1/2 1-1/2

9-5/8

3/4 x 3

40

MHE60

5-1/4 1-3/4

11-1/8

9-1/4

7/8 x 3-1/2

50

1, 1-1/8, 1-3/16, 1-1/4 1-5/16, 1-3/8 1-7/16, 1-1/2, 1-11/16, 1-3/4 1-13/16, 1-7/8, 1-15/16, 2, 2-1/8, 2-3/16, 2-1/4 2-5/16, 2-3/8, 2-7/16, 2-1/2 1-3/8 1-7/16, 1-1/2, 1-11/16, 1-3/4 1-15/16, 2, 2-3/16 2-7/16, 2-1/2, 2-9/16, 2-11/16, 2-3/4 2-13/16, 2-7/8, 2-15/16, 3 1-3/16 1-7/16, 1-1/2, 1-11/16, 1-3/4 1-15/16, 2, 2-3/16, 2-1/4 2-3/8, 2-7/16, 2-1/2, 2-11/16, 2-3/4 2-7/8, 2-15/16, 3, 3-3/16 3-3/8, 3-7/16, 3-1/2 1-15/16, 2-3/16 2-7/16, 2-1/2, 2-11/16 2-15/16, 3-3/16 3-7/16, 3-11/16 3-7/8, 3-15/16, 4 1-15/16 2-7/16 2-15/16 3-7/16, 3-1/2 3-15/16 4-3/16, 4-7/16, 4-1/2 2-15/16 3-7/16 3-15/16, 4-7/16 4-15/16, 5 3-15/16, 4-1/4, 4-7/16 4-15/16, 5-7/16, 5-1/2 5-15/16, 6

H-186

* Keystock provided for non-standard keyways.

1/4 X 1/8 5/16 X 5/32 3/8 X 3/16 1/2 X 1/4 5/8 X 3/16 5/16 X 5/32 3/8 X 3/16 1/2 X 1/4 5/8 X 5/16 3/4 X 1/8 1/4 X 1/2 3/8 X 3/16 1/2 X 1/4 5/8 X 5/16 3/4 X 3/8 7/8 X 3/16 1/2 X 1/4 5/8 X 5/16 3/4 X 3/8 7/8 X 7/16 1 X 1/4 1/2 X 1/4 5/8 X 5/16 3/4 X 3/8 7/8 X 7/16 1 X 1/2 1 X 1/4 3/4 X 3/8 7/8 X 7/16 1 X 1/2 1-1/4 X 1/4 1 X 1/2 1-1/4 X 5/8 1-1/2 X 1/4

30

CONVEYORS

60

90

140

140

200

350

Shafting

Martin offers a wide variety of solutions for your shafting needs. We offer a number of materials from cold nish " diameter to hot roll material in excess of 15" diameter. Stock shafting material is available in several grades including 1144, 1045, 4140 and stainless steel. Our machining capabilities are virtually unlimited featuring CNC lathes, as well as engine lathes, vertical milling machines, horizontal milling machines and more to modify every shaft exactly to your specications for your unique application. Diameters shown in table are standard sizes recommended for general use. Standard bushings, bearings, couplings, pulleys, sheaves, clutches, backstops, and other conveyor items are commonly found in these diameters. Shaft Keyseats Shaft keyseats are commonly used beneath pulley bushings and with a drive. Pulley keyseats for standard pulleys start 1/2" inside the face and are keyed through the bushing. Location of drive keyseats are standard and the size is determined by the shaft diameter. Additional keyseats or non-standard sizes can be manufactured per request. Shaft Turn Downs (Stepped Shafts) For larger shafting it is common to turn the shaft down for a more economical selection of bearings and drives. The turndown is generally less than 25% of the original diameter and the two different diameters should be joined with a generous and smooth fillet to reduce stress concentrations. Conveyor Shafting should be selected to keep deflection to a minimum and maintain the integrity of the pulley assembly core. Call your Martin representative to properly select the shaft for your pulley and conveying needs.

Standard Shaft Diameters

*Tolerances for shang diameters are as follows: Plus Minus

15/16 1-3/16 1-7/16 1-11/16 1-15/16 2-3/16 2-7/16 2-11/16 2-15/16 3-7/16 3-15/16 4-7/16 4-15/16 5-7/16 6 6-1/2 7 7-1/2

Over 1 1/2" to 2 1/2" Over 2 1/2" to 4" Over 4" to 6" Over 6" to 8" Over 8" to 9" Over 9"

Up to 1 1/2"

0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000

0.000

0.002 0.004 0.005 0.006 0.007 0.008

0.003

* Special tolerances available upon request.

Overall Shaft Length Drive Side Extension

KS2

KS1

Bearing Centers

Major Shaft Diameter Shaft Diameter at Hub Shaft Diameter at Bearing Shaft Diameter at KS1

Keyseat 1 Keyseat 2

x x

x x

Direction of Rotation From Drive End Thickness Lagging Type

Shaft Diameter at KS2

H-187

CONVEYORS

Wear Items
Shell Lagging
Shell Lagging is one product offered by Martin that allows our customers to Relag drum pulleys while they are still on the conveyor. Our eld installable shell lagging kits are available in 3 piece, 4 piece and 5 piece construction depending upon the diameter of the core pulley to which the shells will be applied. Each shell is available in either at construction or crowned construction.
Pulley Diameter # Shells

12 14 16 18 20 24 30 36

3 3 4 4 4 4 4 5

Wear Rims
The Martin Steel Wear Rims are an additional item offered by Martin that allows the pulley to be patched while it is on the conveyor. Each rim is available in a 2 piece shell in ", 5/16", 3/8" or " thick material.

CONVEYORS

Wing Lagging
Martin Wing Lagging is designed to slide over the Martin wing pulley contact bars and is available in sizes suitable for all duties of our wing pulleys. Wing lagging is an excellent method of extending life on wing pulleys contact bars where belt abrasion typically causes premature wear. The Martin Wing Lagging product is easily installed either in the shop or in the eld and can be supplied in either 72" long strips for your inventory, or in cut to length sizes for immediate installation.

Lagged Replacement Contact Bars

The Martin Replacement contact bars are intended for use on all manufacturers wing pulleys and are eld installable as well as shop installable. This product features vulcanized lagging on atbars which have " x 1" clips on the bottom side designed to slide over the vertical wing ights on wing pulleys that have worn contact bars. It is imperative that the specic wing ight thickness be specied at the time of order so that our fabrication team can space the clips properly to slip over the existing wings.
T W FW

Must be approved by customer: FW ____________________________ W ____________________________ T ______________________________ A ____________________________ L ______________________________

H-188

Wear Items
Frequently Asked Questions
Once Again, Martin has the answer when it comes to offering a solution to eld replacements on conveyor pulleys; Steel Wear Rims, Shell Lagging, Wing Lagging and Lagged Replacement Bars. There are many applications that require a simple x in the eld while the pulley is still on the conveyor structure. The Martin Wear Item line up addresses these types of situations. We offer replacement parts for both drum pulleys and wing pulleys; each intended for installation on an existing pulley in the eld. Some common questions to address regarding the Martin Wear Parts are: Q: When does it make sense to install the Martin Shell Lagging on a drum pulley? A: If the conveyor belt has worn through the rubber lagging on a pulley but not had time to wear into the drum pulley shell, the Martin Shell Lagging may be a good solution. Q: Can I install the Martin Shell Lagging on new pulleys? A: Yes, however we need to know the outside diameter and face width of the drum pulley on which it will be installed. We typically manufacture the Steel Wear Rims in 2 halves which need to be clamped to the core pulley. Each half-shell is trimmed " short of the core face so that there is room to run a weld to fasten the Wear Rim to the pulley. It is also important that the core is clean and free of debris prior to installation for maximum operating performance. lagging be used in drive pulley applications where tensions are extreme. The Martin Shell Lagging is primarily intended for eld installation as a means of avoiding down time caused by belt slippage from worn lagging. Q: Does the Martin Wing Lagging t on all manufacturers wings pulleys? A: No, the Martin Wing Lagging product is intended for application on atbar of dimensions equal to what is supplied on the Martin Wing Pulley. Martin Wear Rims, Shell Lagging, Wing Lagging and Q: Does the Martin Wing Lagging Require any tools to install? A: Yes, but very few. (Dead Blow Hammer & a Welder) Each wing lagging strip is installed by gently pounding it over the existing contact bar on each individual wing. Once the wing has been rotated on the conveyor to a point where the inside wings are exposed; then the cut-to-length strips are positioned and pounded on with a Martin dead-blow hammer. The product will Replacement Lagged Contact bars are intended for wear and tractive properties only, and NOT intended for structural enhancement of the underlying conveyor pulley. ** MANUFACTURERS NOTE ** Q: Do the Martin Steel Wear Rims t on all manufacturers pulleys? Q: Do the Martin Lagged Replacement Contact Bars t all manufacturers wing pulleys? A: Yes they will. However, it is imperative that the wing ight thickness be submitted to our factory prior to manufacturing the replacement bars. Most pulley manufacturers utilize different thickness materials on their wing ights and in order to ensure a tight t of our bar onto the wing, we must know that dimension. Please ask one of our Martin factory representatives for a Lagged Replaceable Contact Bar sheet. essentially self-seat itself when it hits the crown of the pulley, but should be driven on the balance of the distance across the face of the pulley. Once the Lagged Wing is properly positioned, a stitch weld should be placed along the bottom side of the bar, while watching for delamination of lagging from too much heat.

H-189

CONVEYORS

A: Absolutely! However it is not recommended that the shell

Take-Up Frames Cross Reference

A properly designed belt conveyor will require the use of a take-up device. This device will take up the stretch in the conveyor belt and keep proper tension at the drive pulley to reduce slippage. A dynamic type, like a gravity take-up, is generally preferred but not always practical due to space or cost. Martin Screw Take-Up Frames are a good solution for these applications. Martin offers several types of frames that accommodate most bearings, mounting positions, and travel. Martin Take-Up Frames are available in stock or made-to-order for all of your mechanical take-up needs.

Martin's Take-Up Frames are fabricated from steel, offering superior strength and durability in the most rugged conditions. Available in Top Angle, Heavy Duty, Center Pull, Wide Slot, Tube Take-Up & Light Duty Accommodate bearing shafts sizes from 1" to 5-15/16" Available in standard travel lengths from 9" to 60" Stainless Steel, ACME thread & MTO lengths available Suitable for most manufacturers housing styles including center pull wide slot, pillow block and top angle protected screw

CROSS REFERENCE Top Angle Take-Up Frames (CTA)

Martin Dodge Precision

CTA10 CTA20 CTA30 CTA40 CTA50 CTA60

TP10 TP20 TP30 TP40 TP50 TP60

PTA200 PTA203 PTA208 PTA300 PTA308 PTA400

CONVEYORS

Heavy Duty Take-Up Frames (CHD)

Martin Dodge Precision Linkbelt Browning SKF

CHD200 HD200 CHD250 HD250 CHD300 HD300 CHD350 HD350 CHD400 HD400 CHD500 HD500

PHD200 PHD250 PHD300 PHD350 PHD400 PHD500

LHD20

T2000 A/B/C

TFT01 TFT03, TFT43 TFT04/5, TFT34/44 TFT06, TFT46 TFT37 TFT38, TFT48

LHD25 T2000 D/E LHD30 T2000 F/G LHD35 LHD40 T2000 H/J T2000 K

LHD50 T2000 M/N

H-190

Take-Up Frames
Center Pull Take-Up Frames (CCP)
Martin Dodge Precision Rexnord Browning

CCP308 CCP400 CCP408 CCP502 CCP515 CCP613 CCP810

CP308 CP400 CP408 CP502 CP515 CP613 CP810

PCP108 PCP200 PCP203 PCP208 PCP300 PCP308 PCP400

ZHT6 ZHT7 ZHT7 ZHT8 ZHT9

T1000EH T1000F

T1000EL

T1000D

ZHT10 ZHT11

T1000GL,GH T1000JL,JH T1000K

Wide Slot Take-Up Frames (CWS)

CWS300 CWS308 CWS400 CWS502 CWS515 CWS608
Martin Dodge Precision

WS300 WS308 WS400 WS502 WS515 WS608

PWS100

PWS208 PWS300 PWS308

Tube Take-Up Frames (TTU)

TTU10 TTU25 TTU30 TTU35 TTU40 TTU50
Martin Precision Bryant Link-Belt

PST100 PST200 PST208HD PST300 PST308 PST208

100 250 300 400 500 350

100 250 300 400 -

H-191

CONVEYORS

PWS108 PWS200

Take-Up Frames

H T(Travel) BC K C L U 2b J W

Top Angle Take-Up Frames (CTA)

Frame Size Nominal Travel (T)

CTA10

18

12

Part Number

CTA10-12 CTA10-18 CTA10-24 CTA20-12 CTA20-18 CTA20-24 CTA30-12 CTA30-18 CTA30-24 CTA30-30 CTA30-36 CTA30-48 CTA40-12 CTA40-18 CTA40-24 CTA40-30 CTA40-36 CTA40-48 CTA50-12 CTA50-18 CTA50-24 CTA50-30 CTA50-36 CTA50-40 CTA60-12 CTA60-18 CTA60-24 CTA60-30 CTA60-36 CTA60-48

Weight

32 36 40 34 39 43 50 58 66 74 82 97 56 63 70 77 84 98 68 76 84 92

BC

24

3-15/16

26-1/2 32-1/2 38-1/2 27-1/2 33-1/2 39-1/2 34-1/2 40-1/2 46-1/2 52-1/2 64-1/2 30-1/2 36-1/2 42-1/2 48-1/2 54-1/2 66-1/2 32 38 44 56 68 42 48 54 60 72 50 28-1/2

8-1/2

6-9/32

28-1/2 34-1/2 40-1/2 29-1/2 35-1/2 41-1/2 36-1/2 42-1/2 48-1/2 54-1/2 66-1/2 32-1/2 38-1/2 44-1/2 50-1/2 56-1/2 68-1/2 34-1/2 40-1/2 46-1/2 58-1/2 70-1/2 44-1/2 50-1/2 56-1/2 62-1/2 74-1/2 52-1/2 30-1/2

2b

3/4

3-1/2

CTA20

18

12

24

4-3/16

9-1/8

6-3/4

3/4

3-1/2

12 18

CTA30

24 30 36 48 18

4 3/8

10-1/8

7-1/4

3-1/2

3/4

CONVEYORS

12

CTA40

24 30 36 48 12

4-15/16

11-1/16

8-3/32

3-1/2

3/4

4-1/2

CTA50

18

24 30 36

48

100 116 96

5-7/16

12-1/2

9-1/4

3/4

4-1/2

12

CTA60

24 30 36 48

18

106 126 136 156 116

36 14-1/4 11-3/32 4-1/2

38-1/2 3/4 2-1/2 5-1/2

H-192

MTO Frames available upon request.

Take-Up Frames
A T(Travel) A K D

H C B L E F J W

Heavy Duty Take-Up Frames (CHD)

Frame Size Nominal Travel (T)

CHD200

CHD250

CHD350

12-5/8

16

Drilled To Order

3/4

8-3/4

6-1/2

CHD400

14-5/8

20

Drilled To Order

3/4

8-3/4

6-1/2

CHD500

17-1/2

23-1/2 8-1/2

Drilled To Order

7/8

7-3/4

11-1/4

MTO Frames available upon request.

H-193

CONVEYORS

CHD300

12 18 24 30 36 12 18 24 30 36 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 12 18 24 30 36 42 48

CHD200-12 CHD200-18 CHD200-24 CHD200-30 CHD200-36 CHD250-12 CHD250-18 CHD250-24 CHD250-30 CHD250-36 CHD300-12 CHD300-18 CHD300-24 CHD300-30 CHD300-36 CHD300-42 CHD300-48 CHD350-12 CHD350-18 CHD350-24 CHD350-30 CHD350-36 CHD350-42 CHD350-48 CHD400-12 CHD400-18 CHD400-24 CHD400-30 CHD400-36 CHD400-42 CHD400-48 CHD500-12 CHD500-18 CHD500-24 CHD500-30 CHD500-36 CHD500-42 CHD500-48

Part Number

Weight

50 53 56 60 64 84 89 95 100 106 140 147 155 165 175 186 196 150 160 170 180 190 200 210 179 189 199 209 219 230 240 305 322 340 355 370 386 401

8-1/2

10-3/8

11-3/4

29 35 41 47 53 32 3/4 38 3/4 44 3/4 50 3/4 56 3/4 35 1/2 41 1/2 47 1/2 53 1/2 59 1/2 65 1/2 71 1/2 37 1/4 43 1/4 49 1/4 55 1/4 61 1/4 67 1/4 73 1/4 41 1/4 47 1/4 53 1/4 59 1/4 65 1/4 71 1/4 77 1/4 47 53 59 65 71 77 83

E Drilled To Order Drilled To Order

11

5/8

5-1/4

2-1/2

6-1/8

13-1/4

5/8

6-1/4

7-1/8

14-1/4

3/4

8-3/4

31 37 43 49 55 35-1/4 41-1/4 47-1/4 53-1/4 59-1/4 38-1/4 44-1/4 50-1/4 56-1/4 62-1/4 68-1/4 74-1/4 40 46 52 58 64 70 76 44 50 56 62 68 74 80 49-1/2 55-1/2 61-1/2 67-1/2 73-1/2 79-1/2 85-1/2

5-1/2

Drilled To Order

6-1/2

Take-Up Frames
T (Travel) F A

C B

Center Pull Take-Up Frames (CCP)

Frame Size Nominal Travel (T)

36 12 18 24 30 36 12 18 24 30 36 12 18 24 30 36 12 18 24 30 36 12 18 24 30

12 18 24 30

36 12 18 24 30 36

CCP308-12 CCP308-18 CCP308-24 CCP308-30 CCP308-36 CCP400-12 CCP400-18 CCP400-24 CCP400-30 CCP400-36 CCP408-12 CCP408-18 CCP408-24 CCP408-30 CCP408-36 CCP502-12 CCP502-18 CCP502-24 CCP502-30 CCP502-36 CCP515-12 CCP515-18 CCP515-24 CCP515-30 CCP515-36 CCP613-12 CCP613-18 CCP613-24 CCP613-30 CCP613-36 CCP810-12 CCP810-18 CCP810-24 CCP810-30 CCP810-36

Part Number

Weight

30 36 40 45 50 57 66 75 85 93 62 71 82 91 102 68 79 89 101 110 112 134 152 166 186 128 146 165 184 202 200 242 252 278 304

CCP308

3-7/16

CCP400

3-15/16

CCP408

4-7/16

CCP502

4-3/8

CCP515

5-1/8

CCP613

5-5/8

CCP810

28 34 40 46 52 29-1/2 35-1/2 41-1/2 47-1/2 53-1/2 29-1/2 35-1/2 41-1/2 47-1/2 53-1/2 30-1/2 36-1/2 42-1/2 48-1/2 54-1/2 32-1/2 38-1/2 44-1/2 50-1/2 56-1/2 34-1/4 40-1/4 46-1/4 52-1/4 58-1/4 38-1/2 44-1/2 50-1/2 56-1/2 62-1/2

26 32 38 44 50 27-1/2 33-1/2 39-1/2 45-1/2 51-1/2 27-1/2 33-1/2 39-1/2 45-1/2 51-1/2 28-1/2 34-1/2 40-1/2 46-1/2 52-1/2 30-1/2 36-1/2 42-1/2 48-1/2 54-1/2 32 38 44 50 56 36 42 48 54 60

G Qty Dia

NA

3/4

1/2

NA

5/8

NA

1-1/8

5/8

CONVEYORS

NA

1-1/4

3/4

1-1/2

5/8

1-3/4

3/4

2-1/2

3/4

MTO Frames available upon request.

H-194

Take-Up Frames
F E

A T (Travel) H G

Wide Slot Take-Up Frames (CWS)

Frame Size Nominal Travel (T) Part Number Weight A B C D E F G Qty Dia H

6 9 12 18 24 6 9 12 18 24 6 9 12 18 24 30 6 9 12 18 24 30 6 9 12 18 24 30 6 9 12 18 24 30

CWS300-6 CWS300-9 CWS300-12 CWS300-18 CWS300-24 CWS308-6 CWS308-9 CWS308-12 CWS308-18 CWS308-24 CWS400-6 CWS400-9 CWS400-12 CWS400-18 CWS400-24 CWS400-30 CWS502-6 CWS502-9 CWS502-12 CWS502-18 CWS502-24 CWS502-30 CWS515-6 CWS515-9 CWS515-12 CWS515-18 CWS515-24 CWS515-30 CWS608-6 CWS608-9 CWS608-12 CWS608-18 CWS608-24 CWS608-30

7 8.5 10 13 16 9 10.5 12 15 18 14 16.5 19 24 29 34 20 23.5 27 34 41 48 31 36 41 51 61 71 31 36 41 51 61 71

12 15 18 24 30 12 15 18 24 30 13-3/4 16-3/4 19-3/4 25-3/4 31-3/4 37-3/4 14-3/4 17-3/4 20-3/4 26-3/4 32-3/4 38-3/4 17-7/8 20-7/8 23-7/8 29-7/8 35-7/8 41-7/8 17-7/8 20-7/8 23-7/8 29-7/8 35-7/8 41-7/8

6-9/16

7-1/16

8-13/16

10-7/16

12

12-9/16

4-15/16 6-7/16 7-15/16 10-15/16 13-15/16 9-7/16 6-1/4 7-3/4 10-3/4 13-3/4 11-1/2 7-1/4 8-3/4 11-3/4 14-3/4 17-3/4 12-1/2 15-1/2 9-1/4 12-1/4 15-1/4 18-1/4 14-1/2 17-1/2 10-1/4 13-1/4 16-1/4 19-1/4 14-1/2 17-1/2 10-1/4 13-1/4 16-1/4 19-1/4

5-9/16

1-3/4

1-1/16

6-1/16

1-1/4

7-5/16

2-1/4

1-7/16

8 5/8

2-1/2

1-1/2

10-1/4

10-13/16

6 6 6 6 6 4 6 6 6 6 4 6 6 6 6 6 4 4 6 6 6 6 4 4 6 6 6 6 4 4 6 6 6 6

CWS 300

7/16

5/8

CWS308

7/16

3/4

CWS400

1/2

CWS502

9/16

1-1/4

CWS515

5/8

1-1/2

CWS608

5/8

1-1/2

MTO Frames available upon request.

H-195

CONVEYORS

Take-Up Frames
F G

A B C D E K

Tube Take-Up Frames (TTU)

Frame Stroke Size Part Number A B C D E Bolt F G H I J Bolt K Tube Size Outer Inner Threaded Rod

3 6 9 12 6 9 12 18 9 12 18 24 9 12 18 24 12 18 24 36 48 12 18 24 36 48

TTU10-3 TTU10-6 TTU10-9 TTU10-12 TTU25-6 TTU25-9 TTU25-12 TTU25-18 TTU30-9 TTU30-12 TTU30-18 TTU30-24 TTU35-9 TTU35-12 TTU35-18 TTU35-24 TTU40-12 TTU40-18 TTU40-24 TTU40-36 TTU40-48 TTU50-12 TTU50-18 TTU50-24 TTU50-36 TTU50-48

5-1/4 4-3/8 2-7/8 1-1/2

3/8

3-3/4 2-5/8 1-1/2

5-3/4 3-3/4

1/2

10

8-3/4 5-1/2 2-7/8

5/8

5-1/4

2-1/2

10

8-3/4 5-1/2

5/8

5-3/4 4-1/2 2-1/2

14

11-3/4 8-1/2 3-1/2

3/4

7-1/2 5-1/2 3-1/2

Made to Order Per Bearing Specication

11-1/2

3-9/16 7-1/16 11-1/16 15-1/16 4-3/8 7-3/8 10-3/8 13-3/8 10-1/8 14-1/8 21-1/8 28-1/8 13 16 22 28 20 26 32 44 56 31 37 49 61 73

TTU10

TTU25

TTU30

TTU35

TTU40

TTU50

CONVEYORS

1/2

7/8

1-1/4

5/811

1/2

1-1/8 1-3/4 1-1/2

3/410

5/8

1-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/4

7/89

5/8

1-3/4

2-1/2

7/86 ACME

3/4

2-1/8 3-1/2

1-1/45 ACME

3-1/2

2-1/44 ACME

MTO Frames available upon request.

H-196

Special Construction Pulleys

Special manufacturing processes require special pulleys. Whether the equipment is used in mining, chemical, waste processing, or any other demanding application Martin has the experience to solve your problem. With regional manufacturing facilities and knowledgeable sales teams strategically located across North America, Martin can meet your needs. Martin is the ONE you can rely on for manufacturing expertise, application experience, and a quick delivery to get you what you need, when you need it. Martin routinely manufactures special construction pulleys to provide exceptional wear in even the roughest conditions. Below is a sample of some of the more common specialty pulleys Martin can manufacture. Available in Wide Variety of MTO Sizes Meet or Exceed CEMA Standards Superior Strength Pulleys for Any Industry Fast Reliable Service

DSP Dead Shaft Pulleys

The Martin Dead Shaft Pulley (DSP) is designed to withstand the most rugged applications in any harsh environment. The DSP has been used in the industry to help reduce damage to conventional externally mounted pillow block bearings. The DSP features an internal bearing, tucked back close to the pulley where falling material is less likely to damage the bearings and seals. The Martin DSP features an off-the-shelf piloted flange cartridge (interchangeable with multiple bearing manufacturers) suited with harsh environment seals and external end caps for maximum protection against material contamination.

DSP Wing Pulley with Martin Pedestals

The DSP is available as either wing or drum pulleys.

DSP Drum Pulley

DSP Wing Pulley

H-197

CONVEYORS

Each Martin DSP Pulley is shipped with an aggressively constructed pedestal which is fabricated to drop into the same dimensional footprint of the pillow block which it is replacing (this must be specified at the time of order).

Special Construction Pulleys

Spiral Pulleys
The Martin Spiral pulley is manufactured with two reverse helix flights wrapped around the pulley core. The spiral material can vary in thickness and width and is subject to customer specification. The spiral pulley is very effective in cleaning the belt while suppressing noise.

Spiral Wing Pulley

Spiral Drum Pulley with 1/2" x 1/2" Flight

CONVEYORS Spiral Drum Pulley with 1" x 1" Flight Spiral Drum Pulley with 1/2" x 1" Flight H-198

Special Construction Pulleys

Sprocket Rollers for Engineered Class Chain
Martin Sprocket & Gear Manufactures Sprocket Rollers for engineered class chain. Our rollers are manufactured per customer specification and can be fabricated with bushings, keyless locking devices and through shafts, or with stub shafts and welded construction. Each Sprocket Roller features Martin Accu-Torch Sprocket(s) of specification, and is affixed to the roller OD at any interval with our high tech sub-arc welding process.

Multi-Strand Sprocket Roller for Paper Mill Application

Sprocket Roller for Truck Dump in Sugar Mill Application

Gudgeon Rollers
Martin Sprocket & Gear offers gudgeon rollers, fabricated designed end assembly that eliminates shaft and end disc weld fatigue. Each of these rollers is designed to convey bulk product without a conveyor belt directly over the roller face. Industries such as logging, lumber mills, steel mills and palletized product applications are perfect for the Martin Gudgeon Roll.

Cage Rollers

Martin Sprocket & Gear manufactures cage rollers for belt conveyors in almost any custom size requested. Cage rollers are very effective in allowing material to fall through the pulley. The roller is also known as a beater roll and actually shakes the material loose from the belt as it passes over the pulley.

H-199

CONVEYORS

from thick wall pipe or tube and fitted with a specially

Nomenclature

Martin
HEAVY DUTY CONVEYOR PULLEYS

STANDARD DUTY DRUM PULLEYS

QUARRY DUTY DRUM PULLEYS

MINE DUTY DRUM PULLEYS

ENGINEERING CLASS DRUM PULLEYS

MACHINED DRUM PULLEYS

CONVEYORS

STANDARD DUTY WING PULLEY

QUARRY DUTY WING PULLEY

MINE DUTY WING PULLEY

QUARRY DUTY AR WING PULLEY

PART NOMENCLATURE D 120 26 X25 L 3

Bushing Part No. X - CXT (Steel) MXT (Cast) SF, E, F, J, etc. - QD Bushing K - (25, 30, 35 etc.) TB Bushing H - MHE Bushing
Note: "short" bushings are used in conveyor pulleys

Diameter Face Example: 120=12.0 C - Crown Pulley Type 060=6.0 F - Flat S - Standard Duty Pulley Style M - Mine Duty D - Drum Face Width Q - Quarry Duty W - Wing In Inches QAR - Quarry Duty AR E - Engineered Class

Lagging No Suffix - No Lagging

Lagging Style H - Herringbone D - Diamond Groove If no letter, Lagging is Smooth Bushing Lagging Thickness 2 - 1/4" 5 - 5/8" No "B" 3 - 3/8" 6 - 3/4" no bushing 4 - 1/2"

SPECIALS
Also available: Spiral Pulleys DSP Dead Shaft Pulleys V-Guide Pulleys VC Vulcanized Ceramic Lagging Ceramic Lagging Take-Up Frames
H-200

Conveyor Pulley and Shaft Engineering

This information can be used for Martin pulleys with rigid end plate design. That includes the Standard Duty, Mine Duty, and Quarry Duty products that are designed using CEMA/ANSI standards. The foundation of that design is accomplished by designing around a maximum designated shaft deection. Any questions in design should be run through Martin Engineering. 1. Calculate effective tension, Te Te = HP X 33,000 FPM 2. Calculate belt slack side tension, T2 T2 = K x Te Table 1: K-factor
Single Drive Belt Wrap Auto TU Bare Lagged Manual/Screw TU Bare Lagged

8. Pulley diameters are recommended by the belt manufacturer and generally have greater impact on pulley diameter selection than the load itself. Table 3 is used to compare the recommended diameter from the belt manufacturer to the PIW ratings for standard duty pulleys. Table 3: Pulley PIW Rating
Arc of Contact 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 8 65 50 45 35 30 30 30 30 35 40 45 45 50 55 60 70 75 85 75 70 60 55 50 45 10 80 60 55 45 40 40 40 45 45 50 55 55 60 70 75 85 95 105 95 85 75 70 60 55 12 95 75 65 55 45 45 50 50 55 60 65 65 75 80 90 100 115 125 115 100 90 80 75 65 14 120 95 80 70 60 60 60 65 70 75 80 85 95 105 115 130 145 160 145 130 115 105 95 85 16 145 115 100 85 70 70 75 80 85 90 100 105 115 125 140 160 175 195 175 160 140 125 115 105 Pulley Diameter (inches) 18 20 24 30 175 135 115 100 85 85 85 95 100 110 115 120 135 150 170 185 205 230 205 185 170 150 135 120 205 160 140 120 100 100 105 115 120 130 140 145 160 180 200 225 250 275 250 225 200 180 160 145 260 200 175 150 130 125 130 140 150 160 175 185 200 225 250 280 310 345 310 280 250 225 200 185 345 265 230 200 170 165 175 190 200 215 230 245 265 300 335 375 415 460 415 375 335 300 265 245 36 430 335 290 245 215 205 220 235 255 270 290 305 335 375 420 465 520 575 520 465 420 375 335 305 42 520 400 345 295 255 250 260 285 305 325 345 365 400 450 505 560 620 690 620 560 505 450 400 365 48 605 465 405 345 300 290 305 330 355 380 405 425 465 525 590 650 725 805 725 650 590 525 465 425 54 690 535 460 395 340 330 350 375 405 430 460 490 535 600 670 745 830 920 930 745 670 600 535 490 60 775 600 520 445 385 375 395 425 455 485 520 550 600 675 755 840 930 1035 930 840 755 675 600 550

180 190 200 210 220 230 240

0.84 0.77 0.72 0.67 0.62 0.58 0.54

0.5 0.46 0.42 0.38 0.35 0.33 0.3

1.2 1.1 1.1 1 0.9 0.9 0.8

0.8 0.8 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6

3. Calculate belt tight side tension, T1 T1 = T2 + Te 4. Calculate resultant load for each non-drive pulley, R R = T2 x Wrap Factor Table 2: Non Drive Wrap Factor
Belt Wrap
10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 120

Factor
0.174 0.261 0.347 0.433 0.518 0.601 0.684 0.765 0.845 0.923 1 1.075 1.147 1.218 1.286 1.351 1.414 1.475 1.532 1.587 1.638 1.687 1.732

Belt Wrap
130 135 140 145 150 155 160 165 170 175 180 185 190 195 200 205 210 215 220 225 230 235 240

Factor
1.813 1.848 1.879 1.907 1.932 1.953 1.97 1.983 1.992 1.998 2 1.998 1.992 1.983 1.97 1.953 1.932 1.907 1.879 1.848 1.813 1.774 1.732

140 150 160 170 180 190 200 210 220 230 240

Table 4: Resultant Load Factor, Drive Pulleys

T1/T2 180 185 190 195 200 Angle of Wrap 205 210 215 220 225 230 235 240

5. Calculate resultant load for the drive pulley. T1 Divide T1 by T2 (T ) to look up in table 4: 2 Then calculate drive R: R = T2 X Factor 6. Belt and Pulley width relationship PW = BW + 2 (Belting < 48") PW = BW + 3 (Belting >=48") 7. Determine minimum shaft size by using Table 5. Subtract the face width from the bearing centers. Using the face width column go down and across from the proper bearing center minus face (interpolate if necessary) until a shaft load rating shows higher than the calculated resultant load from above.

1.8 2 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 4 4.2 4.4

2.8 3 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 4 4.2 4.4 4.6 4.8 5 5.2 5.4

2.798 2.79 2.778 2.761 2.739 2.713 2.681 2.645 2.605 2.56 2.511 2.458 2.998 2.99 2.977 2.96 2.937 2.909 2.887 2.84 2.798 2.752 2.701 2.646 3.197 3.19 3.177 3.158 3.135 3.107 3.073 3.035 2.992 2.944 2.892 2.836 3.394 3.389 3.376 3.357 3.333 3.304 2.27 3.231 3.187 3.138 3.085 3.027 3.597 3.589 3.575 3.556 3.532 3.502 3.467 3.427 3.382 3.332 3.278 3.219 3.797 3.789 3.775 3.755 3.73 3.7 3.664 3.624 3.578 3.527 3.472 3.412 3.8 3.997 3.989 3.974 3.955 3.929 3.898 3.862 3.821 3.774 3.723 3.667 3.606 4.197 4.188 4.174 4.154 4.128 4.097 4.06 4.018 3.971 3.919 3.862 4.397 4.388 4.374 4.353 4.327 4.295 4.258 4.215 4.168 4.115 4.057 3.995 4.597 4.588 4.573 4.553 4.526 4.494 4.456 4.413 4.365 4.312 4.253 4.191 4.797 4.788 4.773 4.752 4.725 4.693 4.655 4.611 4.562 4.509 4.45 4.387 4.997 4.988 4.973 4.952 4.925 4.892 4.853 4.809 4.76 4.706 4.647 4.583 5.197 5.188 5.172 5.151 5.124 5.091 5.052 5.008 4.958 4.903 4.844 4.779 5.397 5.388 5.372 5.351 5.323 5.29 5.251 5.206 5.156 5.101 5.041 4.976

H-201

CONVEYORS

Conveyor Pulley and Shaft Engineering

Table 5: Allowable Shaft Loads (pounds) for Pulleys
Bearing Shaft Centers Diameter Minus Face Pulley Face Width (inches) 12 14 16 18 20 22 26 32 38 44 51 57 63 66

1-3/16

1-7/16

1-11/16

1-15/16

2 -3/16

2 -7/16

2-11/16

2-15/16

3 -7/16

3-15/16

4 -7/16

4-15/16

5 -7/16

6-1/2

7-1/2

Based on SAE 1018 shaft material, using either a maximum shaft bending stress of 8000 psi induced by resultant load (no torque), or a maximum free shaft deflection slope at the hub of 0.0023 inches per inch (tangent of 8 minutes), whichever governs.

2 6 10 14 3 6 10 14 3 6 10 16 3 6 10 16 3 8 12 18 4 8 12 18 4 8 12 18 4 8 14 20 6 10 14 20 6 10 14 20 8 12 16 22 8 12 16 22 10 14 18 24 10 14 18 24 12 16 20 26 12 16 20 26 14 18 22 28

1000 920 780 670 590 530 440 350 570 520 440 380 340 300 250 200 400 370 310 270 230 210 170 140 300 280 240 200 180 160 130 110 1500 1400 1200 1100 950 790 620 1000 950 820 720 640 530 420 700 660 570 500 450 370 290 540 510 440 390 350 290 230 2400 2300 2000 1800 1500 1200 1600 1600 1400 1200 1000 800 1100 1100 960 850 700 560 780 750 660 590 490 380 3700 3500 3100 2600 2100 2500 2400 2100 1800 1400 1700 1700 1500 1200 970 1200 1100 1000 840 670 5300 5100 4200 3300 2900 2800 2300 1900 2200 2100 1700 1400 1500 1500 1200 980 6300 5600 4400 4000 3600 2900 3000 2700 2100 2100 1900 1500 8100 6400 5300 4200 3900 3100 2800 2200 10600 9100 6900 6000 4600 3900 3400 2900 11600 8500 6700 5100 16700 12400 9800 7500 19600 15300 12500 9800 25200 19900 16400 13000 26600 22000 18700 15300 35700 29500 25100 20600 39200 33200 28800 24000 49000 41400 35900 29900 54100 46500 40800 34400

290 160 110 87 510 350 240 190 980 660 460 320 1700 1100 800 550 2800 1500 1100 810 3700 2400 1700 1300 5300 3400 2600 1800 7500 4900 3200 2400 10100 7400 5800 4400

240 140 96 74 440 300 210 160 830 560 390 270 1400 980 680 470 2400 1300 970 690 3100 2000 1500 1100 4500 2900 2200 1600 6400 4200 2800 2000 8500 6300 4900 3800 14200 10600 8400 6400 19100 14800 12100 9500

210 120 82 63 370 250 180 140 710 480 340 230 1200 840 580 400 2000 1100 820 590 2700 1700 1300 910 3800 2500 1900 1300 5500 3600 2300 1700 7200 5300 4200 3200 12000 8900 7100 5400 16100 12500 10300 8100 23600 18600 15400 12200

180 100 73 56 330 220 160 120 630 430 300 210 1100 740 520 360 1800 990 730 530 2400 1500 1100 810 3400 2200 1600 1200 4900 3200 2100 1600 6400 4700 3700 2800 10600 7900 6300 4800 14200 11100 9100 7100 20800 16400 13500 10700 25100 20700 17700 14500

170 94 66 51 300 200 140 110 570 380 270 180 990 670 470 320 1600 890 660 470 2100 1400 1000 730 3100 2000 1500 1100 4400 2900 1900 1400 5700 4200 3300 2500 9500 7100 5600 4300 12700 9900 8100 6400 18500 14600 12100 9600 22300 18400 15700 12800 33100 27300 23300 19000

160 90 63 48 290 190 130 100 540 370 260 180 940 640 440 310 1500 850 630 450 2000 1300 970 690 2900 1900 1400 1000 4200 2700 1800 1300 5500 4000 3200 2400 9000 6700 5300 4100 12100 9400 7700 6000 17600 13900 11500 9100 21100 17500 14900 12200 31300 25900 22100 19000 38000 32100 27800 23200

CONVEYORS

H-202

Belt Conveyor Data Sheet

Da t e: Company Name: Contact: Conveyor I D: Pr o je ct : By :

Required Capacity: Length: Lift: Material Co nv e y e d: Belt Speed: Belt Width: Belt Construction: Carrying Idler An gl e: Number of Plows: Number of Scrapers: Skirtboard Len gt h:

TPH ft. ft. or angle of incline De n sit y : lb/cu.ft. Re po se Angle:

Spacing:

Re t u r n Spacing:

He igh t of Material on Skirtboard:

Horsepower:

Bearing Centers:

inches

Conveyor Ty pe:

( S e e Diagrams)

D Type 1

D Type 4

D Type 2

D Type 3 D Type 5

H-203

CONVEYORS

Soft Start Type:

(electronic, fluid, etc.)

HD Pulley Data Sheet

Salesperson: Customer: Address: Phone: Pulley Tag/Callout: 1. Type of Pulley: 2. Crown or Flat Face: 3. Duty of Pulley: 4. Diameter (inches): 5. Face Width (inches): 6. Hub Style: 8. Lagging (Drum): 4 42 12 MXT Drum Crown Standard 6 48 14 QD 8 16 TL Mine 10 20 12 26 MHE Wing Flat Quarry 14 32 16 38 18 44 Quarry AR (Wing) 20 51 24 57 30 63 Engineered 36 75 E-Mail: Quantity: Contact: Date:

Other__________

Other__________ (Standard face is belt width +2 up to and including 42 belt and belt width +3 above 42) Keyless Locker ____________ 7. Pulley Bushing Bore: _____________ Vulcanized SBR (select thickness and pattern below) Thickness (inches): Pattern: Smooth 1/4 3/8 Herringbone 1/2 3/4 1 ___________ Diamond __________________

* If used underground please specify MSHA and call for assistance. * If used in a grain handling application and/or explosive air born particulate application specify SOF and call for assistance. Weld On Replaceable Urethane Ceramic 9. Lagging (Wing): Cold Bond Vulcanized Weld on (with tabs) Urethane Bearing Centers: ______ Left Hand Shaft Diameter at Drive Drive Key Length Drive Key Details For Information Only Slide on Replaceable Vulcanized SBR Drive Side Extension Right Hand

CONVEYORS
13. Notes:

10. Shafting (Basic): Diameter________________ x Length_______________

11. Shafting (More Detail - A sketch or drawing may be required before manufacturing) Major Shaft Diameter (inside pulley) Shaft Diameter at Bushing Shaft Diameter at Bearing 12. Bearing and Drive Information Include with Quote

H-204

Vertical Screw Data Sheet

CUSTOMER:______________________________________________________________________ DATE QUOTE DUE:_____________________________________ CONTACT: _______________________________________________________________________ PHONE # _____________________________________________ VERTICAL SCREW: LIFT ___________________ DISCH. HEIGHT. __________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ ADDRESS:______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

INLET CONFIGURATION

(Indicate One): Elevator Straight Elevator Offset to Left Inlet Offset to Right

CAPACITY: ________________________ (CFH) (LBS/HR) (TPH) (MTPH) (BPH) LUMPS: MAX SIZE _____ IN

MATERIAL:__________________________________ DENSITY _____________________________ LBS/FT3 LUMP CLASS: (Lump % of Total; I - 10%, II - 25%, III - 95%)

TEMP _____F

MOISTURE _________________%

FED BY: _________________________________________________DISCHARGES TO: ______________________________________________________________ MATL OF CONSTR: MILD STEEL T304 T316 H.D. GALV. OTHER INSTALLATION: NEW REPLACEMENT INDOORS OUTDOORS

DRIVE: (DIRECT) (SCREW CONVEYOR DRIVE) (OTHER): _________________________________________________________ V-BELTS CHAIN GUARD

NOTES: ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ TROUGH: _____________________________________________________________________ SCREW: ______________________________________________________________________ SHAFT DIA: ____________________________________________________________________ HANGERS: ____________________________________________________________________ BOTTOM BRG.: _________________________________________________________________ BOTTOM SEAL: ________________________________________________________________ DRIVE: _____________ HP AT _____________ RPM HRG. BRG.: ____________________________________________________________________

MOTOR: TEFC X-PROOF MAC OTHER ___________________ NOTES __________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________

GASKETS: _____________________________________________________________________ REDUCER: ____________________________________________________________________ NOTES: _______________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________ PAGE ___________ OF _____________ PREPARED BY_____________________________________________________________ DATE __________________

PAINT: ________________________________________________________________________

H-205

CONVEYORS

Screw Conveyor Data Sheet

CUSTOMER:______________________________________________________________________ DATE PROPOSAL DUE: _________________________________ ADDRESS:______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ SCREW DESCR: ____ QTY. __________ DIA. __________ LONG (C INLET TO C DISCH.) (OVERALL) HORIZ. INCL. __________ DECL. _____________

CONTACT: _______________________________________________________________________ PHONE # _____________________________________________ CAPACITY: ________________________ (CFH) (LBS/HR) (TPH) (MTPH) (BPH) LUMPS: MAX SIZE _____ IN

MATERIAL:__________________________________ DENSITY ____________________________ LBS/FT3 LUMP CLASS: (Lump % of Total; I - 10%, II - 25%, III - 95%) IS FEED? FLOOD LOAD UNIFORM

TEMP _____F

MOISTURE _________________%

FED BY: ___________________________ INLET SIZE: ___________________________________ DISCHARGES TO:______________________________________ DRIVE: (SCREW CONVEYOR DRIVE) (SHAFT MOUNT) (OTHER):_________________________________________________________________________________ NOTES: ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ COUPL. BOLTS: ________________________________________________________ HANGER BRG.: TYPE ____________________________________________________ COVER: STYLE ______________________________ THK.______________________ INLETS: STYLE ______________________________ QTY.______________________ COVER FASTENERS: TYPE ______________________________________________ GASKETS: TYPE __________________________________ THK. _________________

IS IT? FEEDER CONVEYOR

INSTALLATION: INDOORS OUTDOORS NEW REPLACEMENT MATL OF CONSTR.: MILD STEEL T304 T316 HD GALV OTHER _____

TROUGH: STYLE __________________ THK.______________________ DISCHARGE: TYPE ________________ QTY.______________________

____________________________________________________

GATES: TYPE _____________________ QTY.______________________

HANGER: STYLE _______________________________________________________

TROUGH END TYPE: TAIL _____________________________________ TROUGH END TYPE: HEAD ____________________________________ BEARING TYPE: TAIL ______________ HEAD______________________ SEAL TYPE: TAIL _________________ HEAD______________________ SCREW: DIA. ________ (RH) (LH) PITCH __________ THK. __________ ___________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________

CONVEYORS

MOTOR: _________________________________ MOTOR MOUNT _______________

DRIVE _______________________ HP AT ______________________________ RPM

REDUCER: ____________________________________________________________ V-BELT/CHAIN: _________________________________________________________

NOTES: ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

SKETCH (SHOW FEEDER INLET SIZE AND LOCATION, DRIVE LOCATION, ETC.)

PAGE ___________ OF _____________ PREPARED BY_____________________________________________________________ DATE __________________

H-206

Sample Work Sheet

Client: ________________________________________ Conveyor No.:__________________________________ _______ Dia. Length
Table 1-2

Capacity:______________________________________ Density: W = ____________________________ Lbs/Ft3

Material: ______________________________________

L = _______________________

Inquiry No.: ______________________________________ Materal HP Factor: FM = __________________________

Date Quote Due:__________________________________

Recommended % Trough Loading: ___________________

Lumps: Max. Size ___________ in. Class (I) (II) (III) ____

Intermediate Hanger Bearing Series: __________________

CFH CFH

Component Series: ________________________________ Notes: __________________________________________ = TPH x 2000 =

W Pounds per Hour W CFH = Bushels per Hour 1.24

Required Capacity = C = ___________ CFH (cubic feet per hour) Equivalent Capacity =
Tables 1-3, 1-4, 1-5

Screw Diameter = ___________________Select Diameter from at max RPM column where capacity listed equals or exceeds equivalent capacity Screw RPM = N = ____________ =
Table 1-7 Equivalent Capacity Capacity at one RPM for diameter selected

Table 1-6

Reqd Capacity CF1 CF2 CF3 = __________ __________ __________ __________ __________ CFH

Capacity

Equivalent

Values to be substituted in formula: ______ HPf = ( 0000000001,000,0000000000 C )( L )( W )( Ff L )( N )( Fd )( Fb

) = ____________ )( Fm )( Fp

Fd

______

Fb

______

Ff

______

Fp

______

HPm = (

If HPf + HPm is less than 5.2, select overload factor FO = __________ (If HPf + HPm is greater than 5.2, FO = 1.0) Total HP = (HPf + HPm) Fo =____________________________ = ____________ e DRIVE:
Tables 1-18, 1-19

00000000000001,000,0000000000000000000

) = ____________

NOTE: Consult factory for feeder horsepower

Use ____________ HP motor with AGMA Class (I) (II) (III) Drive at _____________________ Screw RPM

Torque = Motor HP0063,025 =_______________ in.-lbs. Screw RPM

Tables 1-8, 1-9, 1-10, 1-11

List Minimum Size: Shaft Dia. ____________ Pipe ____________ Bolt/Shear ____________ Bolt/Bearing ____________ Select Components: Trough ___________ Screw ___________ Hanger Style ___________ Hanger Bearing ___________ Cover ___________

H-207

CONVEYORS

Check lump size and lump class for diameter selected. If larger screw diameter recommended, recalculate RPM per instructions above for selected diameter.
Tables 1-12, 1-13, 1-14, 1-15, 1-16, 1-17

Bucket Elevator Data Sheet

CUSTOMER:______________________________________________________________________ DATE QUOTE DUE:_____________________________________ CONTACT: _______________________________________________________________________ PHONE # _____________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ TEMP _____F MOISTURE _________________% ADDRESS:______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ BUCKET ELEVATOR: (CTRS/LIFT) ___________________________ DESCR. _______________________________________________________________________ CAPACITY: ________________________ (CFH) (LBS/HR) (TPH) (MTPH) (BPH) LUMPS: MAX SIZE _____ IN

MATERIAL:__________________________________ DENSITY _____________________________ LBS/FT3 LUMP CLASS: (Lump % of Total; I - 10%, II - 25%, III - 95%)

FED BY: _________________________________________________DISCHARGES TO: ______________________________________________________________ MATL OF CONSTR: MILD STEEL T304 T316 H.D. GALV. OTHER INSTALLATION: NEW REPLACEMENT INDOORS OUTDOORS

DRIVE: (SHAFT MOUNT) (FOOT MOUNTED GEAR REDUCER) (OTHER): _____________________________________________ V-BELTS CHAIN GUARD

___________________MOTOR: TEFC X-PROOF MAC OTHER ___________________BACKSTOP: SHAFT INTEGRAL TO REDUCER OTHER

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ TYPE: CENTRIFUGAL CONTINUOUS GRAIN TYPE OTHER___________________

________________________________________________________NOTES: _______________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________

Head

DRIVE: _____________ HP AT _____________ RPM REDUCER _________________________

CHAIN BELT SPECS. _________________________________________________

Lift

Cleanout Door

CONVEYORS H-208 H-208

SPKTS/SHEAVES _______________ CHAIN/V-BELTS _________________________________

_______________ BACKSTOP ____________________________________________________ DISCHARGE: STANDARD 45 INLET: STANDARD SPECIAL ________________________________________________ LADDER: LGTH _____________________________________

Intermediate

SAFETY CAGE: YES NO

Boot

THICKNESS: HEAD ____________ BOOT ____________ INT. ___________________________ SEALS: STANDARD SPECIAL _____________ VENTS: SIZE ___________ QTY _______ TAKEUP: HEAD BOOT SCREW GRAVITY

INT. PLATFORM STANDARD SIZE SPECIAL ____________________________________

HEAD PLATFORM: STANDARD SIZE SPECIAL __________________________________

________________________________________________________PAINT: ________________________________________________________________________

PAGE ___________ OF _____________ PREPARED BY_____________________________________________________________ DATE __________________